--- draft-ietf-webdav-rfc2518bis-latest.xml 2016-03-01 10:43:28.000000000 +0100
+++ draft-reschke-webdav-rfc2518bis-latest.xml 2008-04-16 15:04:18.000000000 +0100
@@ -1,7674 +1,8820 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- HTTP Extensions for Distributed Authoring - WebDAV
-
-
-
- CommerceNet
-
-
- 2064 Edgewood Dr.
- Palo AltoCA
- 94303
- US
-
- ldusseault@commerce.net
-
-
-
-
-Applications
-WebDAV
-webdav
-http
-authoring
-web
-
-
- WebDAV consists of a set of methods, headers, and content-types
- ancillary to HTTP/1.1 for the management of resource properties,
- creation and management of resource collections, URL namespace
- manipulation, and resource locking (collision avoidance).
-
-
- RFC2518 was published in February 1999, and this specification makes minor
- revisions mostly due to interoperability experience.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This document describes an extension to the HTTP/1.1 protocol that
- allows clients to perform remote web content authoring operations.
- This extension provides a coherent set of methods, headers, request
- entity body formats, and response entity body formats that provide
- operations for:
-
-
- Properties: The ability to create, remove, and query information
- about Web pages, such as their authors, creation dates, etc.
-
-
- Collections: The ability to create sets of documents and to retrieve
- a hierarchical membership listing (like a directory listing in a
- file system).
-
-
- Locking: The ability to keep more than one person from working on a
- document at the same time. This prevents the "lost update problem",
- in which modifications are lost as first one author then another
- writes changes without merging the other author's changes.
-
-
- Namespace Operations: The ability to instruct the server to copy and
- move Web resources, operations which change the mapping from URLs to
- resources.
-
-
- Requirements and rationale for these operations are described in a
- companion document, "Requirements for a Distributed Authoring and
- Versioning Protocol for the World Wide Web" .
-
-
- This document does not specify the versioning operations suggested
- by . That work was done in a separate document,
- "Versioning Extensions to WebDAV" .
-
-
- The sections below provide a detailed introduction to various WebDAV abstractions:
- resource properties,
- collections of resources,
- locks in general and
- write locks specifically.
-
-
-
- These abstractions are manipulated by the
- WebDAV-specific HTTP methods
- and the extra HTTP headers used with WebDAV methods.
- General considerations for handling HTTP requests and responses in WebDAV are
- found in .
-
-
- While the status codes provided by HTTP/1.1 are sufficient to
- describe most error conditions encountered by WebDAV methods, there
- are some errors that do not fall neatly into the existing
- categories. This specification defines extra status
- codes developed for WebDAV methods and describes
- existing HTTP status codes as used in
- WebDAV. Since some WebDAV methods may operate over many resources, the
- Multi-Status response has been
- introduced to return status information for multiple resources. Finally, this
- version of WebDAV introduces precondition and postcondition
- XML elements in error response bodies.
-
-
- WebDAV uses XML () for property names and some values, and also uses
- XML to marshal complicated requests and responses. This specification contains
- DTD and text definitions of all all properties
- and all other XML elements used in marshalling.
- WebDAV includes a few special rules on extending
- WebDAV XML marshalling in backwards-compatible ways.
-
-
- Finishing off the specification are sections on what it means for a resource to be
- compliant with this specification, on
- internationalization support, and on
- security.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Since this document describes a set of extensions to the HTTP/1.1
- protocol, the augmented BNF used herein to describe protocol
- elements is exactly the same as described in Section 2.1 of
- , including the rules about
- implied linear white-space.
- Since this augmented BNF uses the basic production rules provided in
- Section 2.2 of , these rules apply to this document as
- well.
-
-
- The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
- "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in
- this document are to be interpreted as described in .
-
-
- Note that in natural language, a property like the
- "creationdate" property in the "DAV:" XML namespace is sometimes
- referred to as "DAV:creationdate" for brevity.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- URI/URL - A Uniform Resource Identifier and Uniform Resource
- Locator, respectively. These terms (and the distinction between
- them) are defined in .
-
- URI/URL Mapping - A relation between an absolute URI and a resource. Since
- a resource can represent items that are not network retrievable, as well
- as those that are, it is possible for a resource to have zero, one, or many
- URI mappings. Mapping a resource to an "http" scheme URI makes it possible
- to submit HTTP protocol requests to the resource using the URI.
-
-
- Path Segment - Informally, the characters found between slashes ("/") in a URI.
- Formally, as defined in Section 3.3 of .
-
-
- Collection - Informally, a resource that also acts as a container of
- references to child resources. Formally, a resource that contains a
- set of mappings between path segments and resources and meets the
- requirements defined in .
-
-
- Internal Member (of a Collection) - Informally, a child resource of a
- collection. Formally, a resource referenced by a path segment mapping
- contained in the collection.
-
-
- Internal Member URL (of a Collection) - A URL of an internal member,
- consisting of the URL of the collection (including trailing slash)
- plus the path segment identifying the internal member.
-
-
- Member (of a Collection) - Informally, a "descendant" of a
- collection. Formally, an internal member of the collection, or,
- recursively, a member of an internal member.
-
-
- Member URL (of a Collection) - A URL that is either an internal
- member URL of the collection itself, or is an internal member URL of
- a member of that collection.
-
-
-
- Property - A name/value pair that contains descriptive information
- about a resource.
-
-
- Live Property - A property whose semantics and syntax are enforced
- by the server. For example, the live property DAV:getcontentlength
- has its value, the length of the entity returned by a GET request,
- automatically calculated by the server.
-
-
- Dead Property - A property whose semantics and syntax are not
- enforced by the server. The server only records the value of a dead
- property; the client is responsible for maintaining the consistency
- of the syntax and semantics of a dead property.
-
-
- Principal -
- A "principal" is a distinct human or computational actor that
- initiates access to network resources.
-
-
- State Token -
- A URI which represents a state of a resource. Lock tokens are the
- only state tokens defined in this specification.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Properties are pieces of data that describe the state of a resource.
- Properties are data about data.
-
-
- Properties are used in distributed authoring environments to provide
- for efficient discovery and management of resources. For example, a
- 'subject' property might allow for the indexing of all resources by
- their subject, and an 'author' property might allow for the
- discovery of what authors have written which documents.
-
-
- The DAV property model consists of name/value pairs. The name of a
- property identifies the property's syntax and semantics, and
- provides an address by which to refer to its syntax and semantics.
-
-
- There are two categories of properties: "live" and "dead". A live
- property has its syntax and semantics enforced by the server. Live
- properties include cases where a) the value of a property is protected,
- maintained by the server, and b) the value of the property is
- maintained by the client, but the server performs syntax checking on
- submitted values. All instances of a given live property MUST comply
- with the definition associated with that property name. A dead
- property has its syntax and semantics enforced by the client; the
- server merely records the value of the property verbatim.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Properties already exist, in a limited sense, in HTTP message
- headers. However, in distributed authoring environments a
- relatively large number of properties are needed to describe the
- state of a resource, and setting/returning them all through HTTP
- headers is inefficient. Thus a mechanism is needed which allows a
- principal to identify a set of properties in which the principal is
- interested and to set or retrieve just those properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- The value of a property is always a (well-formed) XML fragment.
-
-
- XML has been chosen because it is a flexible, self-describing,
- structured data format that supports rich schema definitions, and
- because of its support for multiple character sets. XML's self-describing
- nature allows any property's value to be extended by
- adding elements. Clients will not break when they
- encounter extensions because they will still have the data specified
- in the original schema and MUST ignore elements they do not
- understand.
-
-
- XML's support for multiple character sets allows any
- human-readable property to be encoded and read in a character set
- familiar to the user. XML's support for multiple human languages,
- using the "xml:lang" attribute, handles cases where the same
- character set is employed by multiple human languages. Note that
- xml:lang scope is recursive, so an xml:lang attribute on any element
- containing a property name element applies to the property value
- unless it has been overridden by a more locally scoped attribute.
- Note that a property only has
- one value, in one language (or language MAY be left undefined), not
- multiple values in different languages or a single value in multiple languages.
-
-
- A property is always represented with an XML element
- consisting of the property name, called the "property name element".
- The simplest example is an empty
- property, which is different from a property that does not exist:
-
-
-
-
- The value of the property appears inside the property name element.
- The value may be any kind of well-formed XML content, including both
- text-only and mixed content. Servers MUST preserve the following XML Information
- Items (using the terminology from )
- in storage and transmission of dead properties:
-
- For the property name Element Information Item itself:
-
- [namespace name]
- [local name]
- [attributes] named "xml:lang" or any such attribute in scope
- [children] of type element or character
-
-
- On all Element Information Items in the property value:
-
- [namespace name]
- [local name]
- [attributes]
- [children] of type element or character
-
-
- On Attribute Information Items in the property value:
-
- [namespace name]
- [local name]
- [normalized value]
-
-
- On Character Information Items in the property value:
-
- [character code]
-
-
- Since prefixes are used in some XML vocabularies (XPath and
- XML Schema, for example), servers
- SHOULD preserve, for any Information Item in the value:
-
- [prefix]
-
-
-
- XML Infoset attributes not listed above MAY be preserved by the
- server, but clients MUST NOT rely on them being preserved. The above
- rules would also apply by default to live properties, unless defined
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Servers MUST ignore the XML attribute xml:space if present
- and never use it to change white space
- handling. White space in property values is significant.
-
-
-
- Consider a dead property 'author' created by the client as follows:
-
-
- When this property is requested, a server might return:
-
-
- Note in this example:
-
- The [prefix] for the property name itself was not preserved, being
- non-significant, all other [prefix] values have been preserved,
- attribute values have been rewritten with double quotes instead of
- single quotes (quoting style is not significant), and attribute
- order has not been preserved,
- the xml:lang attribute has been returned on the property name element
- itself (it was in scope when the property was set, but the exact
- position in the response is not considered significant as long as it
- is in scope),
- whitespace between tags has been preserved everywhere (whitespace
- between attributes not so),
- CDATA encapsulation was replaced with character escaping (the reverse
- would also be legal),
- the comment item was stripped (as would have been a processing
- instruction item).
-
-
-
-
- Implementation note: there are cases such as editing scenarios where clients may
- require that XML content is preserved character-by-character (such
- as attribute ordering or quoting style). In this case, clients
- should consider using a text-only property value by escaping all
- characters that have a special meaning in XML parsing.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property name is a universally unique identifier that is
- associated with a schema that provides information about the syntax
- and semantics of the property.
-
-
- Because a property's name is universally unique, clients can depend
- upon consistent behavior for a particular property across multiple
- resources, on the same and across different servers, so long as that
- property is "live" on the resources in question, and the
- implementation of the live property is faithful to its definition.
-
-
- The XML namespace mechanism, which is based on URIs (), is
- used to name properties because it prevents namespace collisions and
- provides for varying degrees of administrative control.
-
-
- The property namespace is flat; that is, no hierarchy of properties
- is explicitly recognized. Thus, if a property A and a property A/B
- exist on a resource, there is no recognition of any relationship
- between the two properties. It is expected that a separate
- specification will eventually be produced which will address issues
- relating to hierarchical properties.
-
-
- Finally, it is not possible to define the same property twice on a
- single resource, as this would cause a collision in the resource's
- property namespace.
-
-
-
-
- Some HTTP resources are dynamically generated by the server. For these resources,
- there presumably exists source code somewhere governing how that resource
- is generated. The relationship of source files to output HTTP resources
- may be one to one, one to many, many to one or many to many. There is
- no mechanism in HTTP to determine whether a resource is even dynamic, let
- alone where its source files exist or how to author them.
- Although this problem would usefully be solved, interoperable WebDAV
- implementations have been widely deployed without actually solving
- this problem, by dealing only with static resources. Thus, the
- source vs. output problem is not solved in
- this specification and has been deferred to a separate document.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This section provides a description of a type of Web resource,
- the collection, and discusses its interactions with the HTTP URL
- namespace and with HTTP methods. The purpose of a collection resource is to model
- collection-like objects (e.g., file system directories) within a
- server's namespace.
-
-
- All DAV compliant resources MUST support the HTTP URL namespace
- model specified herein.
-
-
-
-
- The HTTP URL namespace is a hierarchical namespace where the
- hierarchy is delimited with the "/" character.
-
-
- An HTTP URL namespace is said to be consistent if it meets the
- following conditions: for every URL in the HTTP hierarchy there
- exists a collection that contains that URL as an internal member URL.
- The root, or top-level collection of the namespace under
- consideration, is exempt from the previous rule. The top-level
- collection of the namespace under consideration is not necessarily
- the collection identified by the absolute path '/', it may be
- identified by one or more path segments (e.g. /servlets/webdav/...)
-
-
- Neither HTTP/1.1 nor WebDAV require that the entire HTTP URL
- namespace be consistent -- a WebDAV-compatible resource may
- not have a parent collection. However, certain WebDAV methods are
- prohibited from producing results that cause namespace
- inconsistencies.
-
-
- As is implicit in and , any resource,
- including collection resources, MAY be identified by more than one
- URI. For example, a resource could be identified by multiple HTTP
- URLs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection resources differ from other resources in that they also
- act as containers. Some HTTP methods apply only to a collection, but
- some apply to some or all of the resources inside the container
- defined by the collection. When the scope of a method is not clear,
- the client can specify what depth to apply. Depth can be either zero
- levels in (only the collection), one level (the collection and
- directly contained resources) or infinite levels (the collection and
- all contained resources recursively).
-
-
- A collection's state consists of at least a set of mappings between
- path segments and resources, and a set of properties on the
- collection itself. In this document, a resource B will be said to be
- contained in the collection resource A if there is a path segment
- mapping which maps to B and which is contained in A. A collection
- MUST contain at most one mapping for a given path segment, i.e., it
- is illegal to have the same path segment mapped to more than one
- resource.
-
-
- Properties defined on collections behave exactly
- as do properties on non-collection resources. A collection MAY
- have additional state such as entity bodies returned by GET.
-
-
- For all WebDAV compliant resources A and B, identified by URLs "U"
- and "V" respectively, such that "V" is equal to "U/SEGMENT", A MUST
- be a collection that contains a mapping from "SEGMENT" to B. So, if
- resource B with URL "http://example.com/bar/blah" is WebDAV compliant
- and if resource A with URL "http://example.com/bar/" is WebDAV
- compliant, then resource A must be a collection and must contain exactly
- one mapping from "blah" to B.
-
-
- Although commonly a mapping consists of a single segment and a
- resource, in general, a mapping consists of a set of segments and a
- resource. This allows a server to treat a set of segments as
- equivalent (i.e. either all of the segments are mapped to the same
- resource, or none of the segments are mapped to a resource). For
- example, a server that performs case-folding on segments will treat
- the segments "ab", "Ab", "aB", and "AB" as equivalent. A client can
- then use any of these segments to identify the resource. Note that a
- PROPFIND result will select one of these equivalent segments to
- identify the mapping, so there will be one PROPFIND response element
- per mapping, not one per segment in the mapping.
-
-
- Collection resources MAY have mappings to non-WebDAV compliant
- resources in the HTTP URL namespace hierarchy but are not required to
- do so. For example, if resource X with URL "http://example.com/bar/blah"
- is not WebDAV compliant and resource A with "URL http://example.com/bar/"
- identifies a WebDAV collection, then A may or may not have a mapping from "blah" to X.
-
-
- If a WebDAV compliant resource has no WebDAV compliant internal members in
- the HTTP URL namespace hierarchy then the WebDAV compliant resource
- is not required to be a collection.
-
-
- There is a standing convention that when a collection is referred to
- by its name without a trailing slash, the server MAY handle the
- request as if the trailing slash were present. In this case it
- SHOULD return a Content-Location header in the response, pointing to
- the URL ending with the "/". For example, if a client invokes a
- method on http://example.com/blah (no trailing slash), the server
- may respond as if the operation were invoked on
- http://example.com/blah/ (trailing slash), and should return a
- Content-Location header with the value http://example.com/blah/.
- Wherever a server produces a URL referring to a collection, the
- server SHOULD include the trailing slash. In general clients SHOULD
- use the trailing slash form of collection names. If clients do not use
- the trailing slash form the client needs to be prepared to see a redirect response.
- Clients will find the DAV:resourcetype property more reliable than the URL
- to find out if a resource is a collection.
-
-
- Clients MUST be able to support the case where WebDAV resources are
- contained inside non-WebDAV resources. For example, if a OPTIONS
- response from "http://example.com/servlet/dav/collection" indicates
- WebDAV support, the client cannot assume that
- "http://example.com/servlet/dav/" or its parent necessarily are
- WebDAV collections.
-
-
-
- A typical scenario in which mapped URLs do not appear as members of
- their parent collection is the case where a server allows links or redirects
- to non-WebDAV resources. For instance, "/col/link" might not appear as a member of
- "/col/", although the server would respond with a 302 status to a GET
- request to "/col/link", thus the URL "/col/link" would indeed be
- mapped. Similarly, a dynamically-generated page might have a URL
- mapping from "/col/index.html", thus this resource might respond with
- a 200 OK to a GET request yet not appear as a member of "/col/".
-
-
-
- Some mappings to even WebDAV-compliant resources might not appear in the
- parent collection.
- An example for this case are servers that support multiple alias URLs
- for each WebDAV compliant resource. A server may
- implement case-insensitive URLs, thus "/col/a" and "/col/A" identify
- the same resource, yet only either "a" or "A" are reported upon
- listing the members of "/col". In cases where a server treats a set of segments
- as equivalent, the server MUST expose only one preferred segment per mapping,
- consistently chosen, in PROPFIND responses.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The ability to lock a resource provides a mechanism for serializing
- access to that resource. Using a lock, an authoring client can
- provide a reasonable guarantee that another principal will not
- modify a resource while it is being edited. In this way, a client
- can prevent the "lost update" problem.
-
-
- This specification allows locks to vary over two client-specified
- parameters, the number of principals involved (exclusive vs. shared)
- and the type of access to be granted. This document defines locking
- for only one access type, write. However, the syntax is extensible,
- and permits the eventual specification of locking for other access
- types.
-
-
-
-
- This section provides a concise model for how locking behaves.
- Later sections will provide more detail on some of the concepts and
- refer back to these model statements. Normative statements related to
- LOCK and UNLOCK method handling can be found in the sections on those methods,
- whereas normative statements that cover any method are gathered here.
-
-
-
-
- A lock either directly or indirectly locks a resource.
-
- A resource becomes directly locked when a LOCK request to
- a URL of that resource creates a new lock.
- The "lock-root" of the new lock is that URL. If at the time of
- the request, the URL is not mapped to a resource, a new
- empty resource is created and directly locked.
-
- An exclusive lock conflicts
- with any other kind of lock on the same resource,
- whether either lock is direct or indirect. A server MUST NOT create
- conflicting locks on a resource.
-
- For a collection that is locked with a depth-infinity lock L, all member
- resources are indirectly locked. Changes in membership of a such a collection
- affect the set of indirectly locked resources:
-
- If a member resource is added to the collection,
- the new member resource MUST NOT already have a conflicting lock,
- because the new resource MUST become indirectly locked by L.
- If a member resource stops being a member of the collection,
- then the resource MUST no longer be indirectly locked by L.
-
-
-
- Each lock is identified by a single globally unique lock token.
-
- An UNLOCK request deletes the lock with the specified lock token.
- After a lock is deleted, no resource is locked by that lock.
-
-
- A lock token is "submitted" in a request when it appears in an "If"
- header (the Write Lock section discusses when
- token submission is required for write locks).
-
- If a request causes the lock-root of any lock to become an
- unmapped URL, then the lock MUST also be deleted by that request.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The most basic form of lock is an exclusive lock. Exclusive locks avoid having to
- deal with content change conflicts, without requiring any coordination other than
- the methods described in this specification.
-
-
- However, there are times when the goal of a lock is not to exclude
- others from exercising an access right but rather to provide a
- mechanism for principals to indicate that they intend to exercise
- their access rights. Shared locks are provided for this case. A
- shared lock allows multiple principals to receive a lock. Hence any
- principal that has both access privileges and a valid lock can use the locked resource.
-
-
- With shared locks there are two trust sets that affect a resource.
- The first trust set is created by access permissions. Principals
- who are trusted, for example, may have permission to write to the
- resource. Among those who have access permission to write to the
- resource, the set of principals who have taken out a shared lock
- also must trust each other, creating a (typically) smaller trust set
- within the access permission write set.
-
-
- Starting with every possible principal on the Internet, in most
- situations the vast majority of these principals will not have write
- access to a given resource. Of the small number who do have write
- access, some principals may decide to guarantee their edits are free
- from overwrite conflicts by using exclusive write locks. Others may
- decide they trust their collaborators will not overwrite their work
- (the potential set of collaborators being the set of principals who
- have write permission) and use a shared lock, which informs their
- collaborators that a principal may be working on the resource.
-
-
- The WebDAV extensions to HTTP do not need to provide all of the
- communications paths necessary for principals to coordinate their
- activities. When using shared locks, principals may use any out of
- band communication channel to coordinate their work (e.g., face-to-face
- interaction, written notes, post-it notes on the screen,
- telephone conversation, email, etc.) The intent of a shared lock is
- to let collaborators know who else may be working on a resource.
-
-
- Shared locks are included because experience from web distributed
- authoring systems has indicated that exclusive locks are often too
- rigid. An exclusive lock is used to enforce a particular editing
- process: take out an exclusive lock, read the resource, perform
- edits, write the resource, release the lock. This editing process
- has the problem that locks are not always properly released, for
- example when a program crashes, or when a lock creator leaves without
- unlocking a resource. While both timeouts
- and administrative action
- can be used to remove an offending lock, neither mechanism may be
- available when needed; the timeout may be long or the administrator
- may not be available.
-
-
- A successful request for a new shared lock MUST
- result in the generation of a unique lock associated with the
- requesting principal. Thus if five principals have taken out shared write
- locks on the same resource there will be five locks and five lock tokens, one for
- each principal.
-
-
-
-
-
- A WebDAV compliant resource is not required to support locking in
- any form. If the resource does support locking it may choose to
- support any combination of exclusive and shared locks for any access
- types.
-
-
- The reason for this flexibility is that locking policy strikes to
- the very heart of the resource management and versioning systems
- employed by various storage repositories. These repositories
- require control over what sort of locking will be made available.
- For example, some repositories only support shared write locks while
- others only provide support for exclusive write locks while yet
- others use no locking at all. As each system is sufficiently
- different to merit exclusion of certain locking features, this
- specification leaves locking as the sole axis of negotiation within
- WebDAV.
-
-
-
-
- The creator of a lock has special privileges to use the lock to modify the resource.
- When a locked resource is modified, a server MUST check that the
- authenticated principal matches the lock creator (in addition to checking
- for valid lock token submission).
- The server MAY allow privileged users other than the lock creator to destroy a lock
- (for example, the resource owner or an administrator). The 'unlock' privilege
- in was defined to provide that permission.
- There is no requirement for servers to accept LOCK requests from all users
- or from anonymous users.
-
- Note that having a lock does not confer full privilege to modify the locked resource.
- Write access and other privileges MUST be enforced through normal
- privilege or authentication mechanisms, not based on the possible
- obscurity of lock token values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A lock token is a type of state token which
- identifies a particular lock. Each lock has exactly one unique lock
- token generated by the server.
- Clients MUST NOT attempt to interpret lock tokens in any way.
-
- Lock token URIs MUST be unique across all resources for all time.
- This uniqueness constraint allows lock tokens to be submitted across
- resources and servers without fear of confusion. Since lock tokens are unique, a client
- MAY submit a lock token in an If header on a resource other
- than the one that returned it.
-
-
- When a LOCK operation creates a new lock, the new lock token is
- returned in the Lock-Token response header defined in
- ,
- and also in the body of the response.
-
-
-
- Servers MAY make lock tokens publicly readable (e.g. in the DAV:lockdiscovery
- property). One use case for making lock tokens readable is so that a long-lived
- lock can be removed by the resource owner (the client that obtained the lock might have
- crashed or disconnected before cleaning up the lock). Except for the case of using UNLOCK
- under user guidance, a client SHOULD NOT use a lock token created by another
- client instance.
-
-
- This specification encourages servers to create UUIDs for lock tokens,
- and to use the URI form defined by "A Universally Unique
- Identifier (UUID) URN Namespace" (). However
- servers are free to use any URI (e.g. from another scheme) so long as it meets the
- uniqueness requirements. For example, a valid lock token might be constructed
- using the "opaquelocktoken" scheme defined in .
-
- Example: "urn:uuid:f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6"
-
-
-
-
- A lock MAY have a limited lifetime. The lifetime is suggested by the
- client when creating or refreshing the lock, but the server
- ultimately chooses the timeout value. Timeout is measured in seconds
- remaining until lock expiration.
-
-
- The timeout counter MUST be restarted if a refresh lock request is
- successful (see ). The timeout counter
- SHOULD NOT be restarted at any other time.
-
-
- If the timeout expires then the lock SHOULD be removed. In this case the server
- SHOULD act as if an UNLOCK method was executed by the server on the
- resource using the lock token of the timed-out lock, performed with
- its override authority.
-
-
- Servers are advised to pay close attention to the values submitted by
- clients, as they will be indicative of the type of activity the
- client intends to perform. For example, an applet running in a
- browser may need to lock a resource, but because of the instability
- of the environment within which the applet is running, the applet may
- be turned off without warning. As a result, the applet is likely to
- ask for a relatively small timeout value so that if the applet dies,
- the lock can be quickly harvested. However, a document management
- system is likely to ask for an extremely long timeout because its
- user may be planning on going off-line.
-
-
- A client MUST NOT assume that just because the time-out has expired
- the lock has immediately been removed.
-
-
- Likewise, a client MUST NOT assume that just
- because the time-out has not expired, the lock still exists.
- Clients MUST assume that locks can arbitrarily disappear at any
- time, regardless of the value given in the Timeout header. The
- Timeout header only indicates the behavior of the server if
- extraordinary circumstances do not occur. For example, a
- sufficiently privileged user may remove a lock at any time or the
- system may crash in such a way that it loses the record of the
- lock's existence.
-
-
-
-
-
- Since server lock support is optional, a client trying to lock a
- resource on a server can either try the lock and hope for the best,
- or perform some form of discovery to determine what lock
- capabilities the server supports. This is known as lock capability
- discovery. A client can determine what lock types the server
- supports by retrieving the DAV:supportedlock property.
-
-
- Any DAV compliant resource that supports the LOCK method MUST
- support the DAV:supportedlock property.
-
-
-
-
-
- If another principal locks a resource that a principal wishes to
- access, it is useful for the second principal to be able to find out
- who the first principal is. For this purpose the DAV:lockdiscovery
- property is provided. This property lists all outstanding locks,
- describes their type, and MAY even provide the lock tokens.
-
-
- Any DAV compliant resource that supports the LOCK method MUST
- support the DAV:lockdiscovery property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This section describes the semantics specific to the write lock
- type. The write lock is a specific instance of a lock type, and is
- the only lock type described in this specification.
-
-
- An exclusive write lock protects a resource: it prevents changes by
- any principal other than the lock creator and in any case where the
- lock token is not submitted (e.g. by a client process other than the one
- holding the lock).
-
-
- Clients MUST submit a lock-token they are authorized to use
- in any request which modifies a write-locked resource. The list of
- modifications covered by a write-lock include:
-
-
-
- A change to any of the following aspects of any write-locked resource:
-
- any variant,
- any dead property,
- any live property which is lockable (a live property is lockable
- unless otherwise defined.)
-
-
- For collections, any modification of an internal member URI.
- An internal member URI of a collection is considered to be modified
- if it is added, removed, or identifies a different resource. More
- discussion on write locks and collections is found in .
-
-
- A modification of the mapping of the root
- of the write lock, either to another resource or to no resource (e.g. DELETE).
-
-
-
-
- Of the methods defined in HTTP and WebDAV, PUT, POST, PROPPATCH, LOCK, UNLOCK,
- MOVE, COPY (for the destination resource), DELETE, and MKCOL are affected by
- write locks. All other HTTP/WebDAV methods defined so far,
- GET in particular, function independently of a write lock.
-
-
-
- The next few sections describe in more specific terms how write
- locks interact with various operations.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- While those without a write lock may not alter a property on a
- resource it is still possible for the values of live properties to
- change, even while locked, due to the requirements of their schemas.
- Only dead properties and live properties defined as lockable
- are guaranteed not to change while write locked.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Although the write locks provide some help in
- preventing lost updates, they cannot guarantee that updates will
- never be lost. Consider the following scenario:
-
-
- Two clients A and B are interested in editing the resource
- 'index.html'. Client A is an HTTP client rather than a WebDAV
- client, and so does not know how to perform locking.
-
-
- Client A doesn't lock the document, but does a GET and begins
- editing.
-
-
- Client B does LOCK, performs a GET and begins editing.
-
-
- Client B finishes editing, performs a PUT, then an UNLOCK.
-
-
- Client A performs a PUT, overwriting and losing all of B's changes.
-
-
- There are several reasons why the WebDAV protocol itself cannot
- prevent this situation. First, it cannot force all clients to use
- locking because it must be compatible with HTTP clients that do not
- comprehend locking. Second, it cannot require servers to support
- locking because of the variety of repository implementations, some
- of which rely on reservations and merging rather than on locking.
- Finally, being stateless, it cannot enforce a sequence of operations
- like LOCK / GET / PUT / UNLOCK.
-
-
- WebDAV servers that support locking can reduce the likelihood that
- clients will accidentally overwrite each other's changes by
- requiring clients to lock resources before modifying them. Such
- servers would effectively prevent HTTP 1.0 and HTTP 1.1 clients from
- modifying resources.
-
-
- WebDAV clients can be good citizens by using a lock / retrieve /
- write /unlock sequence of operations (at least by default) whenever
- they interact with a WebDAV server that supports locking.
-
-
- HTTP 1.1 clients can be good citizens, avoiding overwriting other
- clients' changes, by using entity tags in If-Match headers with any
- requests that would modify resources.
-
-
- Information managers may attempt to prevent overwrites by
- implementing client-side procedures requiring locking before
- modifying WebDAV resources.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- WebDAV provides the ability to send a LOCK request to an unmapped URL in order to reserve the name for
- use. This is a simple way to avoid the lost-update problem on the
- creation of a new resource (another way is to use If-None-Match
- header specified in Section 14.26 of ). It has the side benefit of locking
- the new resource immediately for use of the creator.
-
-
- Note that the lost-update problem is not an issue for collections because
- MKCOL can only be used to create a collection, not to overwrite an
- existing collection. When trying to lock a collection upon
- creation, clients can attempt to increase the likelihood of getting the lock by
- pipelining the MKCOL and LOCK requests together (but because this
- doesn't convert two separate operations into one atomic operation
- there's no guarantee this will work).
-
-
- A successful lock request to an unmapped URL MUST result in the creation of a
- locked (non-collection) resource with empty content. Subsequently, a successful PUT request
- (with the correct lock token) provides the content for the resource. Note that
- the LOCK request has no mechanism for the client to provide Content-Type or
- Content-Language, thus the server will use defaults or empty values and rely
- on the subsequent PUT request for correct values.
-
-
-
- A resource created with a LOCK is empty but otherwise behaves in every way as a normal
- resource. It behaves the same way as a resource created by a PUT
- request with an empty body (and where a Content-Type and Content-Language
- was not specified), followed by a LOCK request to the same resource.
- Following from this model, a locked empty resource:
-
-
-
- Can be read, deleted, moved, copied, and in all ways behave as a
- regular non-collection resource.
- Appears as a member of its parent collection.
- SHOULD NOT disappear when its lock goes away (clients must
- therefore be responsible for cleaning up their own mess, as with
- any other operation or any non-empty resource)
- MAY NOT have values for properties like DAV:getcontentlanguage which
- haven't been specified yet by the client.
- Can be updated (have content added) with a PUT request.
- MUST NOT be converted into a collection. The server MUST fail a MKCOL request
- (as it would with a MKCOL request to any existing non-collection resource).
- MUST have defined values for DAV:lockdiscovery and DAV:supportedlock
- properties.
- The response MUST indicate that a resource was created, by use of
- the "201 Created" response code (a LOCK request to an existing
- resource instead will result in 200 OK). The body must still
- include the DAV:lockdiscovery property, as with a LOCK request to an
- existing resource.
-
-
- The client is expected to update the locked empty resource shortly
- after locking it, using PUT and possibly PROPPATCH.
-
-
- Alternatively and for backwards compatibility to , servers
- MAY implement Lock-Null Resources (LNRs) instead (see definition in
- ). Clients can easily interoperate both with servers that
- support the old model LNRs and the recommended model of "locked empty
- resources" by only attempting PUT after a LOCK to an unmapped URL,
- not MKCOL or GET, and by not relying on specific properties of LNRs.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- There are two kinds of collection write locks. A depth-0 write
- lock on a collection protects the collection properties plus the internal
- member URLs of that one collection, while not protecting the content or properties
- of member resources (if the collection itself has any entity bodies, those
- are also protected). A depth-infinity write lock on a collection
- provides the same protection on that collection and also provides write lock
- protection on every member resource.
-
- Expressed otherwise, a write lock protects any request that would create a new
- resource in a write locked collection, any request that would remove
- an internal member URL of a write locked collection, and
- any request that would change the segment name of any internal member.
-
-
- Thus, a collection write lock protects all the following actions:
-
-
- DELETE a collection's direct internal member,
- MOVE an internal member out of the collection,
- MOVE an internal member into the collection,
- MOVE to rename an internal member within a collection,
- COPY an internal member into a collection, and
- PUT or MKCOL request which would create a new internal member.
-
-
- The collection's lock token is required in addition to the lock
- token on the internal member itself, if it is locked separately.
-
-
- In addition, a depth-infinity lock affects all write operations to
- all members of the locked collection. With a depth-infinity
- lock, the resource identified by the root of the lock is directly locked, and all its
- members are indirectly locked.
-
-
- Any new resource added as a descendent of a depth-infinity locked
- collection becomes indirectly locked.
- Any indirectly locked resource moved out of the locked collection
- into an unlocked collection is thereafter unlocked.
- Any indirectly locked resource moved out of a locked source
- collection into a depth-infinity locked target collection remains
- indirectly locked but is now protected by the lock on the
- target collection (the target collection's lock token will
- thereafter be required to make further changes).
-
-
-
- If a depth-infinity write LOCK request is issued to a collection
- containing member URLs identifying resources that are currently
- locked in a manner which conflicts with the new lock (see
- point 3), the request
- MUST fail with a 423 (Locked) status code, and the response SHOULD
- contain the 'no-conflicting-lock' precondition.
-
-
- If a lock request causes the URL of a resource to be added as an
- internal member URL of a depth-infinity locked collection then the
- new resource MUST be automatically protected by the lock.
- For example, if the collection /a/b/ is write locked and the
- resource /c is moved to /a/b/c then resource /a/b/c will be added to
- the write lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- A user agent has to demonstrate knowledge of a lock when
- requesting an operation on a locked resource. Otherwise, the following scenario
- might occur. In the scenario, program A, run by User A, takes out a write lock on a
- resource. Program B, also run by User A, has no knowledge of the
- lock taken out by program A, yet performs a PUT to the locked
- resource. In this scenario, the PUT succeeds because locks are
- associated with a principal, not a program, and thus program B,
- because it is acting with principal A's credential, is allowed to
- perform the PUT. However, had program B known about the lock, it
- would not have overwritten the resource, preferring instead to
- present a dialog box describing the conflict to the user. Due to
- this scenario, a mechanism is needed to prevent different programs
- from accidentally ignoring locks taken out by other programs with
- the same authorization.
-
-
- In order to prevent these collisions a lock token MUST be submitted
- by an authorized principal for all locked resources that a method
- may change or the method MUST fail. A lock token is submitted when
- it appears in an If header. For example, if a resource is to be
- moved and both the source and destination are locked then two lock
- tokens must be submitted in the If header, one for the source and
- the other for the destination.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In this example, even though both the source and destination are
- locked, only one lock token must be submitted, for the lock on the
- destination. This is because the source resource is not modified by
- a COPY, and hence unaffected by the write lock. In this example,
- user agent authentication has previously occurred via a mechanism
- outside the scope of the HTTP protocol, in the underlying transport
- layer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Consider a collection "/locked" with an exclusive, depth-infinity
- write lock, and an attempt to delete an internal member "/locked/member":
-
-
-
-
- Thus the client would need to submit the lock token with the request
- to make it succeed. To do that, various forms of the If header (see
- ) could be used.
-
-
-
- "No-Tag-List" format:
-
-
-
-
- "Tagged-List" format, for "http://example.com/locked/":
-
-
-
- "Tagged-List" format, for "http://example.com/locked/member":
-
-
-
- Note that for the purpose of submitting the lock token the actual
- form doesn't matter; what's relevant is that the lock token appears
- in the If header, and that the If header itself evaluates to true.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A COPY method invocation MUST NOT duplicate any write locks active
- on the source. However, as previously noted, if the COPY copies the
- resource into a collection that is locked with a depth-infinity lock,
- then the resource will be added to the lock.
-
-
- A successful MOVE request on a write locked resource MUST NOT move
- the write lock with the resource. However, if there is an existing lock at the
- destination, the server MUST add the moved resource to the destination lock scope.
- For example, if the MOVE makes the resource a child
- of a collection that has a depth-infinity lock, then the
- resource will be added to that collection's lock. Additionally, if a
- resource with a depth-infinity lock is moved to a destination
- that is within the scope of the same lock (e.g., within the
- URL namespace tree covered by the lock), the moved resource will again
- be a added to the lock. In both these examples, as specified in
- , an If header must be submitted containing a lock token
- for both the source and destination.
-
-
-
-
-
- A client MUST NOT submit the same write lock request twice. Note
- that a client is always aware it is resubmitting the same lock
- request because it must include the lock token in the If header in
- order to make the request for a resource that is already locked.
-
-
- However, a client may submit a LOCK request with an If header but
- without a body. A server receiving a LOCK request with no body MUST
- NOT create a new lock -- this form of the LOCK request is only to be used to "refresh" an
- existing lock (meaning, at minimum, that any timers associated with the lock
- MUST be re-set).
-
-
- Clients may submit Timeout headers of arbitrary value with their
- lock refresh requests. Servers, as always, may ignore Timeout headers
- submitted by the client, and a server MAY refresh a lock with a timeout
- period that is
- different than the previous timeout period used for the lock, provided it
- advertises the new value in the LOCK refresh response.
-
-
- If an error is received in response to a refresh LOCK request the
- client MUST NOT assume that the lock was refreshed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Servers MUST return authorization errors in preference to other errors.
- This avoids leaking information about protected resources (e.g. a client
- that finds that a hidden resource exists by seeing a 423 Locked response
- to an anonymous request to the resource).
-
-
-
-
-
- In HTTP/1.1, method parameter information was exclusively encoded in
- HTTP headers. Unlike HTTP/1.1, WebDAV encodes method parameter
- information either in an XML ()
- request entity body, or in an HTTP header. The use of XML to encode
- method parameters was motivated by the ability to add extra XML
- elements to existing structures, providing extensibility; and by
- XML's ability to encode information in ISO 10646 character sets,
- providing internationalization support.
-
-
- In addition to encoding method parameters, XML is used in WebDAV to
- encode the responses from methods, providing the extensibility and
- internationalization advantages of XML for method output, as well as
- input.
-
-
- When XML is used for a request or response body, the Content-Type type
- SHOULD be application/xml. Implementations MUST accept both text/xml and
- application/xml in request and response bodies. Use of text/xml is
- deprecated.
-
-
- All DAV compliant clients and resources MUST use
- XML parsers that are compliant with
- and . All
- XML used in either requests or responses MUST be, at minimum, well
- formed and use namespaces correctly. If a server receives XML that is not
- well-formed then the server MUST reject the entire request with a
- 400 (Bad Request). If a client receives XML that is not well-formed in a
- response then the client MUST NOT assume anything about the outcome of the
- executed method and SHOULD treat the server as malfunctioning.
-
-
- Note that processing XML submitted by an untrusted source may cause risks
- connected to privacy, security, and service quality (see ). Servers
- MAY reject questionable requests (even though they consist of well-formed XML),
- for instance with a 400 (Bad Request) status code and an optional response body
- explaining the problem.
-
-
-
-
-
- URLs appear in many places in requests and responses. Interoperability
- experience with showed that many clients parsing
- Multi-Status responses did not fully implement the full Reference Resolution
- defined in Section 5 of . Thus, servers in particular
- need to be careful in handling URLs in responses, to ensure that clients
- have enough context to be able to interpret all the URLs. The rules in this
- section apply not only to resource URLs in the 'href' element in Multi-Status responses,
- but also to the Destination and If header resource URLs.
-
-
- The sender has a choice between two approaches: using a relative reference,
- which is resolved against the Request-URI, or a full URI. A
- server MUST ensure that every 'href' value within a Multi-Status
- response uses the same format.
-
-
- WebDAV only uses one form of relative reference in its extensions,
- the absolute path.
-
-
-
- The absolute-URI, path-absolute and query productions are defined in
- Section 4.3, 3.3 and 3.4 of .
-
-
- Within Simple-ref productions, senders MUST NOT:
-
- use dot-segments ("." or ".."), or
- have prefixes that do not match the Request-URI (using the
- comparison rules defined in Section 3.2.3 of ).
-
-
-
- Identifiers for collections SHOULD end in a '/' character.
-
-
-
- Consider the collection http://example.com/sample/ with the internal
- member URL http://example.com/sample/a%20test and the PROPFIND
- request below:
-
- In this case, the server should return two 'href' elements containing either
-
- 'http://example.com/sample/' and 'http://example.com/sample/a%20test', or
- '/sample/' and '/sample/a%20test'
-
-
-
- Note that even though the server may be storing the member resource
- internally as 'a test', it has to be percent-encoded when used inside a
- URI reference (see Section 2.1 of ). Also note that a legal
- URI may still contain characters that need to be escaped within XML
- character data, such as the ampersand character.
-
-
-
-
- Some of these new methods do not define bodies. Servers MUST
- examine all requests for a body, even when a body was not expected.
- In cases where a request body is present but would be ignored by a
- server, the server MUST reject the request with 415 (Unsupported
- Media Type). This informs the client (which may have been
- attempting to use an extension) that the body could not be processed
- as the client intended.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- HTTP defines many headers that can be used in WebDAV requests and
- responses. Not all of these are appropriate in all situations and
- some interactions may be undefined.
-
- Note that HTTP 1.1 requires the Date header in all responses if
- possible (see Section 14.18, ).
-
- The server MUST do authorization checks before checking any
- HTTP conditional header.
-
-
-
-
-
- HTTP 1.1 recommends the use of ETags rather than modification dates, for
- cache-control, and there are even stronger reasons to prefer ETags
- for authoring. Correct use of ETags is even more important in a
- distributed authoring environment, because ETags are necessary along
- with locks to avoid the lost-update problem. A client might fail to
- renew a lock, for example when the lock times out and the client is
- accidentally offline or in the middle of a long upload. When a
- client fails to renew the lock, it's quite possible the resource can
- still be relocked and the user can go on editing, as long as no
- changes were made in the meantime. ETags are required for the client
- to be able to distinguish this case. Otherwise, the client is forced
- to ask the user whether to overwrite the resource on the server
- without even being able to tell the user whether it has changed.
- Timestamps do not solve this problem nearly as well as ETags.
-
-
- Strong ETags are much more useful for authoring use cases than weak ETags (see Section 13.3.3 of ).
- Semantic equivalence can be a useful concept but that depends on the
- document type and the application type, and interoperability might require
- some agreement or standard outside the scope of this specification and HTTP.
- Note also that weak ETags have certain restrictions in HTTP, e.g. these
- cannot be used in If-Match headers.
-
-
- Note that the meaning of an ETag in a PUT response is not
- clearly defined either in this document or in RFC2616 (i.e., whether
- the ETag means that the resource is octet-for-octet equivalent to the
- body of the PUT request, or whether the server could have made minor
- changes in the formatting or content of the document upon storage).
- This is an HTTP issue, not purely a WebDAV issue.
-
-
-
- Because clients may be forced to prompt users or throw away changed
- content if the ETag changes, a WebDAV server SHOULD NOT change the
- ETag (or the Last-Modified time) for a resource that has an unchanged
- body and location. The ETag represents the state of the body or contents of the
- resource. There is no similar way to tell if properties have
- changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- HTTP and WebDAV did not use the bodies of most error responses for
- machine-parsable information until the specification for Versioning
- Extensions to WebDAV introduced a mechanism to
- include more specific information in the body of an error response
- (Section 1.6 of ). The error body mechanism is
- appropriate to use with
- any error response that may take a body but does not already have a
- body defined. The mechanism is particularly appropriate when a
- status code can mean many things (for example, 400 Bad Request can
- mean required headers are missing, headers are incorrectly
- formatted, or much more). This error body mechanism is covered in
- .
-
-
-
-
- Note that the HTTP response headers "Etag" and "Last-Modified" (see
- , Sections 14.19 and 14.29) are defined per URL (not per
- resource), and are used by clients for caching. Therefore servers
- must ensure that executing any operation that affects the URL
- namespace (such as COPY, MOVE, DELETE, PUT or MKCOL) does preserve
- their semantics, in particular:
-
-
-
- For any given URL, the "Last-Modified" value MUST increment every
- time the representation returned upon GET changes (within the
- limits of timestamp resolution).
- For any given URL, an "ETag" value MUST NOT be re-used for
- different representations returned by GET.
-
-
-
- In practice this means that servers
-
-
- might have to increment "Last-Modified" timestamps for every
- resource inside the destination namespace of a namespace
- operation unless it can do so more selectively, and
- similarily, might have to re-assign "ETag" values for these
- resources (unless the server allocates entity tags in a way so
- that they are unique across the whole URL namespace managed by the
- server).
-
-
-
- Note that these considerations also apply to specific use cases, such
- as using PUT to create a new resource at a URL that has been mapped
- before, but has been deleted since then.
-
- Finally, WebDAV properties (such as DAV:getetag and DAV:
- getlastmodified) that inherit their semantics from HTTP headers must
- behave accordingly.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The PROPFIND method retrieves properties defined on the resource
- identified by the Request-URI, if the resource does not have any
- internal members, or on the resource identified by the Request-URI
- and potentially its member resources, if the resource is a
- collection that has internal member URLs. All DAV compliant
- resources MUST support the PROPFIND method and the propfind XML
- element () along with all XML elements defined for use
- with that element.
-
-
- A client MUST submit a Depth header with a value of "0", "1", or
- "infinity" with a PROPFIND request. Servers MUST
- support "0" and "1" depth requests on WebDAV-compliant
- resources and SHOULD support "infinity" requests. In practice, support for infinite
- depth requests MAY be disabled, due to the performance and security concerns
- associated with this behavior.
- Since clients weren't required to include the Depth header in ,
- servers SHOULD treat such a request as if a "Depth: infinity" header was included.
-
-
- A client may submit a 'propfind' XML element in the body of the
- request method describing what information is being requested. It
- is possible to:
-
-
- Request particular property values, by naming the properties
- desired within the 'prop' element (the ordering of properties in
- here MAY be ignored by server),
- Request property values for those properties defined in this
- specification (at a minimum) plus dead properties, by using the 'allprop' element
- (the 'include' element can be used with 'allprop' to instruct
- the server to also include additional live properties that may
- not have been returned otherwise),
-
- Request a list of names of all the properties defined on the
- resource, by using the 'propname' element.
-
-
- A client may choose not to submit a request body. An empty PROPFIND
- request body MUST be treated as if it were an 'allprop' request.
-
-
- Note that 'allprop' does not return values for all live properties.
- WebDAV servers increasingly have expensively-calculated or lengthy
- properties (see and
- )
- and do not return all properties already. Instead, WebDAV clients
- can use propname requests to discover what live properties exist,
- and request named properties when retrieving values. For a live property
- defined elsewhere, that definition can specify whether
- that live property would be returned in 'allprop' requests or not.
-
-
- All servers MUST support returning a response of content type
- text/xml or application/xml that contains a multistatus XML element
- that describes the results of the attempts to retrieve the various
- properties.
-
-
- If there is an error retrieving a property then a proper error
- result MUST be included in the response. A request to retrieve the
- value of a property which does not exist is an error and MUST be
- noted with a
- 'response' XML element which contains a 404 (Not Found) status value.
-
-
- Consequently, the 'multistatus' XML element for a collection resource
- MUST include a 'response' XML element for each member
- URL of the collection, to whatever depth was requested. It SHOULD NOT
- include any 'response' elements for resources that are not WebDAV-compliant.
- Each 'response' element MUST contain an 'href' element that contains the
- URL of the resource on which the properties in the prop XML element
- are defined. Results for a PROPFIND on a collection
- resource are returned as a flat list whose
- order of entries is not significant. Note that a resource may have only
- one value for a property of a given name, so
- the property may only show up once in PROPFIND responses.
-
-
- Properties may be subject to access control. In the case of 'allprop'
- and 'propname' requests, if a principal does not have the right to know whether
- a particular property exists then the property MAY be silently
- excluded from the response.
-
-
- Some PROPFIND results MAY be cached, with care as there is no cache validation
- mechanism for most properties. This method is both
- safe and idempotent (see Section 9.1 of ).
-
-
-
- This section, as with similar sections for other methods, provides some
- guidance on error codes and preconditions or postconditions (defined
- in ) that might be particularly useful with
- PROPFIND.
-
-
-
- 403 Forbidden - A server MAY reject
- PROPFIND requests on collections with depth header of "Infinity", in
- which case it SHOULD use this error with the precondition code
- 'propfind-finite-depth' inside the error body.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In PROPFIND responses, information about individual properties is
- returned inside 'propstat' elements (see ), each
- containing an individual 'status' element containing information
- about the properties appearing in it. The list below summarizes the
- most common status codes used inside 'propstat', however clients
- should be prepared to handle other 2/3/4/5xx series status codes as
- well.
-
-
- 200 OK - A property exists and/or its value is successfully returned.
-
- 401 Unauthorized - The property cannot be viewed without appropriate authorization.
-
- 403 Forbidden - The property cannot be viewed regardless of authentication.
-
- 404 Not Found - The property does not exist.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In this example, PROPFIND is executed on a non-collection resource
- http://www.example.com/file. The propfind XML element specifies the
- name of four properties whose values are being requested. In this
- case only two properties were returned, since the principal issuing
- the request did not have sufficient access rights to see the third
- and fourth properties.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In this example, PROPFIND is invoked on the collection resource
- http://www.example.com/container/, with a propfind XML element
- containing the propname XML element, meaning the name of all
- properties should be returned. Since no Depth header is present, it
- assumes its default value of "infinity", meaning the name of the
- properties on the collection and all its descendents should be
- returned.
-
-
- Consistent with the previous example, resource
- http://www.example.com/container/ has six properties defined on it:
- bigbox and author in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/"
- namespace, and creationdate, displayname, resourcetype, and
- supportedlock in the "DAV:" namespace.
-
-
- The resource http://www.example.com/container/index.html, a member
- of the "container" collection, has nine properties defined on it,
- bigbox in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/" namespace and,
- creationdate, displayname, getcontentlength, getcontenttype,
- getetag, getlastmodified, resourcetype, and supportedlock in the
- "DAV:" namespace.
-
-
- This example also demonstrates the use of XML namespace scoping and
- the default namespace. Since the "xmlns" attribute does not contain
- a prefix, the namespace applies by default to all enclosed elements.
- Hence, all elements which do not explicitly state the namespace to
- which they belong are members of the "DAV:" namespace.
-
-
-
-
- Note that 'allprop', despite its name which remains for backward-compatibility,
- does not return every property, but only dead properties and the live properties
- defined in this specification.
-
-
-
-
- In this example, PROPFIND was invoked on the resource
- http://www.example.com/container/ with a Depth header of 1, meaning the
- request applies to the resource and its children, and a propfind XML
- element containing the allprop XML element, meaning the request
- should return the name and value of all the dead properties defined
- on the resources, plus the name and value of all the properties defined
- in this specification. This example illustrates the use of relative references
- in the 'href' elements of the response.
-
-
- The resource http://www.example.com/container/ has six properties defined
- on it:
- 'bigbox' and 'author in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/" namespace,
- DAV:creationdate, DAV:displayname, DAV:resourcetype, and DAV:supportedlock.
-
-
- The last four properties are WebDAV-specific, defined in .
- Since GET is not supported on this resource, the get* properties
- (e.g., DAV:getcontentlength) are not defined on this resource. The WebDAV-specific
- properties assert that "container" was created on December
- 1, 1997, at 5:42:21PM, in a time zone 8 hours west of GMT
- (DAV:creationdate), has a name of "Example collection" (DAV:displayname), a
- collection resource type (DAV:resourcetype), and supports exclusive write
- and shared write locks (DAV:supportedlock).
-
-
- The resource http://www.example.com/container/front.html has nine
- properties defined on it:
-
-
- 'bigbox' in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/" namespace (another instance of the "bigbox"
- property type), DAV:creationdate, DAV:displayname,
- DAV:getcontentlength, DAV:getcontenttype, DAV:getetag,
- DAV:getlastmodified, DAV:resourcetype, and DAV:supportedlock.
-
-
- The DAV-specific properties assert that "front.html" was created on
- December 1, 1997, at 6:27:21PM, in a time zone 8 hours west of GMT
- (DAV:creationdate), has a name of "Example HTML resource" (DAV:displayname),
- a content length of 4525 bytes (DAV:getcontentlength), a MIME type of
- "text/html" (DAV:getcontenttype), an entity tag of "zzyzx" (DAV:getetag), was
- last modified on Monday, January 12, 1998, at 09:25:56 GMT
- (DAV:getlastmodified), has an empty resource type, meaning that it is not
- a collection (DAV:resourcetype), and supports both exclusive write and
- shared write locks (DAV:supportedlock).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In this example, PROPFIND is executed on the resource
- http://www.example.com/mycol/ and its internal member resources. The client requests the values of
- all live properties defined in this specification, plus all dead properties, plus two
- more live properties defined in . The response is not shown.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The PROPPATCH method processes instructions specified in the request
- body to set and/or remove properties defined on the resource
- identified by the Request-URI.
-
-
- All DAV compliant resources MUST support the PROPPATCH method and
- MUST process instructions that are specified using the
- propertyupdate, set, and remove XML elements. Execution of the
- directives in this method is, of course, subject to access control
- constraints. DAV compliant resources SHOULD support the setting of
- arbitrary dead properties.
-
-
- The request message body of a PROPPATCH method MUST contain the
- propertyupdate XML element.
-
- Servers MUST process PROPPATCH instructions in
- document order (an exception to the normal rule that ordering is
- irrelevant). Instructions MUST either all be executed or none
- executed. Thus if any error occurs during processing all executed
- instructions MUST be undone and a proper error result returned.
- Instruction processing details can be found in the definition of the
- set and remove instructions in and .
-
-
- If a server attempts to make any of the property changes in a PROPPATCH request
- (i.e. the request is not rejected for high-level errors before processing the body),
- the response MUST be a Multi-Status response as described in .
-
-
- This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
- ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
-
-
-
-
-
- In PROPPATCH responses, information about individual properties is
- returned inside 'propstat' elements (see ), each
- containing an individual 'status' element containing information
- about the properties appearing in it. The list below summarizes the
- most common status codes used inside 'propstat', however clients
- should be prepared to handle other 2/3/4/5xx series status codes as
- well.
-
-
- 200 (OK) - The property set or change succeeded. Note that if this
- appears for one property, it appears for every property in the response,
- due to the atomicity of PROPPATCH.
-
-
- 403 (Forbidden) - The client, for reasons the server chooses not to
- specify, cannot alter one of the properties.
-
-
- 403 (Forbidden): The client has attempted to set a protected
- property, such as DAV:getetag. If returning this error, the server
- SHOULD use the precondition code 'cannot-modify-protected-property' inside the response body.
-
-
- 409 (Conflict) - The client has provided a value whose semantics are
- not appropriate for the property.
-
-
- 424 (Failed Dependency) - The property change could not be made because
- of another property change that failed.
-
-
- 507 (Insufficient Storage) - The server did not have sufficient
- space to record the property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In this example, the client requests the server to set the value of
- the "Authors" property in the "http://ns.example.com/standards/z39.50/"
- namespace, and to remove the property "Copyright-Owner" in the
- same namespace. Since the
- Copyright-Owner property could not be removed, no property
- modifications occur. The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code for
- the Authors property indicates this action would have succeeded if
- it were not for the conflict with removing the Copyright-Owner
- property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- MKCOL creates a new collection resource at the location specified by
- the Request-URI. If the Request-URI is already mapped to a resource
- then the MKCOL MUST fail. During MKCOL processing, a
- server MUST make the Request-URI an internal member of its parent collection,
- unless the Request-URI is "/". If no such ancestor exists, the
- method MUST fail. When the MKCOL operation creates a new collection
- resource, all ancestors MUST already exist, or the method MUST fail
- with a 409 (Conflict) status code. For example, if a request to
- create collection /a/b/c/d/ is made, and /a/b/c/ does not exist, the
- request must fail.
-
-
- When MKCOL is invoked without a request body, the newly created
- collection SHOULD have no members.
-
-
- A MKCOL request message may contain a message body. The precise behavior of
- a MKCOL request when the body is present is undefined, but limited to creating
- collections, members of a collection, bodies of members and
- properties on the collections or members. If the server receives a
- MKCOL request entity type it does not support or understand it MUST
- respond with a 415 (Unsupported Media Type) status code. If the
- server decides to reject the request based on the presence of an
- entity or the type of an entity, it should use the 415 (Unsupported
- Media Type) status code.
-
-
- This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
- ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
-
-
-
- In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
- status codes have specific applicability to MKCOL:
-
-
-
- 201 (Created) - The collection was created.
-
-
- 403 (Forbidden) - This indicates at least one of two conditions: 1)
- the server does not allow the creation of collections at the given
- location in its URL namespace, or 2) the parent collection of the
- Request-URI exists but cannot accept members.
-
-
- 405 (Method Not Allowed) - MKCOL can only be executed on an unmapped
- URL.
-
-
- 409 (Conflict) - A collection cannot be made at the Request-URI
- until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
- server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
-
-
- 415 (Unsupported Media Type) - The server does not support the
- request body type (although bodies are legal on MKCOL requests,
- since this specification doesn't define any, the server is likely
- not to support any given body type).
-
-
- 507 (Insufficient Storage) - The resource does not have sufficient
- space to record the state of the resource after the execution of
- this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- This example creates a collection called /webdisc/xfiles/ on the
- server www.example.com.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The semantics of GET are unchanged when applied to a collection,
- since GET is defined as, "retrieve whatever information (in the form
- of an entity) is identified by the Request-URI" . GET when
- applied to a collection may return the contents of an "index.html"
- resource, a human-readable view of the contents of the collection,
- or something else altogether. Hence it is possible that the result
- of a GET on a collection will bear no correlation to the membership
- of the collection.
-
-
- Similarly, since the definition of HEAD is a GET without a response
- message body, the semantics of HEAD are unmodified when applied to
- collection resources.
-
-
-
-
-
- Since by definition the actual function performed by POST is
- determined by the server and often depends on the particular
- resource, the behavior of POST when applied to collections cannot be
- meaningfully modified because it is largely undefined. Thus the
- semantics of POST are unmodified when applied to a collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- DELETE is defined in , Section 9.7, to "delete the resource
- identified by the Request-URI". However, WebDAV
- changes some DELETE handling requirements.
-
-
-
- A server processing a successful DELETE request:
-
- MUST destroy locks rooted on the deleted resource
-
-
- MUST remove the mapping from the Request-URI to any resource.
-
-
-
- Thus, after a successful DELETE operation
- (and in the absence of other actions) a subsequent GET/HEAD/PROPFIND
- request to the target Request-URI MUST return 404 (Not Found).
-
-
-
-
- The DELETE method on a collection MUST act as if a "Depth: infinity"
- header was used on it. A client MUST NOT submit a Depth header with
- a DELETE on a collection with any value but infinity.
-
-
- DELETE instructs that the collection specified in the Request-URI
- and all resources identified by its internal member URLs are to be
- deleted.
-
-
- If any resource identified by a member URL cannot be deleted then
- all of the member's ancestors MUST NOT be deleted, so as to maintain
- URL namespace consistency.
-
-
- Any headers included with DELETE MUST be applied in processing every
- resource to be deleted.
-
-
- When the DELETE method has completed processing it MUST result in a
- consistent URL namespace.
-
-
- If an error occurs deleting a member resource (a resource other
- than the resource identified in the Request-URI) then the response
- can be a 207 (Multi-Status). Multi-Status is used here to indicate
- which internal resources could NOT be deleted, including an error
- code which should help the client understand which resources caused
- the failure. For example, the Multi-Status body could include a
- response with status 423 (Locked) if an internal resource was
- locked.
-
-
- The server MAY return a 4xx status response, rather than a 207,
- if the request failed completely.
-
-
- 424 (Failed Dependency) status codes SHOULD NOT be in the 207 (Multi-Status)
- response for DELETE. They can be safely left out because the client will know
- that the ancestors of a resource could not be deleted when the
- client receives an error for the ancestor's progeny. Additionally
- 204 (No Content) errors SHOULD NOT be returned in the 207 (Multi-Status). The
- reason for this prohibition is that 204 (No Content)
- is the default success code.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In this example the attempt to delete
- http://www.example.com/container/resource3 failed because it is
- locked, and no lock token was submitted with the request.
- Consequently, the attempt to delete
- http://www.example.com/container/ also failed. Thus the client knows
- that the attempt to delete http://www.example.com/container/ must
- have also failed since the parent can not be deleted unless its
- child has also been deleted. Even though a Depth header has not
- been included, a depth of infinity is assumed because the method is
- on a collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A PUT performed on an existing resource replaces the GET response
- entity of the resource. Properties defined on the resource may be
- recomputed during PUT processing but are not otherwise affected.
- For example, if a server recognizes the content type of the request
- body, it may be able to automatically extract information that could
- be profitably exposed as properties.
-
-
- A PUT that would result in the creation of a resource without an
- appropriately scoped parent collection MUST fail with a 409
- (Conflict).
-
-
- A PUT request allows a client to indicate what media type an entity body has,
- and whether it should change if overwritten. Thus, a client SHOULD provide a Content-Type for a new
- resource if any is known. If the client does not provide a Content-Type for a new
- resource, the server MAY create a resource with no Content-Type assigned,
- or it MAY attempt to assign a Content-Type.
-
-
- Note that although a recipient ought generally to treat metadata supplied with an
- HTTP request as authoritative, in practice there's no guarantee that a
- server will accept client-supplied metadata (e.g. any request header beginning
- with "Content-"). Many servers
- do not allow configuring the Content-Type on a per-resource basis in
- the first place. Thus, clients can't always rely on
- the ability to directly influence the content type by including a
- Content-Type request header.
-
-
-
-
-
- This specification does not define the behavior of the PUT method
- for existing collections. A PUT request to an existing collection MAY
- be treated as an error (405 Method Not Allowed).
-
-
- The MKCOL method is defined to create collections.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The COPY method creates a duplicate of the source resource
- identified by the Request-URI, in the destination resource
- identified by the URI in the Destination header. The Destination
- header MUST be present. The exact behavior of the COPY method
- depends on the type of the source resource.
-
-
- All WebDAV compliant resources MUST support the COPY method.
- However, support for the COPY method does not guarantee the ability
- to copy a resource. For example, separate programs may control
- resources on the same server. As a result, it may not be possible
- to copy a resource to a location that appears to be on the same
- server.
-
-
- This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
- ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
-
-
-
- When the source resource is not a collection the result of the COPY
- method is the creation of a new resource at the destination whose
- state and behavior match that of the source resource as closely as
- possible. Since the environment at the destination may be different
- than at the source due to factors outside the scope of control of
- the server, such as the absence of resources required for correct
- operation, it may not be possible to completely duplicate the
- behavior of the resource at the destination. Subsequent alterations
- to the destination resource will not modify the source resource.
- Subsequent alterations to the source resource will not modify the
- destination resource.
-
-
-
-
-
- After a successful COPY invocation, all dead properties on the
- source resource SHOULD be duplicated on the destination resource. Live properties described
- in this document SHOULD be duplicated as identically behaving live
- properties at the destination resource, but not necessarily with the
- same values. Servers SHOULD NOT convert live properties into dead
- properties on the destination resource, because clients may then draw
- incorrect conclusions about the state or functionality of a resource.
- Note that some live properties are defined such that the absence of the property
- has a specific meaning (e.g. a flag with one meaning if present and the opposite if
- absent), and in these cases, a successful COPY might result in the
- property being reported as "Not Found" in subsequent requests.
-
-
- When the destination is an unmapped URL, a COPY operation creates a new resource much like a PUT operation
- does. Live properties which are related to resource creation (such
- as DAV:creationdate) should have their values set accordingly.
-
-
-
-
-
- The COPY method on a collection without a Depth header MUST act as
- if a Depth header with value "infinity" was included. A client may
- submit a Depth header on a COPY on a collection with a value of "0"
- or "infinity". Servers MUST support the "0" and "infinity" Depth
- header behaviors on WebDAV-compliant resources.
-
-
- An infinite depth COPY instructs that the collection resource
- identified by the Request-URI is to be copied to the location
- identified by the URI in the Destination header, and all its
- internal member resources are to be copied to a location relative to
- it, recursively through all levels of the collection hierarchy. Note
- that an infinite depth COPY of /A/ into /A/B/ could lead to infinite
- recursion if not handled correctly.
-
-
- A COPY of "Depth: 0" only instructs that the collection and its
- properties but not resources identified by its internal member URLs,
- are to be copied.
-
-
- Any headers included with a COPY MUST be applied in processing every
- resource to be copied with the exception of the Destination header.
-
-
- The Destination header only specifies the destination URI for the
- Request-URI. When applied to members of the collection identified by
- the Request-URI the value of Destination is to be modified to
- reflect the current location in the hierarchy. So, if the Request-URI
- is /a/ with Host header value http://example.com/ and the
- Destination is http://example.com/b/ then when
- http://example.com/a/c/d is processed it must use a Destination of
- http://example.com/b/c/d.
-
-
- When the COPY method has completed processing it MUST have created a
- consistent URL namespace at the destination
- (see for the
- definition of namespace consistency). However, if an error occurs
- while copying an internal collection, the server MUST NOT copy any
- resources identified by members of this collection (i.e., the server
- must skip this subtree), as this would create an inconsistent
- namespace. After detecting an error, the COPY operation SHOULD try
- to finish as much of the original copy operation as possible (i.e.,
- the server should still attempt to copy other subtrees and their
- members, that are not descendents of an error-causing collection).
-
-
- So, for example, if an infinite depth copy operation is performed on
- collection /a/, which contains collections /a/b/ and /a/c/, and an
- error occurs copying /a/b/, an attempt should still be made to copy
- /a/c/. Similarly, after encountering an error copying a non-collection
- resource as part of an infinite depth copy, the server
- SHOULD try to finish as much of the original copy operation as
- possible.
-
-
- If an error in executing the COPY method occurs with a resource
- other than the resource identified in the Request-URI then the
- response MUST be a 207 (Multi-Status), and the URL of the resource
- causing the failure MUST appear with the specific error.
-
-
- The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code SHOULD NOT be returned in
- the 207 (Multi-Status) response from a COPY method. These responses
- can be safely omitted because the client will know that the progeny
- of a resource could not be copied when the client receives an error
- for the parent. Additionally 201 (Created)/204 (No Content) status
- codes SHOULD NOT be returned as values in 207 (Multi-Status)
- responses from COPY methods. They, too, can be safely omitted
- because they are the default success codes.
-
-
-
-
- If a COPY request has an Overwrite header with a value of "F",
- and a resource exists at the Destination URL, the server MUST fail
- the request.
-
-
-
- When a server executes a COPY request and overwrites a destination
- resource, the exact behavior MAY depend on many factors, including
- WebDAV extension capabilities (see particularly ).
- For example, when an ordinary resource is overwritten, the server could
- delete the target resource before doing the copy, or could
- do an in-place overwrite to preserve live properties.
-
-
- When a collection is overwritten, the membership of the destination
- collection after the successful COPY request MUST be the same membership
- as the source collection immediately before the COPY. Thus, merging
- the membership of the source and destination collections together in
- the destination is not a compliant behavior.
-
-
- In general, if clients require the state of the destination URL to be
- wiped out prior to a COPY (e.g. to force live properties to be reset),
- then the client could send a
- DELETE to the destination before the COPY request to ensure this reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
- status codes have specific applicability to COPY:
-
-
-
- 201 (Created) - The source resource was successfully copied. The
- COPY operation resulted in the creation of a new resource.
-
-
- 204 (No Content) - The source resource was successfully copied to a
- pre-existing destination resource.
-
-
- 207 (Multi-Status) - Multiple resources were to be affected by the
- COPY, but errors on some of them prevented the operation from taking
- place. Specific error messages, together with the most appropriate
- of the source and destination URLs, appear in the body of the multi-status
- response. E.g. if a destination resource was locked and could
- not be overwritten, then the destination resource URL appears with
- the 423 (Locked) status.
-
-
- 403 (Forbidden) - The operation is forbidden. A special case for COPY
- could be that the source and destination resources are the same resource.
-
-
- 409 (Conflict) - A resource cannot be created at the destination
- until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
- server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
-
-
- 412 (Precondition Failed) - A precondition header check failed, e.g. the
- Overwrite header is "F" and the destination URL is already mapped to a resource.
-
-
- 423 (Locked) - The destination resource, or resource within the destination
- collection, was locked. This response SHOULD
- contain the 'lock-token-submitted' precondition element.
-
-
- 502 (Bad Gateway) - This may occur when the destination is on
- another server, repository or URL namespace. Either the source
- namespace does not support copying to the destination namespace, or
- the destination namespace refuses to accept the resource. The client
- may wish to try GET/PUT and PROPFIND/PROPPATCH instead.
-
-
- 507 (Insufficient Storage) - The destination resource does not have
- sufficient space to record the state of the resource after the
- execution of this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- This example shows resource
- http://www.example.com/~fielding/index.html being copied to the
- location http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html. The
- 204 (No Content) status code indicates the existing resource at the
- destination was overwritten.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example shows the same copy operation being performed,
- but with the Overwrite header set to "F." A response of 412
- (Precondition Failed) is returned because the destination URL is already mapped to a resource.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Depth header is unnecessary as the default behavior of COPY on a
- collection is to act as if a "Depth: infinity" header had been
- submitted. In this example most of the resources, along with the
- collection, were copied successfully. However the collection R2
- failed because the destination R2 is locked. Because there was an
- error copying R2, none of R2's members were copied. However no
- errors were listed for those members due to the error minimization
- rules.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The MOVE operation on a non-collection resource is the logical
- equivalent of a copy (COPY), followed by consistency maintenance
- processing, followed by a delete of the source, where all three
- actions are performed in a single operation. The consistency maintenance step
- allows the server to perform updates caused by the move, such as
- updating all URLs other than the Request-URI which identify the
- source resource, to point to the new destination resource.
-
-
- The Destination header MUST be present on all MOVE
- methods and MUST follow all COPY requirements for the COPY part of
- the MOVE method. All WebDAV compliant resources MUST support the
- MOVE method.
-
-
- Support for the MOVE method does not
- guarantee the ability to move a resource to a particular
- destination.
- For example, separate programs may actually control different sets
- of resources on the same server. Therefore, it may not be possible
- to move a resource within a namespace that appears to belong to the
- same server.
-
-
- If a resource exists at the destination, the destination resource
- will be deleted as a side-effect of the MOVE operation, subject to
- the restrictions of the Overwrite header.
-
-
- This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
- ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
-
-
-
-
- Live properties described in this document SHOULD be moved along with
- the resource, such that the resource has identically behaving live
- properties at the destination resource, but not necessarily with the
- same values.
- Note that some live properties are defined such that the absence of the property
- has a specific meaning (e.g. a flag with one meaning if present and the opposite if
- absent), and in these cases, a successful MOVE might result in the
- property being reported as "Not Found" in subsequent requests.
- If the live properties will not work the same way at
- the destination, the server MAY fail the request.
-
-
- MOVE is frequently used by clients to rename a file without changing
- its parent collection, so it's not appropriate to reset all live
- properties which are set at resource creation. For example, the
- DAV:creationdate property value SHOULD remain the same after a MOVE.
-
-
- Dead properties MUST be moved along with the resource.
-
-
-
-
-
- A MOVE with "Depth: infinity" instructs that the collection
- identified by the Request-URI be moved to the address specified in
- the Destination header, and all resources identified by its internal
- member URLs are to be moved to locations relative to it, recursively
- through all levels of the collection hierarchy.
-
-
- The MOVE method on a collection MUST act as if a "Depth: infinity"
- header was used on it. A client MUST NOT submit a Depth header on a
- MOVE on a collection with any value but "infinity".
-
-
- Any headers included with MOVE MUST be applied in processing every
- resource to be moved with the exception of the Destination header.
- The behavior of the Destination header is the same as given for COPY
- on collections.
-
-
- When the MOVE method has completed processing it MUST have created a
- consistent URL namespace at both the source and destination (see section
- 5.1 for the definition of namespace consistency). However, if an
- error occurs while moving an internal collection, the server MUST
- NOT move any resources identified by members of the failed
- collection (i.e., the server must skip the error-causing subtree),
- as this would create an inconsistent namespace. In this case, after
- detecting the error, the move operation SHOULD try to finish as much
- of the original move as possible (i.e., the server should still
- attempt to move other subtrees and the resources identified by their
- members, that are not descendents of an error-causing collection).
- So, for example, if an infinite depth move is performed on
- collection /a/, which contains collections /a/b/ and /a/c/, and an
- error occurs moving /a/b/, an attempt should still be made to try
- moving /a/c/. Similarly, after encountering an error moving a non-collection
- resource as part of an infinite depth move, the server
- SHOULD try to finish as much of the original move operation as
- possible.
-
-
- If an error occurs with a resource other than the resource
- identified in the Request-URI then the response MUST be a 207
- (Multi-Status), and the errored resource's URL MUST appear with the
- specific error.
-
-
- The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code SHOULD NOT be returned in
- the 207 (Multi-Status) response from a MOVE method. These errors
- can be safely omitted because the client will know that the progeny
- of a resource could not be moved when the client receives an error
- for the parent. Additionally 201 (Created)/204 (No Content)
- responses SHOULD NOT be returned as values in 207 (Multi-Status)
- responses from a MOVE. These responses can be safely omitted
- because they are the default success codes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- If a resource exists at the destination and the Overwrite header is
- "T" then prior to performing the move the server MUST perform a
- DELETE with "Depth: infinity" on the destination resource. If the
- Overwrite header is set to "F" then the operation will fail.
-
-
-
-
- In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
- status codes have specific applicability to MOVE:
-
-
- 201 (Created) - The source resource was successfully moved, and a
- new URL mapping was created at the destination.
-
-
- 204 (No Content) - The source resource was successfully moved to a URL
- that was already mapped.
-
-
- 207 (Multi-Status) - Multiple resources were to be affected by the
- MOVE, but errors on some of them prevented the operation from taking
- place. Specific error messages, together with the most appropriate
- of the source and destination URLs, appear in the body of the multi-status
- response. E.g. if a source resource was locked and could not
- be moved, then the source resource URL appears with the 423 (Locked)
- status.
-
-
- 403 (Forbidden) - Among many possible reasons for forbidding a MOVE operation,
- this status code is recommended for use when the source and destination
- resources are the same.
-
-
- 409 (Conflict) - A resource cannot be created at the destination
- until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
- server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
- Or, the server was unable to
- preserve the behavior of the live properties and still move the
- resource to the destination (see 'preserved-live-properties' postcondition).
-
-
- 412 (Precondition Failed) - A condition header failed. Specific to MOVE, this could
- mean that the Overwrite
- header is "F" and the destination URL is already mapped to a resource.
-
-
- 423 (Locked) - The source or the destination resource, the source or destination
- resource parent, or some resource
- within the source or destination collection, was locked. This response SHOULD
- contain the 'lock-token-submitted' precondition element.
-
-
- 502 (Bad Gateway) - This may occur when the destination is on
- another server and the destination server refuses to accept the
- resource. This could also occur when the destination is on another
- sub-section of the same server namespace.
-
-
-
-
-
- This example shows resource
- http://www.example.com/~fielding/index.html being moved to the
- location http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html. The
- contents of the destination resource would have been overwritten if
- the destination URL was already mapped to a resource. In this case, since
- there was nothing at the destination resource, the response code is
- 201 (Created).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following sections describe the LOCK method, which is used to
- take out a lock of any access type and to refresh an existing lock.
- These sections on the LOCK method describe only those semantics that
- are specific to the LOCK method and are independent of the access
- type of the lock being requested.
-
-
- Any resource which supports the LOCK method MUST, at minimum,
- support the XML request and response formats defined herein.
-
-
- This method is neither idempotent nor safe (see Section 9.1 of
- ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
-
-
-
-
- A LOCK request to an existing resource will create a lock on the resource
- identified by the Request-URI, provided the resource is not already
- locked with a conflicting lock. The resource identified in the Request-URI
- becomes the root of the lock. Lock method requests to create a new
- lock MUST have an XML request body. The server MUST preserve the
- information provided by the client in the 'owner' field in the request body when the lock
- information is requested. The LOCK request MAY have a Timeout
- header.
-
-
- When a new lock is created, the LOCK response:
-
- MUST contain a body with the value of the
- DAV:lockdiscovery property in a prop XML element. This MUST
- contain the full information about the lock just granted, while
- information about other (shared) locks is OPTIONAL.
- MUST include the Lock-Token response header with the
- token associated with the new lock.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A lock is refreshed by sending a LOCK request to the URL of a resource within
- the scope of the lock. This request MUST NOT have a body and it MUST specify which lock
- to refresh by using the 'If' header with a single lock token (only one
- lock may be refreshed at a time). The request MAY contain a Timeout header, which a
- server MAY accept to change the duration remaining on the lock to the new value.
- A server MUST ignore the Depth header on a LOCK refresh.
-
-
- If the resource has other (shared) locks, those locks are unaffected
- by a lock refresh. Additionally, those locks do not prevent the
- named lock from being refreshed.
-
-
- The Lock-Token header is not returned in the response for a
- successful refresh LOCK request, but the LOCK response body MUST
- contain the new value for the DAV:lockdiscovery property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Depth header may be used with the LOCK method. Values other
- than 0 or infinity MUST NOT be used with the Depth header on a LOCK
- method. All resources that support the LOCK method MUST support the
- Depth header.
-
-
- A Depth header of value 0 means to just lock the resource specified
- by the Request-URI.
-
-
- If the Depth header is set to infinity then the resource specified
- in the Request-URI along with all its members, all the way
- down the hierarchy, are to be locked. A successful result MUST
- return a single lock token. Similarly, if an UNLOCK is successfully executed on this
- token, all associated resources are unlocked.
- Hence, partial success is not an option for LOCK or UNLOCK. Either the
- entire hierarchy is locked or no resources are locked.
-
- If the lock cannot be granted to all resources, the server MUST return
- a Multi-Status response with a 'response' element for
- at least one resource which prevented the lock from being granted,
- along with a suitable status code for that failure (e.g. 403 (Forbidden) or
- 423 (Locked)). Additionally, if the resource causing the failure was not the
- resource requested, then the server SHOULD include a 'response' element
- for the Request-URI as well, with a 'status' element containing 424 Failed Dependency.
-
-
- If no Depth header is submitted on a LOCK request then the request
- MUST act as if a "Depth:infinity" had been submitted.
-
-
-
-
-
- A successful LOCK method MUST result in the creation of an empty
- resource which is locked (and which is not a collection), when a
- resource did not previously exist at that URL. Later on, the lock
- may go away but the empty resource remains. Empty resources MUST
- then appear in PROPFIND responses including that URL in the response
- scope. A server MUST respond successfully to a GET request to an
- empty resource, either by using a 204 No Content response, or by
- using 200 OK with a Content-Length header indicating zero length
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The table below describes the behavior that occurs when a lock
- request is made on a resource.
-
-
-
- Current StateShared Lock OKExclusive Lock OK
- NoneTrueTrue
- Shared LockTrueFalse
- Exclusive LockFalseFalse*
-
-
-
- Legend: True = lock may be granted. False = lock MUST NOT be
- granted. *=It is illegal for a principal to request the same lock
- twice.
-
-
-
-
- The current lock state of a resource is given in the leftmost
- column, and lock requests are listed in the first row. The
- intersection of a row and column gives the result of a lock request.
- For example, if a shared lock is held on a resource, and an
- exclusive lock is requested, the table entry is "false", indicating
- the lock must not be granted.
-
-
-
-
- In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
- status codes have specific applicability to LOCK:
-
-
- 200 (OK) - The LOCK request succeeded and the value of the
- DAV:lockdiscovery property is included in the response body.
-
-
- 201 (Created) - The LOCK request was to an unmapped URL, the request
- succeeded and resulted in the creation of a new resource, and the
- value of the DAV:lockdiscovery property is included in the response body.
-
-
-
- 409 (Conflict) - A resource cannot be created at the destination
- until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
- server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
-
-
- 423 (Locked), potentially with 'no-conflicting-lock' precondition code - There
- is already a lock on the resource which is not compatible with the requested
- lock (see lock compatibility table above).
-
-
- 412 (Precondition Failed), with 'lock-token-matches-request-uri' precondition code -
- The LOCK request was made with a If header, indicating that the
- client wishes to refresh the given lock. However, the Request-URI did not
- fall within the scope of the lock identified by the token. The lock may have
- a scope that does not include the Request-URI, or the lock could have disappeared,
- or the token may be invalid.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This example shows the successful creation of an exclusive write
- lock on resource http://example.com/workspace/webdav/proposal.doc.
- The resource http://example.org/~ejw/contact.html contains
- contact information for the creator of the lock. The server has an
- activity-based timeout policy in place on this resource, which
- causes the lock to automatically be removed after 1 week (604800
- seconds). Note that the nonce, response, and opaque fields have not
- been calculated in the Authorization request header.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This example shows a request for an exclusive write lock on a
- collection and all its children. In this request, the client has
- specified that it desires an infinite length lock, if available,
- otherwise a timeout of 4.1 billion seconds, if available. The
- request entity body contains the contact information for the
- principal taking out the lock, in this case a web page URL.
-
-
- The error is a 403 (Forbidden) response on the resource
- http://example.com/webdav/secret. Because this resource could not
- be locked, none of the resources were locked. Note also that the
- a 'response' element for the Request-URI itself has been included as
- required.
-
-
- In this example, the nonce, response, and opaque fields have not
- been calculated in the Authorization request header.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The UNLOCK method removes the lock identified by the lock token in
- the Lock-Token request header. The Request-URI MUST identify a
- resource within the scope of the lock.
-
- Note that use of Lock-Token header to
- provide the lock token is not consistent with other state-changing methods
- which all require an If header with the lock token. Thus, the If header
- is not needed to provide the lock token. Naturally when the If header is
- present it has its normal meaning as a conditional header.
-
-
- For a successful response to this
- method, the server MUST delete the lock entirely.
-
-
-
- If all resources which have been locked under the submitted lock
- token can not be unlocked then the UNLOCK request MUST fail.
-
-
- A successful response to an UNLOCK method does not mean that the
- resource is necessarily unlocked. It means that the specific lock
- corresponding to the specified token no longer exists.
-
-
- Any DAV compliant resource which supports the LOCK method MUST
- support the UNLOCK method.
-
-
- This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
- ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
-
-
-
-
- In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
- status codes have specific applicability to UNLOCK:
-
-
- 204 (No Content) - Normal success response (rather than 200 OK, since 200 OK
- would imply a response body, and an UNLOCK success response does not
- normally contain a body)
-
-
- 400 (Bad Request) - No lock token was provided.
-
-
- 403 (Forbidden) - The currently authenticated principal does not have permission
- to remove the lock.
-
-
- 409 (Conflict), with 'lock-token-matches-request-uri' precondition - The
- resource was not locked, or the
- request was made to a Request-URI that was not within the scope of the lock.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In this example, the lock identified by the lock token
- "urn:uuid:a515cfa4-5da4-22e1-f5b5-00a0451e6bf7" is
- successfully removed from the resource
- http://example.com/workspace/webdav/info.doc. If this lock included
- more than just one resource, the lock is removed from all resources
- included in the lock.
-
-
- In this example, the nonce, response, and opaque fields have not
- been calculated in the Authorization request header.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- All DAV headers follow the same basic formatting rules as HTTP
- headers. This includes rules like line continuation and how to
- combine (or separate) multiple instances of the same header using
- commas.
-
-
- WebDAV adds two new conditional headers to the set defined in HTTP:
- the If and Overwrite headers.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This general-header appearing in the response indicates that the resource
- supports the DAV schema and protocol as specified. All DAV compliant
- resources MUST return the DAV header with compliance-class "1" on all OPTIONS responses.
- In cases where WebDAV is only supported
- in part of the server namespace, an OPTIONS request to non-WebDAV resources
- (including "/") SHOULD NOT advertise WebDAV support.
-
-
- The value is a comma-separated list of all compliance class
- identifiers that the resource supports. Class identifiers may be
- Coded-URLs or tokens (as defined by ). Identifiers can
- appear in any order. Identifiers that are standardized through the
- IETF RFC process are tokens, but other identifiers SHOULD be Coded-URLs
- to encourage uniqueness.
-
-
- A resource must show class 1 compliance if it shows class 2 or 3
- compliance. In general, support for one compliance class does not
- entail support for any other, and in particular, support for compliance class
- 3 does not require support for compliance class 2. Please refer to for more
- details on compliance classes defined in this specification.
-
-
- Note that many WebDAV servers do not advertise WebDAV support in response
- to "OPTIONS *".
-
-
- As a request header, this header allows the client to advertise compliance with
- named features when the server needs that information. Clients SHOULD NOT send this
- header unless a standards track specification requires it. Any extension that
- makes use of this as a request header will need to carefully consider caching
- implications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Depth request header is used with methods executed on resources which
- could potentially have internal members to indicate whether the
- method is to be applied only to the resource ("Depth: 0"), to the
- resource and its internal members only, ("Depth: 1"), or the resource
- and all its members ("Depth: infinity").
-
-
- The Depth header is only supported if a method's definition
- explicitly provides for such support.
-
-
- The following rules are the default behavior for any method that
- supports the Depth header. A method may override these defaults by
- defining different behavior in its definition.
-
-
- Methods which support the Depth header may choose not to support all
- of the header's values and may define, on a case by case basis, the
- behavior of the method if a Depth header is not present. For
- example, the MOVE method only supports "Depth: infinity" and if a
- Depth header is not present will act as if a "Depth: infinity"
- header had been applied.
-
-
- Clients MUST NOT rely upon methods executing on members of their
- hierarchies in any particular order or on the execution being atomic
- unless the particular method explicitly provides such guarantees.
-
-
- Upon execution, a method with a Depth header will perform as much of
- its assigned task as possible and then return a response specifying
- what it was able to accomplish and what it failed to do.
-
-
- So, for example, an attempt to COPY a hierarchy may result in some
- of the members being copied and some not.
-
-
- By default, the Depth header does not interact with other headers.
- That is, each header on a request with a Depth header MUST be applied only to the
- Request-URI if it applies to any resource, unless specific Depth behavior
- is defined for that header.
-
-
- If a resource, source or destination, within the scope of the method
- with a Depth header is locked in such a way as to prevent the
- successful execution of the method, then the lock token for that
- resource MUST be submitted with the request in the If request
- header.
-
-
- The Depth header only specifies the behavior of the method with
- regards to internal members. If a resource does not have internal
- members then the Depth header MUST be ignored.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Destination request header specifies the URI which identifies a
- destination resource for methods such as COPY and MOVE, which take
- two URIs as parameters.
-
-
-
-
- If the Destination value is an absolute-URI (Section 4.3 of ), it may name a different
- server (or different port or scheme). If the source server cannot
- attempt a copy to the remote server, it MUST fail the request. Note that
- copying and moving resources to remote servers is not fully defined in
- this specification (e.g. specific error conditions).
-
- If the Destination value is too long or otherwise unacceptable, the server
- SHOULD return 400 (Bad Request), ideally with helpful information in an
- error body.
-
-
-
-
-
- The If request header is intended to have similar functionality to the
- If-Match header defined in Section 14.24 of .
- However the If header handles any state token as well as ETags. A typical
- example of a state token is a lock token, and
- lock tokens are the only state tokens defined in this specification.
-
-
-
-
- The If header has two distinct purposes:
-
-
- The first purpose is to make a request conditional by supplying a
- series of state lists with conditions that match tokens and ETags to
- specific resource. If this header is evaluated and all state lists fail,
- then the request MUST fail with a 412 (Precondition Failed) status. On
- the other hand, the request can succeed only if one of the described
- state lists succeeds. The success criteria for state lists and
- matching functions are defined in
- and .
-
-
- Additionally, the mere fact that a state token appears in an If header
- means that it has been "submitted" with the request. In general, this
- is used to indicate that the client has knowledge of that state token.
- The semantics for submitting a state token depend on its type (for
- lock tokens, please refer to ).
-
-
-
-
- Note that these two purposes need to be treated distinctly: a state token
- counts as being submitted independently of whether the server actually
- has evaluated the state list it appears in, and also independently of
- whether the condition it expressed was found to be true or not.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The syntax distinguishes between untagged lists ("No-tag-list") and tagged
- lists ("Tagged-list"). Untagged lists apply to the resource identified
- by the Request-URI, while tagged lists apply to the resource identified
- by the preceding Resource-Tag.
-
-
- A Resource-Tag applies to all subsequent Lists, up to the next Resource-Tag.
-
-
- Note that the two list types cannot be mixed within an If header. This is
- not a functional restriction because the No-tag-list syntax is just a
- shorthand notation for a Tagged-list production with a Resource-Tag
- referring to the Request-URI.
-
-
- Each List consists of one or more Conditions. Each Condition is defined
- in terms of an entity-tag or state-token, potentially negated by the prefix
- "Not".
-
-
- Note that the If header syntax does not allow multiple instances of If
- headers in a single request. However, the HTTP header syntax allows
- extending single header values across multiple lines, by inserting a line
- break followed by whitespace (see , Section 4.2).
-
-
-
-
-
- A Condition that consists of a single entity-tag or state-token evaluates
- to true if the resource matches the described state (where the individual
- matching functions are defined below in ).
- Prefixing it with "Not" reverses the result of the evaluation (thus, the "Not"
- applies only to the subsequent entity-tag or state-token).
-
-
- Each List production describes a series of conditions. The whole list
- evaluates to true if and only if each condition evaluates to true (that is,
- the list represents a logical conjunction of Conditions).
-
-
- Each No-tag-list and Tagged-list production may contain one or more Lists. They
- evaluate to true if and only if any of the contained lists evaluates to true (that is,
- if there's more than one List, that List sequence represents a logical
- disjunction of the Lists).
-
-
- Finally, the whole If header evaluates to true if and only if at least one
- of the No-tag-list or Tagged-list productions evaluates to true. If the header
- evaluates to false, the server MUST reject the request with a 412 (Precondition
- Failed) status. Otherwise, execution of the request can proceed as if the
- header wasn't present.
-
-
-
-
-
- When performing If header processing, the definition of a matching
- state token or entity tag is as follows:
-
-
- Identifying a resource: The resource is identified by the URI
- along with the token, in tagged list production, or by the
- Request-URI in untagged list production.
-
-
- Matching entity tag: Where the entity tag matches an entity tag
- associated with the identified resource. Servers MUST use either the
- weak or the strong comparison function defined in Section 13.3.3 of
- .
-
-
- Matching state token: Where there is an exact match between the
- state token in the If header and any state token on the identified resource.
- A lock state token is considered to match if the resource is anywhere
- in the scope of the lock.
-
-
- Handling unmapped URLs: for both ETags and state tokens, treat as
- if the URL identified a resource that
- exists but does not have the specified state.
-
-
-
-
-
- Non-DAV aware proxies will not honor the If header, since they will
- not understand the If header, and HTTP requires non-understood
- headers to be ignored. When communicating with HTTP/1.1 proxies,
- the client MUST use the "Cache-Control: no-cache" request header so as to
- prevent the proxy from improperly trying to service the request from
- its cache. When dealing with HTTP/1.0 proxies the "Pragma: no-cache"
- request header MUST be used for the same reason.
-
-
- As in general clients may not be able to reliably detect non-DAV aware
- intermediates, they are advised to always prevent caching using the request
- directives mentioned above.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The previous header would require that the resource identified in
- the Request-URI be locked with the specified lock token and be in the
- state identified by the "I am an ETag" ETag or in the state
- identified by the second ETag "I am another ETag".
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This If header requires that the resource must not be locked with a lock
- having the lock token urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2 and
- must be locked by a lock with the lock token
- urn:uuid:58f202ac-22cf-11d1-b12d-002035b29092.
-
-
-
-
-
- There may be cases where a client wishes to submit state tokens, but
- doesn't want the request to fail just because the state token isn't
- current anymore. One simple way to do this is to include a
- Condition that is known to always evaluate to true, such as in:
-
-
-
- "DAV:no-lock" is known to never represent a current lock token, as lock
- tokens are assigned by the server, following the uniqueness requirements
- described in , therefore in particular exclude
- URIs in the "DAV:" scheme. Thus, by applying "Not" to a known not to be
- current state token, the Condition always evaluates to true.
- Consequently, the whole If header will always evaluate to true, and
- the lock token urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2 will be
- submitted in any case.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In this example http://www.example.com/resource1 is being copied to
- http://www.example.com/resource2. When the method is first applied
- to http://www.example.com/resource1, resource1 must be in the state
- specified by "(<urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2> [W/"A weak ETag"])
- (["strong ETag"])", that is, it either must be locked with a lock
- token of "urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2" and have a weak entity tag
- W/"A weak ETag" or it must have a strong entity tag "strong ETag".
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For this example, the lock token must be compared to the
- identified resource, which is the 'specs' collection identified by
- the URL in the tagged list production. If the 'specs' collection
- is not locked by a lock with the specified lock token, the request MUST
- fail. Otherwise, this request could succeed, because the If header
- evaluates to true, and because the lock token for the lock affecting the
- affected resource has been submitted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Consider a collection "/specs" that does not contain the member
- "/specs/rfc2518.doc". In this case, the If header
-
-
-
- will evaluate to false (the URI isn't mapped, thus the resource identified
- by the URI doesn't have an entity matching the ETag "4217").
-
-
- On the other hand, an If header of
-
-
-
- will consequently evaluate to true.
-
-
- Note that as defined above in ,
- the same considerations apply to matching state tokens.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Lock-Token request header is used with the UNLOCK method to
- identify the lock to be removed. The lock token in the Lock-Token
- request header MUST identify a lock that contains the resource
- identified by Request-URI as a member.
-
-
- The Lock-Token response header is used with the LOCK method to
- indicate the lock token created as a result of a successful LOCK
- request to create a new lock.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Overwrite request header specifies whether the server should overwrite
- a resource mapped to the destination URL during a COPY or MOVE.
- A value of "F" states that the server must not perform the COPY or
- MOVE operation if the destination URL does map to a resource.
- If the overwrite header is not included in a COPY or MOVE request
- then the resource MUST treat the request as if it has an overwrite
- header of value "T". While the Overwrite header appears to duplicate
- the functionality of using a "If-Match: *" header (see ), If-Match
- applies only to the Request-URI, and not to the Destination of a
- COPY or MOVE.
-
-
- If a COPY or MOVE is not performed due to the value of the Overwrite
- header, the method MUST fail with a 412 (Precondition Failed) status
- code. The server MUST do authorization checks before checking this
- or any conditional header.
-
-
- All DAV compliant resources MUST support the Overwrite header.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Clients MAY include Timeout request headers in their LOCK requests.
- However, the server is not required to honor or even consider these
- requests. Clients MUST NOT submit a Timeout request header with any
- method other than a LOCK method.
-
-
- The "Second" TimeType specifies the number of seconds that will
- elapse between granting of the lock at the server, and the automatic
- removal of the lock. The timeout value for TimeType "Second" MUST
- NOT be greater than 2^32-1.
-
-
- See for a description of lock timeout behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following status codes are added to those defined in HTTP/1.1
- .
-
-
-
-
- The 207 (Multi-Status) status code provides status for multiple
- independent operations (see
- for more information).
-
-
-
-
-
- The 422 (Unprocessable Entity) status code means the server
- understands the content type of the request entity (hence a
- 415(Unsupported Media Type) status code is inappropriate), and the
- syntax of the request entity is correct (thus a 400 (Bad Request)
- status code is inappropriate) but was unable to process the
- contained instructions. For example, this error condition may occur
- if an XML request body contains well-formed (i.e., syntactically
- correct), but semantically erroneous XML instructions.
-
-
-
-
-
- The 423 (Locked) status code means the source or destination
- resource of a method is locked. This response SHOULD
- contain an appropriate precondition or postcondition code, such as
- 'lock-token-submitted' or 'no-conflicting-lock".
-
-
-
-
-
- The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code means that the method could
- not be performed on the resource because the requested action
- depended on another action and that action failed. For example, if
- a command in a PROPPATCH method fails then, at minimum, the rest of
- the commands will also fail with 424 (Failed Dependency).
-
-
-
-
-
- The 507 (Insufficient Storage) status code means the method could
- not be performed on the resource because the server is unable to
- store the representation needed to successfully complete the
- request. This condition is considered to be temporary. If the
- request which received this status code was the result of a user
- action, the request MUST NOT be repeated until it is requested by a
- separate user action.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- These HTTP codes are not redefined, but their use is somewhat extended by
- WebDAV methods and requirements. In general, many HTTP status codes can be
- used in response to any request, not just in cases described in this document.
-
- Note also that WebDAV servers are known
- to use 300-level redirect responses (and early interoperability tests found clients
- unprepared to see those responses). A 300-level response MUST NOT be used when the
- server has created a new resource in response to the request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Any request can contain a conditional header defined in HTTP
- (If-Match, If-Modified-Since, etc.) or the "If" or "Overwrite" conditional headers
- defined in this specification. If the server evaluates a conditional
- header, and if that condition fails to hold, then this error code MUST
- be returned. On the other hand,
- if the client did not include a conditional header in the request,
- then the server MUST NOT use this status code.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This status code is used in HTTP 1.1 only for Request-URIs, not URIs in other
- locations.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A Multi-Status response conveys information about multiple resources
- in situations where multiple status codes might be appropriate.
- The default Multi-Status response body is a text/xml or
- application/xml HTTP entity with a 'multistatus' root element.
- Further elements contain 200, 300, 400, and 500 series status codes
- generated during the method invocation. 100 series status codes
- SHOULD NOT be recorded in a 'response' XML element.
-
-
- Although '207' is used as the overall response status code, the recipient
- needs to consult the contents of the multistatus response body for
- further information about the success or failure of the method execution. The
- response MAY be used in success, partial success and also in failure situations.
-
-
-
- The 'multistatus' root element holds zero or more 'response' elements
- in any order, each with information about an individual resource.
- Each 'response' element MUST have an 'href' element to identify the
- resource.
-
-
- A Multi-Status response uses one
- out of two distinct formats for representing the status:
-
-
-
-
- A 'status' element as child of the 'response' element indicates
- the status of the message execution for the identified resource
- as a whole (for instance, see ). Some method
- definitions provide information about specific status codes
- clients should be prepared to see in a response. However,
- clients MUST be able to handle other status codes, using the
- generic rules defined in Section 10 of .
-
-
- For PROPFIND and PROPPATCH, the format has been extended using
- the 'propstat' element instead of 'status', providing information
- about individual properties of a resource. This format is
- specific to PROPFIND and PROPPATCH, and is described in detail in
- and .
-
-
-
-
-
- HTTP defines the Location header to indicate a preferred URL for the resource
- that was addressed in the Request-URI (e.g. in response to successful PUT requests
- or in redirect responses). However, use of this header creates ambiguity when
- there are URLs in the body of the response, as with Multi-Status. Thus, use
- of the Location header with the Multi-Status response is intentionally
- undefined.
-
-
-
-
- Redirect responses (300-303, 305 and 307) defined in HTTP 1.1 normally take
- a Location header to indicate the new URI for the single resource redirected from the
- Request-URI. Multi-Status responses contain many resource addresses,
- but the original definition in did not have any place for the server
- to provide the new URI for redirected resources. This specification does define
- a 'location' element for this information (see ).
- Servers MUST use this new element with redirect responses in Multi-Status.
-
- Clients encountering redirected resources in Multi-Status MUST NOT rely on
- the 'location' element being present with a new URI. If the element is not present, the client
- MAY reissue the request to the individual redirected resource, because the
- response to that request can be redirected with a Location header containing
- the new URI.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- , ,
- , and
- define various
- status codes used in Multi-Status responses. This specification does not
- define the meaning of other status codes that could appear in these
- responses.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In this section, the final line of each section gives the
- element type declaration using the format defined in
- . The
- "Value" field, where present, specifies further restrictions on the
- allowable contents of the XML element using BNF (i.e., to further
- restrict the values of a PCDATA element). Note that all of the
- elements defined here may be extended according to the rules defined in
- . All elements defined here are in the "DAV:" namespace.
-
-
-
-
- activelock
- Describes a lock on a resource.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- allprop
- Specifies that all names and values
- of dead properties and the live properties defined by this
- document existing on the resource are to be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- collection
- Identifies the associated resource as a collection. The
- DAV:resourcetype property of a collection resource MUST contain
- this element. It is normally empty but extensions may add
- sub-elements.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- depth
- Used for representing depth values in
- XML content (e.g. in lock information).
- "0" | "1" | "infinity"
-
-
-
-
-
-
- error
- Error responses, particularly 403 Forbidden and 409 Conflict,
- sometimes need more information to indicate what went wrong. In these cases,
- servers MAY return an XML response body with a document element of 'error',
- containing child elements identifying particular condition codes.
- Contains at least one XML element, and MUST NOT
- contain text or mixed content. Any element that is a child of the 'error'
- element is considered to be a precondition or postcondition code.
- Unrecognized elements MUST be ignored.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- exclusive
- Specifies an exclusive lock.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- href
- MUST contain a URI or a
- relative reference.
- There may be limits on the value of 'href' depending on
- the context of its use.
- Refer to the specification text where 'href' is used to see what limitations
- apply in each case.
-
- Simple-ref
-
-
-
-
-
-
- include
- Any child element represents the name of a property
- to be included in the PROPFIND response. All elements inside an
- 'include' XML element MUST define properties related to the
- resource, although possible property names are in no way limited
- to those property names defined in
- this document or other standards. This element MUST NOT
- contain text or mixed content.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- location
- HTTP defines the "Location" header (see
- , Section 14.30) for use with some status codes (such as
- 201 and the 300 series codes). When these codes are used inside a 'multistatus'
- element, the 'location' element can be used to provide the accompanying Location
- header value.
- Contains a single href element with the same value that
- would be used in a Location header.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- lockentry
- Defines the types of locks that can be used with the
- resource.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- lockinfo
- The 'lockinfo' XML element is used with a LOCK method to
- specify the type of lock the client wishes to have created.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- lockroot
- Contains the root URL of the lock, which is the URL through
- which the resource was addressed in the LOCK request.
- The href element contains the root of the lock.
- The server SHOULD include this in all
- DAV:lockdiscovery property values and the response to LOCK
- requests.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- lockscope
- Specifies whether a lock is an exclusive lock, or a shared
- lock.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- locktoken
- The lock token associated with a lock.
- The href contains a single lock token URI which refers
- to the lock.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- locktype
- Specifies the access type of a lock. At present, this
- specification only defines one lock type, the write lock.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- multistatus
- Contains multiple response messages.
- The 'responsedescription' element at the top level is used to
- provide a general message describing the overarching nature
- of the response. If this value is available an application
- may use it instead of presenting the individual response
- descriptions contained within the responses.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- owner
- Provides information about the creator of a lock.
- Allows a client to provide information sufficient
- for either directly contacting a principal (such as a
- telephone number or Email URI), or for discovering the
- principal (such as the URL of a homepage) who created a lock. The
- value provided MUST be treated as a dead property in terms of XML Information Item
- preservation. The server MUST NOT alter the value unless the owner value
- provided by the client is empty. For a certain amount of interoperability between
- different client implementations, if clients have URI-formatted contact
- information for the lock creator suitable for user display,
- then clients SHOULD put those URIs in
- 'href' child elements of the 'owner' element.
- MAY be extended with child elements, mixed content,
- text content or attributes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- prop
- Contains properties related to a resource.
- A generic container for
- properties defined on resources. All elements inside a
- 'prop' XML element MUST define properties related to the
- resource, although possible property names are in no way limited
- to those property names defined in
- this document or other standards. This element MUST NOT
- contain text or mixed content.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- propertyupdate
- Contains a request to alter the properties on a resource.
- This XML element is a container for the
- information required to modify the properties on the resource.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- propfind
- Specifies the properties to be returned from a PROPFIND
- method. Four special elements are specified for use with
- 'propfind': 'prop', 'allprop', 'include' and 'propname'. If 'prop'
- is used inside 'propfind' it MUST NOT contain property
- values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- propname
- Specifies that only a list of
- property names on the resource is to be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- propstat
- Groups together a prop and status element that is
- associated with a particular 'href' element.
- The propstat XML element MUST contain one prop
- XML element and one status XML element. The contents of
- the prop XML element MUST only list the names of properties
- to which the result in the status element applies. The optional
- precondition/postcondition element and 'responsedescription' text also
- apply to the properties named in 'prop'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- remove
- Lists the properties to be removed from a resource.
- Remove instructs that the properties specified
- in prop should be removed. Specifying the removal of a
- property that does not exist is not an error. All the XML
- elements in a 'prop' XML element inside of a 'remove' XML
- element MUST be empty, as only the names of properties to
- be removed are required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- response
- Holds a single response describing the effect of a method
- on resource and/or its properties.
- The 'href' element contains a HTTP URL pointing to a WebDAV
- resource when used in the 'response' container.
- A particular 'href' value MUST NOT appear more than
- once as the child of a 'response' XML element under a
- 'multistatus' XML element. This requirement is necessary in
- order to keep processing costs for a response to linear
- time. Essentially, this prevents having to search in order
- to group together all the responses by 'href'. There are,
- however, no requirements regarding ordering based on 'href'
- values. The optional precondition/postcondition element and 'responsedescription'
- text can provide additional information about this
- resource relative to the request or result.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- responsedescription
- Contains information about a status response within a Multi-Status.
- Provides information suitable to be
- presented to a user.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- set
- Lists the property values to be set for a resource.
- The 'set' element MUST contain only a 'prop'
- element. The elements contained by the 'prop' element
- inside the 'set' element MUST specify the name and value
- of properties that are set on the resource identified by
- Request-URI. If a property already exists then its value
- is replaced. Language tagging information appearing in the
- scope of the 'prop' element (in the "xml:lang" attribute, if
- present) MUST be persistently stored along with the
- property, and MUST be subsequently retrievable using
- PROPFIND.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- shared
- Specifies a shared lock.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- status
- Holds a single HTTP status-line.
- status-line (defined in Section 6.1 of )
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- timeout
- The number of seconds remaining before a lock expires.
- TimeType (defined in ).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- write
- Specifies a write lock.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For DAV properties, the name of the property is also the same as the
- name of the XML element that contains its value. In the section
- below, the final line of each section gives the element type
- declaration using the format defined in .
- The "Value"
- field, where present, specifies further restrictions on the
- allowable contents of the XML element using BNF (i.e., to further
- restrict the values of a PCDATA element).
-
-
- A protected property is one which cannot be changed with a PROPPATCH
- request. There may be other requests which would result in a change
- to a protected property (as when a LOCK request affects the value of
- DAV:lockdiscovery). Note that a given
- property could be protected on one type of resource, but not protected
- on another type of resource.
-
-
-
- A computed property is one with a value defined in terms of a
- computation (based on the content and other properties of that
- resource, or even of some other resource). A computed property is
- always a protected property.
-
-
- COPY and MOVE behavior refers to local COPY and MOVE operations.
-
- For properties defined based on HTTP GET response headers (DAV:get*),
- the header value could include LWS as defined in , Section 4.2.
- Server implementors SHOULD strip LWS from these values before using as
- WebDAV property values.
-
-
-
-
-
- creationdate
- Records the time and date the resource was created.
- date-time (defined in , see the ABNF in section
- 5.6.)
- MAY be protected. Some servers allow DAV:creationdate to be
- changed to reflect the time the document was created if
- that is more meaningful to the user (rather than the time
- it was uploaded). Thus, clients SHOULD NOT use this
- property in synchronization logic (use DAV:getetag instead).
- This property value SHOULD be kept during a
- MOVE operation, but is normally re-initialized when a
- resource is created with a COPY. It should not be set in a
- COPY.
- The DAV:creationdate property SHOULD be defined on all DAV
- compliant resources. If present, it contains a timestamp
- of the moment when the resource was created. Servers that are incapable
- of persistently recording the creation date SHOULD instead leave it undefined (i.e.
- report "Not Found").
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- displayname
- Provides a name for the resource that is suitable for
- presentation to a user.
- Any text.
- SHOULD NOT be protected.
- Note that servers implementing might have made this a
- protected property as this is a new requirement.
- This property value SHOULD be preserved in
- COPY and MOVE operations.
- Contains a
- description of the resource that is suitable for
- presentation to a user. This property is defined on the resource, and hence SHOULD have
- the same value independent of the Request-URI used to retrieve it (thus
- computing this property based on the Request-URI is deprecated).
- While generic clients might display the property value to
- end users, client UI designers
- must understand that the method for identifying resources is still
- the URL. Changes to DAV:displayname do not
- issue moves or copies to the server, but simply change a piece of
- meta-data on the individual resource. Two resources can have
- the same DAV:displayname value even within the same collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- getcontentlanguage
- Contains the Content-Language header value (from Section 14.12
- of ) as it would be returned by a GET
- without accept headers.
- language-tag (language-tag is defined in Section 3.10 of
- ).
- SHOULD NOT be protected, so that clients can reset the
- language. Note that servers implementing might have made this a
- protected property as this is a new requirement.
- This property value SHOULD be preserved in
- COPY and MOVE operations.
- The DAV:getcontentlanguage property MUST be defined on any
- DAV compliant resource that returns the Content-Language
- header on a GET.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- getcontentlength
- Contains the Content-Length header returned by a GET
- without accept headers.
- See Section 14.13 of .
- This property is computed, therefore protected.
- The DAV:getcontentlength property MUST be defined on any
- DAV compliant resource that returns the Content-Length
- header in response to a GET.
- This property value is dependent on the size of
- the destination resource, not the value of the property on
- the source resource.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- getcontenttype
- Contains the Content-Type header value (from Section 14.17
- of ) as it would be returned by a GET without
- accept headers.
- media-type (defined in Section 3.7 of )
- Potentially protected if the server prefers to assign
- content types on its own (see also discussion in ).
- This property value SHOULD be preserved in
- COPY and MOVE operations.
- This property MUST be defined on
- any DAV compliant resource that returns the Content-Type
- header in response to a GET.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- getetag
- Contains the ETag header value (from Section 14.19
- of ) as it would be returned by a GET without accept
- headers.
- entity-tag (defined in Section 3.11 of )
- MUST be protected because this value is created and
- controlled by the server.
- This property value is dependent on the final
- state of the destination resource, not the value of the
- property on the source resource. Also note the considerations
- in .
- The getetag property MUST be defined on any DAV
- compliant resource that returns the Etag header. Refer to Section 3.11 of
- RFC2616 for a complete definition of the semantics of an
- ETag, and to for a discussion of ETags in WebDAV.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- getlastmodified
- Contains the Last-Modified header value (from Section 14.29
- of ) as it would be returned by a GET method
- without accept headers.
- rfc1123-date (defined in Section 3.3.1 of )
- SHOULD be protected because some clients may rely on the
- value for appropriate caching behavior, or on the value of
- the Last-Modified header to which this property is linked.
- This property value is dependent on the last
- modified date of the destination resource, not the value of
- the property on the source resource. Note that some server
- implementations use the file system date modified value for
- the DAV:getlastmodified value, and this can be preserved in a
- MOVE even when the HTTP Last-Modified value SHOULD change.
- Note that since requires clients to use ETags where
- provided, a server implementing ETags can count on clients using a much better
- mechanism than modification dates for offline synchronization or cache control.
- Also note the considerations
- in .
- Note that the last-modified date on a resource SHOULD
- only reflect changes in the body (the GET responses) of the
- resource. A change in a property only SHOULD NOT cause the
- last-modified date to change, because clients MAY rely on
- the last-modified date to know when to overwrite the
- existing body. The DAV:getlastmodified property MUST be defined
- on any DAV compliant resource that returns the Last-Modified
- header in response to a GET.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- lockdiscovery
- Describes the active locks on a resource
- MUST be protected. Clients change the list of locks
- through LOCK and UNLOCK, not through PROPPATCH.
- The value of this property depends on the lock
- state of the destination, not on the locks of the source
- resource. Recall that locks are not moved in a MOVE
- operation.
- Returns a listing of who has
- a lock, what type of lock he has, the timeout type and the
- time remaining on the timeout, and the associated lock
- token. Owner information MAY be omitted
- if it is considered sensitive. If there are no locks, but the server supports
- locks, the property will be present but contain zero
- 'activelock' elements. If there is one or more lock, an
- 'activelock' element appears for each lock on the resource. This
- property is NOT lockable
- with respect to write locks.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- resourcetype
- Specifies the nature of the resource.
- SHOULD be protected. Resource type is generally decided
- through the operation creating the resource (MKCOL vs PUT),
- not by PROPPATCH.
- Generally a COPY/MOVE of a resource results in
- the same type of resource at the destination.
- MUST be defined on all DAV compliant resources. Each
- child element identifies a specific type the resource belongs to,
- such as 'collection', which is the only resource type defined by
- this specification (see ). If the element contains
- the 'collection' child element plus additional unrecognized
- elements, it should generally be treated as a collection. If the
- element contains no recognized child elements, it should be
- treated as a non-collection resource. The default value is empty. This element MUST NOT
- contain text or mixed content.
- Any custom child element is considered to be an identifier for a resource type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- supportedlock
- To provide a listing of the lock capabilities supported by
- the resource.
- MUST be protected. Servers determine what lock mechanisms
- are supported, not clients.
-
- This property value is dependent on the kind of
- locks supported at the destination, not on the value of the
- property at the source resource. Servers attempting to COPY
- to a destination should not attempt to set this property at
- the destination.
- Returns a
- listing of the combinations of scope and access types which
- may be specified in a lock request on the resource. Note
- that the actual contents are themselves controlled by
- access controls so a server is not required to provide
- information the client is not authorized to see. This
- property is NOT lockable
- with respect to write locks.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- As introduced in , extra information
- on error conditions can be included in the body of many status responses.
- This section makes requirements on the use of the error body mechanism and
- introduces a number of precondition and postcondition codes.
-
- A "precondition" of a method describes the state of the server
- that must be true for that method to be performed. A "postcondition" of a
- method describes the state of the server that must be true after that method
- has been completed.
-
- Each precondition and postcondition has a unique XML element associated
- with it. In a 207 Multi-Status response, the XML element MUST appear inside
- an 'error' element in the appropriate 'propstat or 'response'
- element depending on whether the condition applies to one or more properties
- or to the resource as a whole. In all other error responses where this specification's
- 'error' body is used, the precondition/postcondition XML element
- MUST be returned as the child of a top-level
- 'error' element in the response body, unless otherwise negotiated
- by the request, along with an appropriate response status.
- The most common response status codes are 403 (Forbidden) if the request should not
- be repeated because it will always fail, and 409 (Conflict) if it is
- expected that the user might be able to resolve the conflict and resubmit the request.
- The 'error' element MAY contain child elements with specific error information
- and MAY be extended with any custom child elements.
-
-
- This mechanism does not take the place of using a correct numeric
- status code as defined here or in HTTP, because the client MUST
- always be able to take a reasonable course of action based only on
- the numeric code. However, it does remove the need to define new
- numeric codes. The new machine-readable codes used for this
- purpose are XML elements classified as preconditions and postconditions,
- so naturally any group defining a new condition
- code can use their own namespace. As always, the "DAV:" namespace is
- reserved for use by IETF-chartered WebDAV working groups.
-
-
-
- A server supporting this specification SHOULD use the XML error whenever a
- precondition or postcondition defined in this document is violated.
- For error conditions not specified in this document, the server MAY simply
- choose an appropriate numeric status and leave the response body
- blank. However, a server MAY instead use a custom condition code and other
- supporting text, because
- even when clients do not automatically recognize condition codes
- they can be quite useful in interoperability testing and debugging.
-
-
-
- Example - Response with precondition code
-
-
-
- Some other useful preconditions and postconditions have been defined in other specifications
- extending WebDAV, such as (see particularly Section 7.1.1),
- , and .
-
-
-
-
- All these elements are in the "DAV:" namespace. If not specified otherwise,
- the content for each condition's XML element is defined to be empty.
-
-
-
- lock-token-matches-request-uri
- 409 Conflict
- (precondition) --
- A request may include a Lock-Token header to identify a lock for the UNLOCK
- method. However, if the Request-URI does not
- fall within the scope of the lock identified by the token, the server SHOULD use
- this error. The lock may have
- a scope that does not include the Request-URI, or the lock could have disappeared,
- or the token may be invalid.
-
-
-
-
- lock-token-submitted (precondition)
- 423 Locked
- The request could not succeed
- because a lock token should have been submitted. This element, if
- present, MUST contain at least one URL of a locked resource that prevented
- the request. In
- cases of MOVE, COPY and DELETE where collection locks are involved,
- it can be difficult for the client to find out which locked resource
- made the request fail -- but the server is only resonsible for returning
- one such locked resource. The server MAY return every locked resource
- that prevented the request from succeeding if it knows them all.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- no-conflicting-lock (precondition)
- Typically 423 Locked
- A LOCK request
- failed due the presence of an already existing conflicting lock.
- Note that a lock can be in conflict although the resource to which
- the request was directed is only indirectly locked. In this case,
- the precondition code can be used to inform the client about the
- resource which is the root of the conflicting lock, avoiding a
- separate lookup of the "lockdiscovery" property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- no-external-entities
- 403 Forbidden
- (precondition) -- If the server rejects a client
- request because the request body contains an external entity, the
- server SHOULD use this error.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- preserved-live-properties
- 409 Conflict
- (postcondition) -- The server received an
- otherwise-valid MOVE or COPY request, but cannot maintain the live
- properties with the same behavior at the destination.
- It may be that the server only supports some live properties
- in some parts of the repository, or simply has an internal error.
-
-
-
-
-
- propfind-finite-depth
- 403 Forbidden
- (precondition) -- This server does not allow
- infinite-depth PROPFIND requests on collections.
-
-
-
-
- cannot-modify-protected-property
- 403 Forbidden
- (precondition) -- The client attempted to set
- a protected property in a PROPPATCH (such as DAV:getetag). See
- also , Section 3.12.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The XML namespace extension ()
- is used in this specification in
- order to allow for new XML elements to be added without fear of
- colliding with other element names. Although WebDAV request and
- response bodies can be extended by arbitrary XML elements, which can
- be ignored by the message recipient, an XML element in the "DAV:"
- namespace SHOULD NOT be used in the request or response body unless
- that XML element is explicitly defined in an IETF RFC reviewed by a
- WebDAV working group.
-
-
- For WebDAV to be both extensibile and backwards-compatible, both clients
- and servers need to know how to behave when unexpected or unrecognized command extensions
- are received. For XML processing, this means that clients and servers
- MUST process received XML documents as if unexpected elements and
- attributes (and all children of unrecognized elements) were not there.
- An unexpected element or attribute includes one which may be used
- in another context but is not expected here. Ignoring such items for
- purposes of processing can of course be consistent with logging
- all information or presenting for debugging.
-
-
- This restriction also applies to the processing, by clients, of DAV
- property values where unexpected XML elements SHOULD be ignored unless
- the property's schema declares otherwise.
-
-
- This restriction does not apply to setting dead DAV properties on
- the server where the server MUST record all XML elements.
-
-
- Additionally, this restriction does not apply to the use of XML
- where XML happens to be the content type of the entity body, for
- example, when used as the body of a PUT.
-
-
- Processing instructions in XML SHOULD be ignored by recipients.
- Thus, specifications extending WebDAV SHOULD NOT use processing
- instructions to define normative behavior.
-
-
-
- XML DTD fragments are included for all the XML elements defined in this
- specification. However, correct XML will not be valid according to any
- DTD due to namespace usage and extension rules. In particular:
-
-
- Elements (from this specification) are in the "DAV:" namespace,
- Element ordering is irrelevant unless otherwise stated,
- Extension attributes MAY be added,
- For element type definitions of "ANY", the normative text definition
- for that element defines what can be in it and what that means.
- For element type definitions of "#PCDATA", extension elements MUST
- NOT be added.
- For other element type definitions, including "EMPTY",
- extension elements MAY be added.
-
- Note that this means that elements containing elements cannot be
- extended to contain text, and vice versa.
-
-
-
- With DTD validation relaxed by the rules above, the constraints
- described by the DTD fragments are normative (see for example
- ).
- A recipient of a WebDAV message with an XML body MUST NOT validate
- the XML document according to any hard-coded or dynamically-declared DTD.
-
-
- Note that this section describes backwards-compatible extensibility rules.
- There might also be times when an extension is designed not to be
- backwards-compatible, for example defining an extension that reuses an
- XML element defined in this document but omitting one of the child
- elements required by the DTDs in this specification.
-
-
-
-
-
- A DAV compliant resource can advertise several classes of
- compliance. A client can discover the compliance classes of a
- resource by executing OPTIONS on the resource, and examining the
- "DAV" header which is returned. Note particularly that resources
- are spoken of as being compliant, rather than servers. That is
- because theoretically some resources on a server could support
- different feature sets. E.g. a server could have a sub-repository
- where an advanced feature like versioning was supported, even if that
- feature was not supported on all sub-repositories.
-
-
- Since this document describes extensions to the HTTP/1.1 protocol,
- minimally all DAV compliant resources, clients, and proxies MUST be
- compliant with .
-
-
- A resource that is class 2 or class 3 compliant must also be class 1 compliant.
-
-
-
-
- A class 1 compliant resource MUST meet all "MUST" requirements in
- all sections of this document.
-
-
- Class 1 compliant resources MUST return, at minimum, the value "1"
- in the DAV header on all responses to the OPTIONS method.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class 2 compliant resource MUST meet all class 1 requirements and
- support the LOCK method, the DAV:supportedlock property, the
- DAV:lockdiscovery property, the Time-Out response header and the Lock-Token
- request header. A class "2" compliant resource SHOULD also
- support the Time-Out request header and the 'owner' XML element.
-
-
- Class 2 compliant resources MUST return, at minimum, the values "1"
- and "2" in the DAV header on all responses to the OPTIONS method.
-
-
-
-
-
- A resource can explicitly advertise its support for the revisions to
- made in this document. Class 1 MUST be
- supported as well. Class 2 MAY be supported. Advertising class 3 support
- in addition to class 1 and 2 means that the server supports all the
- requirements in this specification. Advertising class 3 and class 1
- support, but not class 2, means that the server supports all the requirements
- in this specification except possibly those that involve locking support.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- In the realm of internationalization, this specification complies
- with the IETF Character Set Policy . In this specification,
- human-readable fields can be found either in the value of a
- property, or in an error message returned in a response entity body.
- In both cases, the human-readable content is encoded using XML,
- which has explicit provisions for character set tagging and
- encoding, and requires that XML processors read XML elements
- encoded, at minimum, using the UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings of
- the ISO 10646 multilingual plane. XML examples in this
- specification demonstrate use of the charset parameter of the
- Content-Type header, as defined in , as well as the XML
- declarations which provide charset identification information for
- MIME and XML processors.
-
-
- XML also provides a language tagging capability for specifying the
- language of the contents of a particular XML element. The
- "xml:lang" attribute appears on an XML element to identify the
- language of its content and attributes. See for
- definitions of values and scoping.
-
-
- WebDAV applications MUST support the character set tagging,
- character set encoding, and the language tagging functionality of
- the XML specification. Implementors of WebDAV applications are
- strongly encouraged to read "XML Media Types" for
- instruction on which MIME media type to use for XML transport, and
- on use of the charset parameter of the Content-Type header.
-
-
- Names used within this specification fall into four categories:
- names of protocol elements such as methods and headers, names of XML
- elements, names of properties, and names of conditions. Naming of
- protocol elements follows the precedent of HTTP, using English names
- encoded in USASCII for methods and headers. Since these protocol
- elements are not visible to users, and are simply long token
- identifiers, they do not need to support multiple languages.
- Similarly, the names of XML elements used in this specification are
- not visible to the user and hence do not need to support multiple
- languages.
-
-
- WebDAV property names are qualified XML names (pairs of XML
- namespace name and local name). Although some applications (e.g., a
- generic property viewer) will display property names directly to
- their users, it is expected that the typical application will use a
- fixed set of properties, and will provide a mapping from the
- property name and namespace to a human-readable field when
- displaying the property name to a user. It is only in the case
- where the set of properties is not known ahead of time that an
- application need display a property name to a user. We recommend
- that applications provide human-readable property names wherever
- feasible.
-
-
- For error reporting, we follow the convention of HTTP/1.1 status
- codes, including with each status code a short, English description
- of the code (e.g., 423 (Locked)). While the possibility exists that
- a poorly crafted user agent would display this message to a user,
- internationalized applications will ignore this message, and display
- an appropriate message in the user's language and character set.
-
-
-
- Since interoperation of clients and servers does not require locale
- information, this specification does not specify any mechanism for
- transmission of this information.
-
-
-
-
-
- This section is provided to detail issues concerning security
- implications of which WebDAV applications need to be aware.
-
-
- All of the security considerations of HTTP/1.1 (discussed in
- ) and XML (discussed in
- ) also apply to WebDAV. In
- addition, the security risks inherent in remote authoring require
- stronger authentication technology, introduce several new privacy
- concerns, and may increase the hazards from poor server design.
- These issues are detailed below.
-
-
-
- Due to their emphasis on authoring, WebDAV servers need to use
- authentication technology to protect not just access to a network
- resource, but the integrity of the resource as well. Furthermore,
- the introduction of locking functionality requires support for
- authentication.
-
-
-
- A password sent in the clear over an insecure channel
- is an inadequate means for protecting the accessibility
- and integrity of a resource as the password may be
- intercepted. Since Basic authentication for HTTP/1.1
- performs essentially clear text transmission of a
- password, Basic authentication MUST NOT be used to
- authenticate a WebDAV client to a server unless the
- connection is secure. Furthermore, a WebDAV server
- MUST NOT send a Basic authentication challenge in
- a WWW-Authenticate header unless the connection
- is secure. An example of a secure connection
- would be a Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection
- employing a strong cipher suite and server authentication.
-
-
-
- WebDAV applications MUST support the Digest authentication scheme
- . Since Digest authentication verifies that both parties to
- a communication know a shared secret, a password, without having to
- send that secret in the clear, Digest authentication avoids the
- security problems inherent in Basic authentication while providing a
- level of authentication which is useful in a wide range of
- scenarios.
-
-
-
-
-
- Denial of service attacks are of special concern to WebDAV servers.
- WebDAV plus HTTP enables denial of service attacks on every part of
- a system's resources.
-
-
-
- The underlying storage can be attacked by PUTting extremely large
- files.
-
-
- Asking for recursive operations on large collections can attack
- processing time.
-
-
- Making multiple pipelined requests on multiple connections can
- attack network connections.
-
-
-
- WebDAV servers need to be aware of the possibility of a denial of
- service attack at all levels. The proper response to such an attack MAY be to simply
- drop the connection, or if the server is able to make a response,
- the server MAY use a 400-level status request such as 400 (Bad
- Request) and indicate why the request was refused (a 500-level
- status response would indicate that the problem is with the server,
- whereas unintentional DOS attacks are something the client is capable of remedying).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- WebDAV provides, through the PROPFIND method, a mechanism for
- listing the member resources of a collection. This greatly
- diminishes the effectiveness of security or privacy techniques that
- rely only on the difficulty of discovering the names of network
- resources. Users of WebDAV servers are encouraged to use access
- control techniques to prevent unwanted access to resources, rather
- than depending on the relative obscurity of their resource names.
-
-
-
-
-
- When submitting a lock request a user agent may also submit an 'owner'
- XML field giving contact information for the person taking out the
- lock (for those cases where a person, rather than a robot, is taking
- out the lock). This contact information is stored in a DAV:lockdiscovery
- property on the resource, and can be used by other collaborators to
- begin negotiation over access to the resource. However, in many
- cases this contact information can be very private, and should not
- be widely disseminated. Servers SHOULD limit read access to the
- DAV:lockdiscovery property as appropriate. Furthermore, user agents
- SHOULD provide control over whether contact information is sent at
- all, and if contact information is sent, control over exactly what
- information is sent.
-
-
-
-
-
- Since property values are typically used to hold information such as
- the author of a document, there is the possibility that privacy
- concerns could arise stemming from widespread access to a resource's
- property data. To reduce the risk of inadvertent release of private
- information via properties, servers are encouraged to develop access
- control mechanisms that separate read access to the resource body
- and read access to the resource's properties. This allows a user to
- control the dissemination of their property data without overly
- restricting access to the resource's contents.
-
-
-
-
-
- XML supports a facility known as "external entities", defined in
- Section 4.2.2 of , which instruct an XML processor to
- retrieve and include additional XML. An external XML entity can be
- used to append or modify the document type declaration (DTD)
- associated with an XML document. An external XML entity can also be
- used to include XML within the content of an XML document. For non-validating
- XML, such as the XML used in this specification,
- including an external XML entity is not required by XML. However,
- XML does state that an XML processor may, at its
- discretion, include the external XML entity.
-
-
- External XML entities have no inherent trustworthiness and are
- subject to all the attacks that are endemic to any HTTP GET request.
- Furthermore, it is possible for an external XML entity to modify the
- DTD, and hence affect the final form of an XML document, in the
- worst case significantly modifying its semantics, or exposing the
- XML processor to the security risks discussed in .
- Therefore, implementers must be aware that external XML entities
- should be treated as untrustworthy. If a server implementor chooses
- not to handle external XML entities, it SHOULD respond to requests
- containing external entities with the 'no-external-entities' condition code.
-
-
- There is also the scalability risk that would accompany a widely
- deployed application which made use of external XML entities. In
- this situation, it is possible that there would be significant
- numbers of requests for one external XML entity, potentially
- overloading any server which fields requests for the resource
- containing the external XML entity.
-
-
- Furthermore, there's also a risk based on the evaluation of "internal entities"
- as defined in Section 4.2.2 of .
- A small, carefully crafted request using nested internal entities
- may require enormous amounts of memory and/or processing time to process. Server
- implementors should be aware of this risk and configure their XML parsers so that
- requests like these can be detected and rejected as early as possible.
-
-
-
-
-
- This specification encourages the use of "A Universally
- Unique Identifier (UUID) URN Namespace" () for
- lock tokens, in order to guarantee
- their uniqueness across space and time.
- Version 1 UUIDs (defined in Section 4) MAY contain a "node" field that
- "consists of an IEEE 802 MAC address, usually the host address. For systems
- with multiple IEEE addresses, any available one can be used". Since a WebDAV
- server will issue many locks over its lifetime, the implication is that it
- may also be publicly exposing its IEEE 802 address.
-
- There are several risks associated with exposure of IEEE 802 addresses. Using
- the IEEE 802 address:
-
-
- It is possible to track the movement of hardware from subnet to
- subnet.
-
- It may be possible to identify the manufacturer of the hardware
- running a WebDAV server.
-
- It may be possible to determine the number of each type of
- computer running WebDAV.
-
-
- This risk only applies to host address based UUID versions. Section
- 4 of describes several other mechanisms for generating
- UUIDs that do not involve the host address and therefore do not suffer
- from this risk.
-
-
-
-
-
- HTTP has the ability to host programs which are executed on client machines. These programs can take
- many forms including web scripts, executables, plug in modules, and macros in documents. WebDAV
- does not change any of the security concerns around these programs yet often WebDAV is used in
- contexts where a wide range of users can publish documents on a server. The server might not have a
- close trust relationship with the author that is publishing the document. Servers that allow clients to
- publish arbitrary content can usefully implement precautions to check that content published to the
- server is not harmful to other clients. Servers could do this by techniques such as restricting the types
- of content that is allowed to be published and running virus and malware detection software on
- published content. Servers can also mitigate the risk by having appropriate access restriction and
- authentication of users that are allowed to publish content to the server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This specification defines two URI schemes:
-
-
- the "opaquelocktoken" scheme defined in , and
-
- the "DAV" URI scheme, which historically was used in to disambiguate
- WebDAV property and XML element names and which continues to be used for that
- purpose in this specification and others extending WebDAV. Creation of
- identifiers in the "DAV:" namespace is controlled by the IETF.
-
-
-
- Note that defining new URI schemes for XML namespaces is now discouraged.
- "DAV:" was defined before standard best practices emerged.
-
-
-
-
-
- XML namespaces disambiguate WebDAV property names and XML elements. Any WebDAV user
- or application can define a new namespace in order to create custom properties
- or extend WebDAV XML syntax. IANA does not need to manage such namespaces, property
- names or element names.
-
-
-
-
- The message header fields below should be added to the permanent
- registry (see ).
-
-
-
- Header field name: DAV
- Applicable protocol: http
- Status: standard
- Author/Change controller: IETF
- Specification document: this specification ()
-
-
-
- Header field name: Depth
- Applicable protocol: http
- Status: standard
- Author/Change controller: IETF
- Specification document: this specification ()
-
-
-
- Header field name: Destination
- Applicable protocol: http
- Status: standard
- Author/Change controller: IETF
- Specification document: this specification ()
-
-
-
-
- Header field name: If
- Applicable protocol: http
- Status: standard
- Author/Change controller: IETF
- Specification document: this specification ()
-
-
-
- Header field name: Lock-Token
- Applicable protocol: http
- Status: standard
- Author/Change controller: IETF
- Specification document: this specification ()
-
-
-
- Header field name: Overwrite
- Applicable protocol: http
- Status: standard
- Author/Change controller: IETF
- Specification document: this specification ()
-
-
-
- Header field name: Timeout
- Applicable protocol: http
- Status: standard
- Author/Change controller: IETF
- Specification document: this specification ()
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A specification such as this thrives on piercing critical review and
- withers from apathetic neglect. The authors gratefully acknowledge
- the contributions of the following people, whose insights were so
- valuable at every stage of our work.
-
-
- Contributors to RFC2518
-
-
- Terry Allen, Harald Alvestrand, Jim Amsden, Becky Anderson, Alan
- Babich, Sanford Barr, Dylan Barrell, Bernard Chester, Tim Berners-Lee,
- Dan Connolly, Jim Cunningham, Ron Daniel, Jr., Jim Davis, Keith
- Dawson, Mark Day, Brian Deen, Martin Duerst, David Durand, Lee
- Farrell, Chuck Fay, Wesley Felter, Roy Fielding, Mark Fisher, Alan
- Freier, George Florentine, Jim Gettys, Phill Hallam-Baker, Dennis
- Hamilton, Steve Henning, Mead Himelstein, Alex Hopmann, Andre van
- der Hoek, Ben Laurie, Paul Leach, Ora Lassila, Karen MacArthur,
- Steven Martin, Larry Masinter, Michael Mealling, Keith Moore, Thomas
- Narten, Henrik Nielsen, Kenji Ota, Bob Parker, Glenn Peterson, Jon
- Radoff, Saveen Reddy, Henry Sanders, Christopher Seiwald, Judith
- Slein, Mike Spreitzer, Einar Stefferud, Greg Stein, Ralph Swick,
- Kenji Takahashi, Richard N. Taylor, Robert Thau, John Turner, Sankar
- Virdhagriswaran, Fabio Vitali, Gregory Woodhouse, and Lauren Wood.
-
-
- Two from this list deserve special mention. The contributions by
- Larry Masinter have been invaluable, both in helping the formation
- of the working group and in patiently coaching the authors along the
- way. In so many ways he has set high standards we have toiled to
- meet. The contributions of Judith Slein in clarifying the
- requirements, and in patiently reviewing draft after draft, both
- improved this specification and expanded our minds on document
- management.
-
-
- We would also like to thank John Turner for developing the XML DTD.
-
-
- The authors of RFC2518 were Yaron Goland, Jim Whitehead, A. Faizi,
- Steve Carter and D. Jensen. Although their names had to be removed
- due to IETF author count restrictions they can take credit for the
- majority of the design of WebDAV.
-
-
- Additional Acknowledgements for This Specification
-
-
- Significant contributors of text for this specification are listed as
- contributors in the section below. We must also gratefully
- acknowledge Geoff Clemm, Joel Soderberg, and Dan Brotsky for
- hashing out specific text on the list or in meetings. Joe Hildebrand and Cullen
- Jennings helped close many issues. Barry Lind described an additional security
- consideration and Cullen Jennings provided text for that consideration.
- Jason Crawford tracked issue status for this document for a period of
- years, followed by Elias Sinderson.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels
-
-Harvard University
-
-
-1350 Mass. Ave.
-Cambridge
-MA 02138
-- +1 617 495 3864
-sob@harvard.edu
-
-General
-keyword
-
-
- In many standards track documents several words are used to signify
- the requirements in the specification. These words are often
- capitalized. This document defines these words as they should be
- interpreted in IETF documents. Authors who follow these guidelines
- should incorporate this phrase near the beginning of their document:
-
-
-
- The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL
- NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and
- "OPTIONAL" in this document are to be interpreted as described in
- RFC 2119.
-
-
- Note that the force of these words is modified by the requirement
- level of the document in which they are used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-IETF Policy on Character Sets and Languages
-
-UNINETT
-
-
-P.O.Box 6883 Elgeseter
-N-7002 TRONDHEIM
-NORWAY
-+47 73 59 70 94
-Harald.T.Alvestrand@uninett.no
-
-Applications
-Internet Engineering Task Force
-character encoding
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1
-
-Department of Information and Computer Science
-
-
-University of California, Irvine
-Irvine
-CA
-92697-3425
-+1(949)824-1715
-fielding@ics.uci.edu
-
-World Wide Web Consortium
-
-
-MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, NE43-356
-545 Technology Square
-Cambridge
-MA
-02139
-+1(617)258-8682
-jg@w3.org
-
-Compaq Computer Corporation
-
-
-Western Research Laboratory
-250 University Avenue
-Palo Alto
-CA
-94305
-mogul@wrl.dec.com
-
-World Wide Web Consortium
-
-
-MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, NE43-356
-545 Technology Square
-Cambridge
-MA
-02139
-+1(617)258-8682
-frystyk@w3.org
-
-Xerox Corporation
-
-
-MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, NE43-356
-3333 Coyote Hill Road
-Palo Alto
-CA
-94034
-masinter@parc.xerox.com
-
-Microsoft Corporation
-
-
-1 Microsoft Way
-Redmond
-WA
-98052
-paulle@microsoft.com
-
-World Wide Web Consortium
-
-
-MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, NE43-356
-545 Technology Square
-Cambridge
-MA
-02139
-+1(617)258-8682
-timbl@w3.org
-
-
-
- The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is an application-level
- protocol for distributed, collaborative, hypermedia information
- systems. It is a generic, stateless, protocol which can be used for
- many tasks beyond its use for hypertext, such as name servers and
- distributed object management systems, through extension of its
- request methods, error codes and headers . A feature of HTTP is
- the typing and negotiation of data representation, allowing systems
- to be built independently of the data being transferred.
-
-
- HTTP has been in use by the World-Wide Web global information
- initiative since 1990. This specification defines the protocol
- referred to as "HTTP/1.1", and is an update to RFC 2068 .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication
-
-Northwestern University, Department of Mathematics
-
-
-Northwestern University
-Evanston
-IL
-60208-2730
-USA
-john@math.nwu.edu
-
-Verisign Inc.
-
-
-301 Edgewater Place
-Suite 210
-Wakefield
-MA
-01880
-USA
-pbaker@verisign.com
-
-AbiSource, Inc.
-
-
-6 Dunlap Court
-Savoy
-IL
-61874
-USA
-jeff@AbiSource.com
-
-Agranat Systems, Inc.
-
-
-5 Clocktower Place
-Suite 400
-Maynard
-MA
-01754
-USA
-lawrence@agranat.com
-
-Microsoft Corporation
-
-
-1 Microsoft Way
-Redmond
-WA
-98052
-USA
-paulle@microsoft.com
-
-Netscape Communications Corporation
-
-
-501 East Middlefield Road
-Mountain View
-CA
-94043
-USA
-
-Open Market, Inc.
-
-
-215 First Street
-Cambridge
-MA
-02142
-USA
-stewart@OpenMarket.com
-
-
-
- "HTTP/1.0", includes the specification for a Basic Access
- Authentication scheme. This scheme is not considered to be a secure
- method of user authentication (unless used in conjunction with some
- external secure system such as SSL ), as the user name and
- password are passed over the network as cleartext.
-
-
- This document also provides the specification for HTTP's
- authentication framework, the original Basic authentication scheme
- and a scheme based on cryptographic hashes, referred to as "Digest
- Access Authentication". It is therefore also intended to serve as a
- replacement for RFC 2069 . Some optional elements specified by
- RFC 2069 have been removed from this specification due to problems
- found since its publication; other new elements have been added for
- compatibility, those new elements have been made optional, but are
- strongly recommended.
-
-
- Like Basic, Digest access authentication verifies that both parties
- to a communication know a shared secret (a password); unlike Basic,
- this verification can be done without sending the password in the
- clear, which is Basic's biggest weakness. As with most other
- authentication protocols, the greatest sources of risks are usually
- found not in the core protocol itself but in policies and procedures
- surrounding its use.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Date and Time on the Internet: Timestamps
-
-Clearswift Corporation
-
-
-1310 Waterside
-Arlington Business Park
-Theale
-Reading
-RG7 4SA
-UK
-+44 11 8903 8903
-+44 11 8903 9000
-GK@ACM.ORG
-
-Sun Microsystems
-
-
-1050 Lakes Drive, Suite 250
-West Covina
-CA
-91790
-USA
-chris.newman@sun.com
-
-
-
- This document defines a date and time format for use in Internet
- protocols that is a profile of the ISO 8601 standard for
- representation of dates and times using the Gregorian calendar.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO 10646
-
-
-
-
-ISO/IEC 10646-1 defines a large character set called the Universal Character Set (UCS) which encompasses most of the world's writing systems. The originally proposed encodings of the UCS, however, were not compatible with many current applications and protocols, and this has led to the development of UTF-8, the object of this memo. UTF-8 has the characteristic of preserving the full US-ASCII range, providing compatibility with file systems, parsers and other software that rely on US-ASCII values but are transparent to other values. This memo obsoletes and replaces RFC 2279.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax
-
-World Wide Web Consortium
-
-
-Massachusetts Institute of Technology
-77 Massachusetts Avenue
-Cambridge
-MA
-02139
-USA
-+1-617-253-5702
-+1-617-258-5999
-timbl@w3.org
-http://www.w3.org/People/Berners-Lee/
-
-Day Software
-
-
-5251 California Ave., Suite 110
-Irvine
-CA
-92617
-USA
-+1-949-679-2960
-+1-949-679-2972
-fielding@gbiv.com
-http://roy.gbiv.com/
-
-Adobe Systems Incorporated
-
-
-345 Park Ave
-San Jose
-CA
-95110
-USA
-+1-408-536-3024
-LMM@acm.org
-http://larry.masinter.net/
-
-Applications
-uniform resource identifier
-URI
-URL
-URN
-WWW
-resource
-
-
-A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) is a compact sequence of characters
-that identifies an abstract or physical resource. This specification
-defines the generic URI syntax and a process for resolving URI references
-that might be in relative form, along with guidelines and security
-considerations for the use of URIs on the Internet.
-The URI syntax defines a grammar that is a superset of all valid URIs,
-allowing an implementation to parse the common components of a URI
-reference without knowing the scheme-specific requirements of every
-possible identifier. This specification does not define a generative
-grammar for URIs; that task is performed by the individual
-specifications of each URI scheme.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-A Universally Unique IDentifier (UUID) URN Namespace
-
-Microsoft
-
-
-1 Microsoft Way
-Redmond
-WA
-98052
-US
-+1 425-882-8080
-paulle@microsoft.com
-
-Refactored Networks, LLC
-
-
-1635 Old Hwy 41
-Suite 112, Box 138
-Kennesaw
-GA
-30152
-US
-+1-678-581-9656
-michael@refactored-networks.com
-http://www.refactored-networks.com
-
-DataPower Technology, Inc.
-
-
-1 Alewife Center
-Cambridge
-MA
-02142
-US
-+1 617-864-0455
-rsalz@datapower.com
-http://www.datapower.com
-
-URN, UUID
-
-This specification defines a Uniform Resource Name namespace for
- UUIDs (Universally Unique IDentifier), also known as GUIDs (Globally
- Unique IDentifier). A UUID is 128 bits long, and can
- guarantee uniqueness across space and time. UUIDs were originally
- used in the Apollo Network Computing System and later in the Open
- Software Foundation's (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment (DCE),
- and then in Microsoft Windows platforms.
-This specification is derived from the DCE specification with the
- kind permission of the OSF (now known as The Open Group). Information from earlier versions of the DCE specification have been
- incorporated into this document.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Namespaces in XML
-
- Textuality
-
- tbray@textuality.com
-
-
-
- Hewlett-Packard Company
-
- dmh@corp.hp.com
-
-
-
- Microsoft
-
- andrewl@microsoft.com
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- XML Information Set (Second Edition)
-
-
- jcowan@reutershealth.com
-
-
-
- richard@cogsci.ed.ac.uk
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Third Edition)
-
- Textuality and Netscape
-
- tbray@textuality.com
-
-
-
- Microsoft
-
- jeanpa@microsoft.com
-
-
-
- University of Illinois at Chicago and Text Encoding Initiative
-
- cmsmcq@uic.edu
-
-
-
- Sun Microsystems
-
- eve.maler@east.sun.com
-
-
-
-
-
- francois@yergeau.com
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Requirements for a Distributed Authoring and Versioning Protocol for the World Wide Web
-
-Xerox Corporation
-
-
-800 Phillips Road 128-29E
-Webster
-NY
-14580
-slein@wrc.xerox.com
-
-Department of Computer Science, University of Bologna
-
-fabio@cs.unibo.it
-
-Dept. Of Information and Computer Science,
- University of California, Irvine
-
-
-
-Irvine
-CA
-92697-3425
-714-824-4056
-ejw@ics.uci.edu
-
-Department of Computer Science,
- Boston University
-
-
-
-Boston
-MA
-dgd@cs.bu.edu
-
-Applications
-
-
- Current World Wide Web (WWW or Web) standards provide simple support
- for applications which allow remote editing of typed data. In
- practice, the existing capabilities of the WWW have proven inadequate
- to support efficient, scalable remote editing free of overwriting
- conflicts. This document presents a list of features in the form of
- requirements for a Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning protocol
- which, if implemented, would improve the efficiency of common remote
- editing operations, provide a locking mechanism to prevent overwrite
- conflicts, improve link management support between non-HTML data
- types, provide a simple attribute-value metadata facility, provide
- for the creation and reading of container data types, and integrate
- versioning into the WWW.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-HTTP Extensions for Distributed Authoring -- WEBDAV
-
-Microsoft Corporation
-
-
-One Microsoft Way
-Redmond
-WA
-98052-6399
-yarong@microsoft.com
-
-Dept. Of Information and Computer Science,
- University of California, Irvine
-
-
-
-Irvine
-CA
-92697-3425
-ejw@ics.uci.edu
-
-Netscape
-
-
-685 East Middlefield Road
-Mountain View
-CA
-94043
-asad@netscape.com
-
-Novell
-
-
-1555 N. Technology Way
-M/S ORM F111
-Orem
-UT
-84097-2399
-srcarter@novell.com
-
-Novell
-
-
-1555 N. Technology Way
-M/S ORM F111
-Orem
-UT
-84097-2399
-dcjensen@novell.com
-
-
-
- This document specifies a set of methods, headers, and content-types
- ancillary to HTTP/1.1 for the management of resource properties,
- creation and management of resource collections, namespace
- manipulation, and resource locking (collision avoidance).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-XML Media Types
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-This document standardizes five new media types -- text/xml, application/xml, text/xml-external-parsed-entity, application/xml- external-parsed-entity, and application/xml-dtd -- for use in exchanging network entities that are related to the Extensible Markup Language (XML). This document also standardizes a convention (using the suffix '+xml') for naming media types outside of these five types when those media types represent XML MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) entities. [STANDARDS TRACK]
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Versioning Extensions to WebDAV (Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning)
-
-Rational Software
-
-
-20 Maguire Road
-Lexington
-MA
-02421
-US
-geoffrey.clemm@rational.com
-
-IBM
-
-
-3039 Cornwallis
-Research Triangle Park
-NC
-27709
-US
-jamsden@us.ibm.com
-
-IBM
-
-
-Hursley Park
-Winchester
-S021 2JN
-UK
-tim_ellison@uk.ibm.com
-
-Microsoft
-
-
-One Microsoft Way
-Redmond
-WA
-90852
-US
-ckaler@microsoft.com
-
-UC Santa Cruz, Dept. of Computer Science
-
-
-1156 High Street
-Santa Cruz
-CA
-95064
-US
-ejw@cse.ucsc.edu
-
-
-
- This document specifies a set of methods, headers, and resource types
- that define the WebDAV (Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning)
- versioning extensions to the HTTP/1.1 protocol. WebDAV versioning
- will minimize the complexity of clients that are capable of
- interoperating with a variety of versioning repository managers, to
- facilitate widespread deployment of applications capable of utilizing
- the WebDAV Versioning services. WebDAV versioning includes automatic
- versioning for versioning-unaware clients, version history
- management, workspace management, baseline management, activity
- management, and URL namespace versioning.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) Ordered Collections Protocol
-
-UC Santa Cruz, Dept. of Computer Science
-
-
-1156 High Street
-Santa Cruz
-CA
-95064
-US
-ejw@cse.ucsc.edu
-
-greenbytes GmbH
-
-
-Salzmannstrasse 152
-Muenster
-NW
-48159
-Germany
-+49 251 2807760
-+49 251 2807761
-julian.reschke@greenbytes.de
-http://greenbytes.de/tech/webdav/
-
-WEBDAV Working Group
-WebDAV
-ordering
-ordered collections
-protocol
-ORDERPATCH method
-Position header
-Ordering-Type header
-
-
- This specification extends the Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) Protocol
- to support the server-side ordering of collection members. Of particular
- interest are orderings that are not based on property values, and so
- cannot be achieved using a search protocol's ordering option and cannot
- be maintained automatically by the server. Protocol elements are
- defined to let clients specify the position in the ordering of each
- collection member, as well as the semantics governing the ordering.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) Access Control Protocol
-
-IBM
-
-
-20 Maguire Road
-Lexington
-MA
-02421
-geoffrey.clemm@us.ibm.com
-
-greenbytes GmbH
-
-
-Salzmannstrasse 152
-Muenster
-NW
-48159
-Germany
-julian.reschke@greenbytes.de
-
-Oracle Corporation
-
-
-500 Oracle Parkway
-Redwood Shores
-CA
-94065
-eric.sedlar@oracle.com
-
-U.C. Santa Cruz, Dept. of Computer Science
-
-
-1156 High Street
-Santa Cruz
-CA
-95064
-ejw@cse.ucsc.edu
-
-
-
- This document specifies a set of methods, headers, message bodies,
- properties, and reports that define Access Control extensions to the
- WebDAV Distributed Authoring Protocol. This protocol permits a client to
- read and modify access control lists that instruct a server whether to
- allow or deny operations upon a resource (such as HyperText Transfer
- Protocol (HTTP) method invocations) by a given principal. A lightweight
- representation of principals as Web resources supports integration of a
- wide range of user management repositories. Search operations allow
- discovery and manipulation of principals using human names.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Registration Procedures for Message Header Fields
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-This specification defines registration procedures for the message header fields used by Internet mail, HTTP, Netnews and other applications. This document specifies an Internet Best Current Practices for the Internet Community, and requests discussion and suggestions for improvements.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- XML supports two mechanisms for indicating that an XML element does
- not have any content. The first is to declare an XML element of the
- form <A></A>. The second is to declare an XML element of the form
- <A/>. The two XML elements are semantically identical.
-
-
-
-
- XML is a flexible data format that makes it easy to submit data that
- appears legal but in fact is not. The philosophy of "Be flexible in
- what you accept and strict in what you send" still applies, but it
- must not be applied inappropriately. XML is extremely flexible in
- dealing with issues of white space, element ordering, inserting new
- elements, etc. This flexibility does not require extension,
- especially not in the area of the meaning of elements.
-
-
- There is no kindness in accepting illegal combinations of XML
- elements. At best it will cause an unwanted result and at worst it
- can cause real damage.
-
-
-
-
-
- The following request body for a PROPFIND method is illegal.
-
-
-
- The definition of the propfind element only allows for the allprop
- or the propname element, not both. Thus the above is an error and
- must be responded to with a 400 (Bad Request).
-
-
- Imagine, however, that a server wanted to be "kind" and decided to
- pick the allprop element as the true element and respond to it. A
- client running over a bandwidth limited line who intended to execute
- a propname would be in for a big surprise if the server treated the
- command as an allprop.
-
-
- Additionally, if a server were lenient and decided to reply to this
- request, the results would vary randomly from server to server, with
- some servers executing the allprop directive, and others executing
- the propname directive. This reduces interoperability rather than
- increasing it.
-
-
-
-
-
- The previous example was illegal because it contained two elements
- that were explicitly banned from appearing together in the propfind
- element. However, XML is an extensible language, so one can imagine
- new elements being defined for use with propfind. Below is the
- request body of a PROPFIND and, like the previous example, must be
- rejected with a 400 (Bad Request) by a server that does not
- understand the expired-props element.
-
-
-
- To understand why a 400 (Bad Request) is returned let us look at the
- request body as the server unfamiliar with expired-props sees it.
-
-
-
- As the server does not understand the 'expired-props' element,
- according to the WebDAV-specific XML processing rules specified in
- , it must process the request as if the
- element were not there. Thus the server sees an empty propfind, which
- by the definition of the propfind element is illegal.
-
-
- Please note that had the extension been additive it would not
- necessarily have resulted in a 400 (Bad Request). For example,
- imagine the following request body for a PROPFIND:
-
-
-
- The previous example contains the fictitious element leave-out. Its
- purpose is to prevent the return of any property whose name matches
- the submitted pattern. If the previous example were submitted to a
- server unfamiliar with 'leave-out', the only result would be that the
- 'leave-out' element would be ignored and a propname would be executed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- WebDAV was designed to be, and has been found to be, backward-compatible
- with HTTP 1.1. The PUT and DELETE methods are defined in HTTP and thus
- may be used by HTTP clients as well as WebDAV-aware clients,
- but the responses to PUT and DELETE have been extended in this
- specification in ways that only a WebDAV client would be entirely prepared
- for. Some theoretical concerns were raised about whether those
- responses would cause interoperability problems with HTTP-only clients,
- and this section addresses those concerns.
-
-
- Since any HTTP client ought to handle unrecognized 400-level and 500-level
- status codes as errors, the following
- new status codes should not present any issues: 422, 423 and 507 (424 is also
- a new status code but it appears only in the body of a Multistatus response.)
- So, for example, if a HTTP client attempted to PUT or DELETE a locked resource,
- the 423 Locked response ought to result in a generic error presented to the user.
-
- The 207 Multistatus response is interesting because a HTTP client issuing a
- DELETE request to a collection might interpret a 207 response as a success,
- even though it does not realize the resource is a collection and cannot understand
- that the DELETE operation might have been a complete or partial failure.
- That interpretation isn't entirely justified, because a 200-level response indicates
- that the server "received, understood and accepted" the request, not that the
- request resulted in complete success.
-
-
- One option is that a server could treat a DELETE of a collection as an atomic operation,
- and use either 204 No Content in case of success, or some appropriate error
- response (400 or 500 level) for an error. This approach would indeed
- maximize backward compatibility. However, since interoperability tests and
- working group discussions have not turned up any instances of HTTP clients
- issuing a DELETE request against a WebDAV collection, this concern is more
- theoretical than practical. Thus, servers are likely to be completely successful
- at interoperating with HTTP clients even if they treat any collection DELETE
- request as a WebDAV request and send a 207 Multistatus response.
-
-
- In general server implementations are encouraged to use the detailed responses
- and other mechanisms defined in this document rather than make changes for theoretical
- interoperability concerns.
-
-
-
-
- The 'opaquelocktoken' URI scheme was defined in (and registered
- by IANA) in order
- to create syntactically correct and easy-to-generate URIs out of UUIDs,
- intended to be used as lock tokens and to be unique across all
- resources for all time.
-
- An opaquelocktoken URI is constructed by concatenating the 'opaquelocktoken'
- scheme with a UUID, along with an optional extension.
- Servers can create new UUIDs for each new lock token. If a server wishes to
- reuse UUIDs the server MUST add an extension and
- the algorithm generating the extension MUST guarantee that the same
- extension will never be used twice with the associated UUID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The original WebDAV model for locking unmapped URLs created "lock-null resources".
- This model was over-complicated and some interoperability and implementation problems
- were discovered. The new WebDAV model for locking unmapped URLs (see
- ) creates "locked empty resources".
- Lock-null resources are deprecated. This section discusses the original model briefly
- because clients MUST be able to handle either model.
-
- In the original "lock-null resource" model, which is no longer recommended for implementation:
-
-
-
- A lock-null resource sometimes appeared as "Not Found". The server responds
- with a 404 or 405 to any method except for PUT, MKCOL, OPTIONS, PROPFIND,
- LOCK, UNLOCK.
- A lock-null resource does however show up as a member of its parent collection.
- The server removes the lock-null resource entirely (its URI becomes unmapped)
- if its lock goes away before it is converted to a regular resource. Recall that locks
- go away not only when they expire or are unlcoked, but are also removed if a
- resource is renamed or moved, or if any parent collection is renamed or moved.
- The server converts the lock-null resource into a regular resource if a PUT
- request to the URL is successful.
- The server converts the lock-null resource into a collection if a MKCOL request
- to the URL is successful (though interoperability experience showed that not
- all servers followed this requirement).
- Property values were defined for DAV:lockdiscovery and DAV:supportedlock
- properties but not necessarily for other properties like DAV:getcontenttype.
-
-
-
- Clients can easily interoperate both with servers that support the
- old model "lock-null resources" and the recommended model of
- "locked empty resources" by only attempting PUT after a LOCK to an
- unmapped URL, not MKCOL or GET.
-
-
-
-
- A WebDAV client implemented to this specification might find servers
- that create lock-null resources (implemented before this
- specification using [RFC2518]) as well as servers that create locked
- empty resources. The response to the LOCK request will not indicate
- what kind of resource was created. There are a few techniques which
- help the client deal with either type.
-
-
-
- If the client wishes to avoid accidentally creating either lock-
- null or empty locked resources, an "If-Match: *" header can be
- included with LOCK requests to prevent the server from creating a
- new resource.
-
-
- If a LOCK request creates a resource and the client subsequently
- wants to overwrite that resource using a COPY or MOVE request, the
- client should include an "Overwrite: T" header.
-
-
- If a LOCK request creates a resource and the client then decides
- to get rid of that resource, a DELETE request is supposed to fail
- on a lock-null resource and UNLOCK should be used instead. But
- with a locked empty resource, UNLOCK doesn't make the resource
- disappear. Therefore, the client might have to try both requests
- and ignore an error in one of the two requests.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Many WebDAV clients already implemented have account settings (similar to the way
- email clients store IMAP account settings). Thus, the WebDAV client would be able
- to authenticate with its first couple requests to the server, provided it had a way to
- get the authentication challenge from the server with realm name, nonce and other
- challenge information. Note that the results of some requests might vary according
- to whether the client is authenticated or not -- a PROPFIND might return more visible
- resources if the client is authenticated, yet not fail if the client is anonymous.
-
- There are a number of ways the client might be able to trigger the server do provide
- an authentication challenge. This appendix describes a couple approaches that seem
- particularly likely to work.
-
- The first approach is to perform a request that ought to require authentication.
- However, it's possible that a server
- might handle any request even without authentication, so to be entirely safe
- the client could add a conditional header to ensure that even if the request passes
- permissions checks it's not actually handled by the server. An example of following
- this approach would be to use a PUT request with an "If-Match" header with a made-up
- ETag value. This approach might fail to result in an authentication challenge if the
- server does not test authorization before testing conditionals as is required (see
- ),
- or if the server does not need to test authorization.
-
- Example - forcing auth challenge with write request
-
-
-
- The second approach is to use an Authorization header (defined in
- ) which is likely to be
- rejected by the server but which will then prompt a proper authentication challenge.
- For example, the client could start with a PROPFIND request containing an
- Authorization header containing a made-up Basic userid:password string or with
- actual plausible credentials. This
- approach relies on the server responding with a "401 Unauthorized" along with
- a challenge if it receives an Authorization header with an unrecognized username,
- invalid password, or if it doesn't even handle Basic authentication. This seems likely
- to work because of the requirements of RFC2617:
-
- "If the origin server does not wish to accept the credentials sent
- with a request, it SHOULD return a 401 (Unauthorized) response. The
- response MUST include a WWW-Authenticate header field containing at
- least one (possibly new) challenge applicable to the requested
- resource."
-
- There's a slight problem with implementing that recommendation in some cases,
- because some servers do not even have challenge information for certain resources.
- Thus, when there's no way to authenticate to a resource or the resource is
- entirely publicly available over all accepted methods, the server MAY ignore
- the Authorization header, and the client presumably try again later.
-
-
-
- Example - forcing auth challenge with Authorization header
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This section lists major changes between this document and RFC2518, starting
- with those that are likely to result in implementation changes. Servers will
- advertise support for all changes in this specification by returning
- the compliance class "3" in the DAV response header (see Sections
- and
- ).
-
-
-
- Collections and Namespace Operations
-
-
- The semantics of PROPFIND 'allprop' () have been
- relaxed so that servers return results including, at a minimum,
- the live properties defined in this specification, but not
- necessarily return other live properties. The 'allprop' directive
- therefore means something more like "return all properties that
- are supposed to be returned when 'allprop' is requested" -- a set
- of properties which may include custom properties and properties
- defined in other specifications if those other specifications so
- require. Related to this, 'allprop' requests can now be extended
- with the 'include' syntax to include specific named properties,
- thereby avoiding additional requests due to changed 'allprop'
- semantics.
-
-
- Servers are now allowed to reject PROPFIND requests with Depth:Infinity.
- Clients that used this will need to be able to do a series of Depth:1
- requests instead.
-
-
- Multistatus response bodies now can transport the value of HTTP's
- Location response header in the new 'location' element. Clients may
- use this to avoid additional roundtrips to the server when there is
- a 'response' element with a 3xx status (see ).
-
-
-
- The definition of COPY has been relaxed so that it doesn't require
- servers to first delete the target resources anymore (this was a known
- incompatibility with ). See .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Headers and Marshalling
-
-
- The Destination and If request headers now allow absolute paths in
- addition to full URIs (see ). This may
- be useful for clients operating through a reverse proxy that does
- rewrite the Host request header, but not WebDAV-specific headers.
-
-
- This specification adopts the error marshalling extensions and the
- "precondition/postcondition" terminology defined
- in (see ). Related
- to that, it adds the "error" XML element inside multistatus response
- bodies (see , however note that it uses a format
- different from the one recommend in RFC3253).
-
-
-
- Senders and recipients are now required to support the UTF-16
- character encoding in XML message bodies (see ).
-
-
- Clients are now required to send the Depth header on PROPFIND requests,
- although servers are still encouraged to support clients that don't.
-
-
-
- Locking
-
-
-
- RFC2518's concept of "lock-null resources" (LNRs) has been replaced by a
- simplified approach, the "locked empty resources" (see
- ). There are some aspects of lock-null
- resources clients can not rely on anymore, namely the ability to use
- them to create a locked collection or the fact that they disappear
- upon UNLOCK when no PUT or MKCOL request was issued. Note that servers
- are still allowed to implement LNRs as per RFC2518.
-
-
-
- There is no implicit refresh of locks anymore. Locks are only refreshed
- upon explicit request (see ).
-
-
-
- Clarified that the DAV:owner value supplied in the LOCK request
- must be preserved by the server just like a dead property (). Also added the DAV:lockroot
- element () which allows clients
- to discover the root of lock.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Collections and Namespace Operations
-
-
- Due to interoperability problems, allowable formats for contents of
- 'href' elements in multistatus responses have been limited (see
- ).
-
-
-
- Due to lack of implementation, support for the 'propertybehaviour' request body for
- COPY and MOVE has been removed. Instead, requirements for property
- preservation have been clarified (see Sections
- and ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Properties
-
-
- Strengthened server requirements for storage of property values, in
- particular persistence of language information (xml:lang), whitespace,
- and XML namespace information (see ).
-
-
-
- Clarified requirements on which properties should be writeable by
- the client; in particular, setting "DAV:displayname" should be
- supported by servers (see ).
-
-
-
- Only 'rfc1123-date' productions are legal as values for DAV:getlastmodified
- (see ).
-
-
-
-
- Headers and Marshalling
-
-
-
- Servers are now required to do authorization checks before processing
- conditional headers (see ).
-
-
-
-
- Locking
-
-
- Strengthened requirement to check identity of lock creator when
- accessing locked resources (see ).
- Clients should be aware that lock tokens returned to other
- principals can only be used to break a lock, if at all.
-
-
-
- Section 8.10.4 of incorrectly required servers
- to return a 409 status where a 207 status was really appropriate. This
- has been corrected ().
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The definition of collection state has been fixed so it doesn't vary
- anymore depending on the Request-URI (see ).
-
-
- The DAV:source property introduced in Section 4.6 of
- was removed due to lack of implementation experience.
-
-
- The DAV header now allows non-IETF extensions through URIs in addition
- to compliance class tokens. It also can now be used in requests, although
- this specification does not define any associated semantics for the compliance
- classes defined in here (see ).
-
-
-
- In RFC2518, the definition of the Depth header (Section 9.2) required
- that by default request headers would be applied to each resource in
- scope. Based on implementation experience, the default has now been
- reversed (see ).
-
-
- The definitions of HTTP status code 102 (, Section 10.1)
- and the Status-URI response header (Section 9.7) have been removed due
- to lack of implementation.
-
-
-
-
- The TimeType format used in the Timeout request header and the "timeout"
- XML element used to be extensible. Now, only the two formats defined
- by this specification are allowed (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specified that a successful LOCK request to an unmapped URL creates a
- new, empty locked resource.
-
- Resolved UNLOCK_NEEDS_IF_HEADER by clarifying that only Lock-Token
- header is needed on UNLOCK.
- Added on preconditions and postconditions
- and defined a number of preconditions and postconditions. The 'lock-token-submitted'
- precondition resolves the REPORT_OTHER_RESOURCE_LOCKED issue.
- Added example of matching lock token to URI in the case of a collection
- lock in the If header section.
- Removed ability for Destination header to take "abs_path" in order
- to keep consistent with other places where client provides URLs
- (If header, href element in request body)
- Clarified the href element - that it generally contains HTTP URIs but not
- always.
- Attempted to fix the BNF describing the If header to allow commas
- Clarified presence of Depth header on LOCK refresh requests.
-
-
-
- Added text to "COPY and the Overwrite Header" section to resolve
- issue OVERWRITE_DELETE_ALL_TOO_STRONG.
-
- Added text to "HTTP URL Namespace Model" section to provide more clarification
- and examples on what consistency means and what is not required, to resolve
- issue CONSISTENCY.
- Resolve DEFINE_PRINCIPAL by importing definition of principal from RFC3744.
- Resolve INTEROP_DELETE_AND_MULTISTATUS by adding appendix 3 discussing
- backward-compatibility concerns.
- Resolve DATE_FORMAT_GETLASTMODIFIED by allowing only rfc1123-date, not HTTP-date
- for getlastmodified.
- Resolve COPY_INTO_YOURSELF_CLARIFY by adding sentence to first para. of COPY
- section.
- Confirm that WHEN_TO_MULTISTATUS_FOR_DELETE_1 and WHEN_TO_MULTISTATUS_FOR_DELETE_2
- are resolved and tweak language in DELETE section slightly to be clearly consistent.
- More text clarifications to deal with several of the issues in LOCK_ISSUES.
- This may not completely resolve that set but we need feedback from the originator
- of the issues at this point.
- Resolved COPY_INTO_YOURSELF_CLARIFY with new sentence in Copy For Collections
- section.
- Double checked that LEVEL_OR_CLASS is resolved by using class, not level.
- Further work to resolve IF_AND_AUTH and LOCK_SEMANTICS, clarifying text
- on using locks and being authenticated.
- Added notes on use of 503 status response to resolve issue PROPFIND_INFINITY
- Removed section on other uses of Metadata (and associated references)
- Added reference to RFC4122 for lock tokens and removed section on generating
- UUIDs
- Explained that even with language variation, a property has only one value
- (Section 4.5).
- Added section on lock owner (7.1) and what to do if lock requested by
- unauthenticated user
- Removed Section 4.2 -- justification on why to have metadata, not needed now
- Removed paragraph in Section 5.2 about collections with resource type
- "DAV:collection" but which are non-WebDAV compliant -- not implemented.
-
-
-
-
- Added security considerations section on scripts and cookie sessions,
- suggested by Barry Lind
- Clarified which error codes are defined and undefined in MultiStatus
- Moved opaquelocktoken definition to an appendix and refer to RFC4122 for use of
- 'urn:uuid:' URI scheme; fix all lock token examples to use this.
- Multi-status responses contain URLs which MUST either be absolute (and begin
- with the Request-URI or MUST be relative with new limitations. (bug 12)
- Moved status code sections before example sections within PROPFIND section
- for section ordering consistency.
- Clarified use of Location header with Multi-Status
- Bugzilla issue resolutions: bugs 9, 12, 14, 19, 20, 29, 30, 34, 36, 102 and 172.
-
-
-
- Bugzilla editorial issues: bugs 30, 57, 63, 68, 88, 89, 168, 180, 182, 185, 187.
- More clarity between URL namespaces and XML namespaces, particularly at the beginning
- of paragraphs using the word namespace
- More consistency in referring to properties with the namespace, as in "DAV:lockdiscovery",
- and referring to XML element names in single quotes, e.g. 'allprop' element.
- Figure (example) formatting fixes
- Bugzilla issues: bugs 24, 37, 39, 43, 45, 27, 25
- Replaced references to "non-null state" of resources with more clear language about
- URLs that are mapped to resources, bug 25. Also added definition of URL/URI mapping. Bug 40.
- Bugzilla issues: bug 7, 8, 9, 41, 47, 51, 62, 93, 171, 172. Bugs 28 and 94 were iterated on.
- Bugzilla issues: 56, 59, 79, 99, 103, 175, 178. Part of bug 23. Iteration on bug 10.
- Iteration on bugs 10, 46 and 47. Bug 11.
- Remove "102 Processing" response
- Fix bug 46, 105, 107, 120, 140 and 201.
- Another stab at bug 12 - relative v. absolute URLs in Multi-Status response hrefs
- Fix bug 6, 11, 15, 16, 28, 32, 42, 51, 52, 53, 58, 60, 62, 186, 189, 191, 199, 200
- Fix bug 96
-
-
-
- Clarify lock intro text on when a client might use another client's lock token - suggestion
- by Geoff, Nov 15
- Removed Force-Authenticate header and instead added an appendix explaining how existing
- mechanisms might resolve the need of clients to get an authentication challenge (bug 18).
- Bug 62, 113, 125, 131, 143, 144, 171, 193
- Bug 176, 177, 179, 181, 184, 206, 207, 208
-
-
-
- Bug 10, 50, 92, 213, 214, 215
- not recommend use of 414 for over-long Destination URI, bug 179
- Changes for bug 10, 31, 42, 44, 46, 47, 80, 86, 99, 124, 132, 143, 147, 152,
- 166, 177, 188, 216, 218
- Various changes discussed in conference call, including bug 10, 42, 44, 80, 97, 152.
- Bugs 55, 85, 86
-
-
-
- Incorporated GULP (Lock model) into document, making a fair number of changes to rationalize the
- new order of explaining things, keeping text that explains a lock model concept in more
- detail but removing text that is redundant or inconsistent.
- Various bugs including 46, 48, 53, 97, 152, 179, 184, 188, 200, 210, 211, and 225.
- Moved URL Handling from Multi-Status section to general request and response handling
- section as it now applies to Destination and If as well as 'href' in Multi-Status. Moved
- GR&RH section up one level to be the new Section 8.
- Bug 53, 184, 210, 213, 217, 221
- Further rewriting of URL Handling section. Changes resulting from discussion of
- empty locked resources and how servers should handle Content-Type in that situation.
- Bug 48, 179.
- Bug 227, 228
-
-
-
- Moved the timeout model text and clarified it (bug 229).
- Fixed the definition of collection state (bug 227).
- Made the depth header required on PROPFIND requests (bug 213).
- Fixed inconsistencies in Destination header definition (bug 211).
- Improved appendix on HTTP client compatibility (bug 100).
- Fixed external references with unwieldy pointers (bug 72).
-
-
-
- Changes section rewritten, if section rewritten
- Collection definition and membership requirements changed (bug 227)
- Bug 100 and 229 iterations, smallish editorial changes
-
-
-
- Moved lock-null resource explanation to an appendix.
- Reverted to RFC2518 behavior of refreshing lock with "If" header.
- Removed section on locks and multiple bindings.
- Removed requirement for clients to upate a property only once in a PROPPATCH.
- Updated displayname property description.
- Copy-edit level changes e.g. "read-only" to "protected", and
- defining what it means to protect a resource with a lock.
-
-
-
- Fixed factual errors in Security Considerations authentication section.
- Fixed example of refreshing a lock -- didn't use "If" header as required in the text.
- Fixed example of using so-called 'all-prop' with the 'include' directivenotifi, so that it
- would actually be a useful example, by including live properties that wouldn't already
- be covered by 'all-prop'.
- Clarified requirement in section 7.7 paragraph 2 -- a clear requirement for the server to meet, rather than
- passive voice "this request MUST only be used".
- Made explicit requirement for successful response format for PROPPATCH (bug 238)
- Some fixes for bugs 213, 241, 246, 248, 249, 250 -- all editorial changes.
- Tighten requirements in Security Considerations section for authentication over secure channels.
-
-
-
- Change reference for PROPFIND MultiStatus response format from section 15 to section 9.2.1
- Add another "except" clause to statement requiring pre/postcondition codes to appear in 'error'
- Remove requirement to use TLS -- back to requiring channel to be secure.
-
-
-
- Text clarifications and typo fixes in response to IETF Last Call comments
- Removed suggestive/confusing text about lock notifications
- Add section with guidance for clients dealing with both lock-null
- resources and locked empty resources.
- Allow servers to omit owner information in lockdiscovery property.
- Clarify what 'allprop' means, mostly fixing misleading text in change
- summary
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ HTTP Extensions for Distributed Authoring - WebDAV
+
+
+
+ CommerceNet
+
+
+ 2064 Edgewood Dr.
+ Palo AltoCA
+ 94303
+ US
+
+ ldusseault@commerce.net
+
+
+
+
+Applications
+WebDAV
+webdav
+http
+authoring
+web
+
+
+ WebDAV consists of a set of methods, headers, and content-types
+ ancillary to HTTP/1.1 for the management of resource properties,
+ creation and management of resource collections, URL namespace
+ manipulation, and resource locking (collision avoidance).
+
+
+ RFC2518 was published in February 1999, and this specification makes minor
+ revisions mostly due to interoperability experience.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This is an experimental edit of the WebDAV working group's draft (as of
+ 2007-02-15), see for
+ details. All changes have been made by Julian Reschke; if a problem was
+ introduced by these changes, please blame Julian Reschke ()
+ and not the authors of the working group draft. A
+ diff to the latest WG draft can be found at .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ XML extensibility description.
+
+
+
+
+
+ LOCK_RENEWAL_SHOULD_NOT_USE_IF_HEADER.
+
+
+
+
+
+ SHOULD_A_SERVER_DETERMINE_MIMETYPE_OF_CONTENT.
+
+
+
+
+
+ EVALUATE_ALL_OF_IF_HEADER.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Date header required?
+
+
+
+
+
+ "PROPFIND status codes" section.
+
+
+
+
+
+ DAV:error element.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Move description of lock-null resources into appendix.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Spec inconsistent on PROPFIND/Depth:infinity.
+
+
+
+
+
+ GULP integration.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Do status codes belong into pre/postcondition definitions?
+
+
+
+
+
+ Collection state definition in conflict between BIND and RFC2518bis.
+
+
+
+
+
+ GULP / Lock timeout discussion.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Inconsistent requirements for dead properties.
+
+
+
+
+
+ New attack scenario based on XmlHttpRequest object.
+
+
+
+
+
+ PROPPATCH response format.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Non-implementable requirements on DAV:getcontentlength.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Update REC-XML and REC-XML-NAMES references.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Inconsistency between PUT and DAV:getcontenttype.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Questionable requirement on client behaviour after lock-null.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Useless statement about 414 status.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Incorrect description of "owner" element.
+
+
+
+
+
+ DAV:getlastmodified description containing confusing statement.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Statements about "local" COPY/MOVE operations.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Incorrect statement about LWS handling.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Misleading statement about MKCOL status code 415.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Incorrect and confusing language in 9.10.1.
+
+
+ See also Erratum 1207.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Inconsistent LNR requirements.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Misleading statement about shared locks.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Remove redundancy between 10.1 and 18.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Updates 3253 (DAV:error)
+
+
+
+
+
+ locking notifications underspecified
+
+
+
+
+
+ Security considerations wrt to lock discovery.
+
+
+
+
+
+ IANA:add RFC refs for registration procedures and register status codes.
+
+
+
+
+
+ PROPFIND depth > 0 must be allowed to skip members.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Umbrella issue for editorial fixes.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Umbrella issue for WGLC issues.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This document describes an extension to the HTTP/1.1 protocol that
+ allows clients to perform remote web content authoring operations.
+ This extension provides a coherent set of methods, headers, request
+ entity body formats, and response entity body formats that provide
+ operations for:
+
+
+ Properties: The ability to create, remove, and query information
+ about Web pages, such as their authors, creation dates, etc.
+
+
+ Collections: The ability to create sets of documents and to retrieve
+ a hierarchical membership listing (like a directory listing in a
+ file system).
+
+
+ Locking: The ability to keep more than one person from working on a
+ document at the same time. This prevents the "lost update problem",
+ in which modifications are lost as first one author then another
+ writes changes without merging the other author's changes.
+
+
+ Namespace Operations: The ability to instruct the server to copy and
+ move Web resources, operations which change the mapping from URLs to
+ resources.
+
+
+ Requirements and rationale for these operations are described in a
+ companion document, "Requirements for a Distributed Authoring and
+ Versioning Protocol for the World Wide Web" .
+
+
+ This document does not specify the versioning operations suggested
+ by . That work was done in a separate document,
+ "Versioning Extensions to WebDAV" .
+
+
+ The sections below provide a detailed introduction to various WebDAV abstractions:
+ resource properties,
+ collections of resources,
+ locks in general and
+ write locks specifically.
+
+
+
+ These abstractions are manipulated by the
+
+ WebDAV-specific HTTP methods
+ and the extra HTTP headers used with WebDAV methods.
+ General considerations for handling HTTP requests and responses in WebDAV are
+ found in .
+
+ WebDAV-specific HTTP methods and the newextra HTTP headers, defined in
+ (generic method handling),
+ (method definitions) and
+ (header definitions).
+
+
+
+ While the status codes provided by HTTP/1.1 are sufficient to
+ describe most error conditions encountered by WebDAV methods, there
+ are some errors that do not fall neatly into the existing
+ categories. This specification defines extra status
+ codes developed for WebDAV methods and describes
+ existing HTTP status codes as used in
+ WebDAV. Since some WebDAV methods may operate over many resources, the
+ Multi-Status response has been
+ introduced to return status information for multiple resources. Finally, this
+ version of WebDAV introduces precondition and postcondition
+ XML elements in error response bodies.
+
+
+ WebDAV uses XML () for property names and some values, and also uses
+ XML to marshal complicated requests and responses. This specification contains
+ DTD and text definitions of all all properties
+ and all other XML elements used in marshalling.
+ WebDAV includes a few special rules on extendingextending
+ WebDAV XML marshalling in backwards-compatible ways ().
+
+
+ Finishing off the specification are sections on what it means for a resource to be
+ compliant with this specification, on
+ internationalization support, and on
+ security.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Since this document describes a set of extensions to the HTTP/1.1
+ protocol, the augmented BNF used herein to describe protocol
+ elements is exactly the same as described in Section 2.1 of
+ , including the rules about
+ implied linear white-space.
+ Since this augmented BNF uses the basic production rules provided in
+ Section 2.2 of , these rules apply to this document as
+ well.
+
+
+ The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
+ "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in
+ this document are to be interpreted as described in .
+
+
+ Note that in natural language, a property like the
+ "creationdate" property in the "DAV:" XML namespace is sometimes
+ referred to as "DAV:creationdate" for brevity.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ URI/URL - A Uniform Resource Identifier and Uniform Resource
+ Locator, respectively. These terms (and the distinction between
+ them) are defined in .
+
+ URI/URL Mapping - A relation between an absolute URI and a resource. Since
+ a resource can represent items that are not network retrievable, as well
+ as those that are, it is possible for a resource to have zero, one, or many
+ URI mappings. Mapping a resource to an "http" scheme URI makes it possible
+ to submit HTTP protocol requests to the resource using the URI.
+
+
+ Path Segment - Informally, the characters found between slashes ("/") in a URI.
+ Formally, as defined in Section 3.3 of .
+
+
+ Collection - Informally, a resource that also acts as a container of
+ references to child resources. Formally, a resource that contains a
+ set of mappings between path segments and resources and meets the
+ requirements defined in .
+
+
+ Internal Member (of a Collection) - Informally, a child resource of a
+ collection. Formally, a resource referenced by a path segment mapping
+ contained in the collection.
+
+
+ Internal Member URL (of a Collection) - A URL of an internal member,
+ consisting of the URL of the collection (including trailing slash)
+ plus the path segment identifying the internal member.
+
+
+ Member (of a Collection) - Informally, a "descendant" of a
+ collection. Formally, an internal member of the collection, or,
+ recursively, a member of an internal member.
+
+
+ Member URL (of a Collection) - A URL that is either an internal
+ member URL of the collection itself, or is an internal member URL of
+ a member of that collection.
+
+
+
+ Property - A name/value pair that contains descriptive information
+ about a resource.
+
+
+ Live Property - A property whose semantics and syntax are enforced
+ by the server. For example, the live property DAV:getcontentlength
+ has its value, the length of the entity returned by a GET request,
+ automatically calculated by the server.
+
+
+ Dead Property - A property whose semantics and syntax are not
+ enforced by the server. The server only records the value of a dead
+ property; the client is responsible for maintaining the consistency
+ of the syntax and semantics of a dead property.
+
+
+ Principal -
+ A "principal" is a distinct human or computational actor that
+ initiates access to network resources.
+
+
+ State Token -
+ A URI which represents a state of a resource. Lock tokens are the
+ only state tokens defined in this specification.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Properties are pieces of data that describe the state of a resource.
+ Properties are data about data.
+
+
+ Properties are used in distributed authoring environments to provide
+ for efficient discovery and management of resources. For example, a
+ 'subject' property might allow for the indexing of all resources by
+ their subject, and an 'author' property might allow for the
+ discovery of what authors have written which documents.
+
+
+ The DAV property model consists of name/value pairs. The name of a
+ property identifies the property's syntax and semantics, and
+ provides an address by which to refer to its syntax and semantics.
+
+
+ There are two categories of properties: "live" and "dead". A live
+ property has its syntax and semantics enforced by the server. Live
+ properties include cases where a) the value of a property is protected,
+ maintained by the server, and b) the value of the property is
+ maintained by the client, but the server performs syntax checking on
+ submitted values. All instances of a given live property MUST comply
+ with the definition associated with that property name. A dead
+ property has its syntax and semantics enforced by the client; the
+ server merely records the value of the property verbatim.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Properties already exist, in a limited sense, in HTTP message
+ headers. However, in distributed authoring environments a
+ relatively large number of properties are needed to describe the
+ state of a resource, and setting/returning them all through HTTP
+ headers is inefficient. Thus a mechanism is needed which allows a
+ principal to identify a set of properties in which the principal is
+ interested and to set or retrieve just those properties.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The value of a property is always a (well-formed) XML fragment.
+
+
+ XML has been chosen because it is a flexible, self-describing,
+ structured data format that supports rich schema definitions, and
+ because of its support for multiple character sets. XML's self-describing
+ nature allows any property's value to be extended by
+ adding elements. Clients will not break when they
+ encounter extensions because they will still have the data specified
+ in the original schema and MUST ignore elements they do not
+ understand.
+
+
+ XML's support for multiple character sets allows any
+ human-readable property to be encoded and read in a character set
+ familiar to the user. XML's support for multiple human languages,
+ using the "xml:lang" attribute, handles cases where the same
+ character set is employed by multiple human languages. Note that
+ xml:lang scope is recursive, so an xml:lang attribute on any element
+ containing a property name element applies to the property value
+ unless it has been overridden by a more locally scoped attribute.
+ Note that a property only has
+ one value, in one language (or language MAY be left undefined), not; it does not have
+ multiple values in different languages or a single value in multiple languages.
+
+
+ A property is always represented with an XML element
+ consisting of the property name, called the "property name element".
+ The simplest example is an empty
+ property, which is different from a property that does not exist:
+
+
+
+
+ The value of the property appears inside the property name element.
+ The value may be any kind of well-formed XML content, including both
+ text-only and mixed content. Servers MUST preserve the following XML Information
+ Items (using the terminology from )
+ in storage and transmission of dead properties:
+
+ For the property name Element Information Item itself:
+
+ [namespace name]
+ [local name]
+ [attributes] named "xml:lang" or any such attribute in scope
+ [children] of type element or character
+
+
+ On all Element Information Items in the property value:
+
+ [namespace name]
+ [local name]
+ [attributes]
+ [children] of type element or character
+
+
+ On Attribute Information Items in the property value:
+
+ [namespace name]
+ [local name]
+ [normalized value]
+
+
+ On Character Information Items in the property value:
+
+ [character code]
+
+
+ Since prefixes are used in some XML vocabularies (XPath and
+ XML Schema, for example), servers
+ SHOULD preserve, for any Information Item in the value:
+
+ [prefix]
+
+
+
+ XML Infoset attributes not listed above MAY be preserved by the
+ server, but clients MUST NOT rely on them being preserved. The above
+ rules would also apply by default to live properties, unless defined
+ otherwise.
+
+
+
+ Servers MUST ignore the XML attribute xml:space if present
+ and never use it to change white space
+ handling. White space in property values is significant.
+
+
+
+ Consider a dead property 'author' created by the client as follows:
+
+
+ When this property is requested, a server might return:
+
+
+ Note in this example:
+
+ The [prefix] for the property name itself was not preserved, being
+ non-significant, all other [prefix] values have been preserved,
+ attribute values have been rewritten with double quotes instead of
+ single quotes (quoting style is not significant), and attribute
+ order has not been preserved,
+ the xml:lang attribute has been returned on the property name element
+ itself (it was in scope when the property was set, but the exact
+ position in the response is not considered significant as long as it
+ is in scope),
+ whitespace between tags has been preserved everywhere (whitespace
+ between attributes not so),
+ CDATA encapsulation was replaced with character escaping (the reverse
+ would also be legal),
+ the comment item was stripped (as would have been a processing
+ instruction item).
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation note: there are cases such as editing scenarios where clients may
+ require that XML content is preserved character-by-character (such
+ as attribute ordering or quoting style). In this case, clients
+ should consider using a text-only property value by escaping all
+ characters that have a special meaning in XML parsing.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A property name is a universally unique identifier that is
+ associated with a schema that provides information about the syntax
+ and semantics of the property.
+
+
+ Because a property's name is universally unique, clients can depend
+ upon consistent behavior for a particular property across multiple
+ resources, on the same and across different servers, so long as that
+ property is "live" on the resources in question, and the
+ implementation of the live property is faithful to its definition.
+
+
+ The XML namespace mechanism, which is based on URIs (), is
+ used to name properties because it prevents namespace collisions and
+ provides for varying degrees of administrative control.
+
+
+ The property namespace is flat; that is, no hierarchy of properties
+ is explicitly recognized. Thus, if a property A and a property A/B
+ exist on a resource, there is no recognition of any relationship
+ between the two properties. It is expected that a separate
+ specification will eventually be produced which will address issues
+ relating to hierarchical properties.
+
+
+ Finally, it is not possible to define the same property twice on a
+ single resource, as this would cause a collision in the resource's
+ property namespace.
+
+
+
+
+ Some HTTP resources are dynamically generated by the server. For these resources,
+ there presumably exists source code somewhere governing how that resource
+ is generated. The relationship of source files to output HTTP resources
+ may be one to one, one to many, many to one or many to many. There is
+ no mechanism in HTTP to determine whether a resource is even dynamic, let
+ alone where its source files exist or how to author them.
+ Although this problem would usefully be solved, interoperable WebDAV
+ implementations have been widely deployed without actually solving
+ this problem, by dealing only with static resources. Thus, the
+ source vs. output problem is not solved in
+ this specification and has been deferred to a separate document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This section provides a description of a type of Web resource,
+ the collection, and discusses its interactions with the HTTP URL
+ namespace and with HTTP methods. The purpose of a collection resource is to model
+ collection-like objects (e.g., file system directories) within a
+ server's namespace.
+
+
+ All DAV compliant resources MUST support the HTTP URL namespace
+ model specified herein.
+
+
+
+
+ The HTTP URL namespace is a hierarchical namespace where the
+ hierarchy is delimited with the "/" character.
+
+
+ An HTTP URL namespace is said to be consistent if it meets the
+ following conditions: for every URL in the HTTP hierarchy there
+ exists a collection that contains that URL as an internal member URL.
+ The root, or top-level collection of the namespace under
+ consideration, is exempt from the previous rule. The top-level
+ collection of the namespace under consideration is not necessarily
+ the collection identified by the absolute path '/', it may be
+ identified by one or more path segments (e.g. /servlets/webdav/...)
+
+
+ Neither HTTP/1.1 nor WebDAV require that the entire HTTP URL
+ namespace be consistent -- a WebDAV-compatible resource may
+ not have a parent collection. However, certain WebDAV methods are
+ prohibited from producing results that cause namespace
+ inconsistencies.
+
+
+ As is implicit in and , any resource,
+ including collection resources, MAY be identified by more than one
+ URI. For example, a resource could be identified by multiple HTTP
+ URLs.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Collection resources differ from other resources in that they also
+ act as containers. Some HTTP methods apply only to a collection, but
+ some apply to some or all of the resources inside the container
+ defined by the collection. When the scope of a method is not clear,
+ the client can specify what depth to apply. Depth can be either zero
+ levels in (only the collection), one level (the collection and
+ directly contained resources) or infinite levels (the collection and
+ all contained resources recursively).
+
+
+ A collection's state consists of at least a set of mappings between
+ path segments and resources, and a set of properties on the
+ collection itself. In this document, a resource B will be said to be
+ contained in the collection resource A if there is a path segment
+ mapping which maps to B and which is contained in A. A collection
+ MUST contain at most one mapping for a given path segment, i.e., it
+ is illegal to have the same path segment mapped to more than one
+ resource.
+
+
+ Properties defined on collections behave exactly
+ as do properties on non-collection resources. A collection MAY
+ have additional state such as entity bodies returned by GET.
+
+
+ For all WebDAV compliant resources A and B, identified by URLs "U"
+ and "V" respectively, such that "V" is equal to "U/SEGMENT", A MUST
+ be a collection that contains a mapping from "SEGMENT" to B. So, if
+ resource B with URL "http://example.com/bar/blah" is WebDAV compliant
+ and if resource A with URL "http://example.com/bar/" is WebDAV
+ compliant, then resource A must be a collection and must contain exactly
+ one mapping from "blah" to B.
+
+
+ Although commonly a mapping consists of a single segment and a
+ resource, in general, a mapping consists of a set of segments and a
+ resource. This allows a server to treat a set of segments as
+ equivalent (i.e. either all of the segments are mapped to the same
+ resource, or none of the segments are mapped to a resource). For
+ example, a server that performs case-folding on segments will treat
+ the segments "ab", "Ab", "aB", and "AB" as equivalent. A client can
+ then use any of these segments to identify the resource. Note that a
+ PROPFIND result will select one of these equivalent segments to
+ identify the mapping, so there will be one PROPFIND response element
+ per mapping, not one per segment in the mapping.
+
+ Servers SHOULD consistently use the same segment in PROPFIND responses.
+
+
+
+ Collection resources MAY have mappings to non-WebDAV compliant
+ resources in the HTTP URL namespace hierarchy but are not required to
+ do so. For example, if resource X with URL "http://example.com/bar/blah"
+ is not WebDAV compliant and resource A with "URL http://example.com/bar/"
+ identifies a WebDAV collection, then A may or may not have a mapping from "blah" to X.
+
+
+ If a WebDAV compliant resource has no WebDAV compliant internal members in
+ the HTTP URL namespace hierarchy then the WebDAV compliant resource
+ is not required to be a collection.
+
+
+ There is a standing convention that when a collection is referred to
+ by its name without a trailing slash, the server MAY handle the
+ request as if the trailing slash were present. In this case it
+ SHOULD return a Content-Location header in the response, pointing to
+ the URL ending with the "/". For example, if a client invokes a
+ method on http://example.com/blah (no trailing slash), the server
+ may respond as if the operation were invoked on
+ http://example.com/blah/ (trailing slash), and should return a
+ Content-Location header with the value http://example.com/blah/.
+ Wherever a server produces a URL referring to a collection, the
+ server SHOULD include the trailing slash. In general clients SHOULD
+ use the trailing slash form of collection names. If clients do not use
+ the trailing slash form the client needs to be prepared to see a redirect response.
+ Clients will find the DAV:resourcetype property more reliable than the URL
+ to find out if a resource is a collection.
+
+
+ Clients MUST be able to support the case where WebDAV resources are
+ contained inside non-WebDAV resources. For example, if a OPTIONS
+ response from "http://example.com/servlet/dav/collection" indicates
+ WebDAV support, the client cannot assume that
+ "http://example.com/servlet/dav/" or its parent necessarily are
+ WebDAV collections.
+
+
+
+
+ A typical scenario in which mapped URLs do not appear as members of
+ their parent collection is the case where a server allows links or redirects
+ to non-WebDAV resources. For instance, "/col/link" might not appear as a member of
+ "/col/", although the server would respond with a 302 status to a GET
+ request to "/col/link", thus the URL "/col/link" would indeed be
+ mapped. Similarly, a dynamically-generated page might have a URL
+ mapping from "/col/index.html", thus this resource might respond with
+ a 200 OK to a GET request yet not appear as a member of "/col/".
+
+
+
+
+ A typical scenario in which mapped URLs do not appear as members of
+ their parent collection is the case where a server allows links or redirects
+ to non-WebDAV resources. For instance, "/col/link" might not appear as a member of
+ "/col/", although the server would respond with a 302 status to a GET
+ request to "/col/link", thus the URL "/col/link" would indeed be
+ mapped. Similarly, a dynamically-generated page might have a URL
+ mapping from "/col/index.html", thus this resource might respond with
+ a 200 OK to a GET request yet not appear as a member of "/col/".
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Some mappings to even WebDAV-compliant resources might not appear in the
+ parent collection.
+ An example for this case are servers that support multiple alias URLs
+ for each WebDAV compliant resource. A server may
+ implement case-insensitive URLs, thus "/col/a" and "/col/A" identify
+ the same resource, yet only either "a" or "A" are reported upon
+ listing the members of "/col". In cases where a server treats a set of segments
+ as equivalent, the server MUST expose only one preferred segment per mapping,
+ consistently chosen, in PROPFIND responses.
+
+
+
+
+ Some mappings to even WebDAV-compliant resources might not appear in the
+ parent collection.
+ An example for this case are servers that support multiple alias URLs
+ for each WebDAV compliant resource. A server may
+ implement case-insensitive URLs, thus "/col/a" and "/col/A" identify
+ the same resource, yet only either "a" or "A" are reported upon
+ listing the members of "/col". In cases where a server treats a set of segments
+ as equivalent, the server MUST expose only one preferred segment per mapping,
+ consistently chosen, in PROPFIND responses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The ability to lock a resource provides a mechanism for serializing
+ access to that resource. Using a lock, an authoring client can
+ provide a reasonable guarantee that another principal will not
+ modify a resource while it is being edited. In this way, a client
+ can prevent the "lost update" problem.
+
+
+ This specification allows locks to vary over two client-specified
+ parameters, the number of principals involved (exclusive vs. shared)
+ and the type of access to be granted. This document defines locking
+ for only one access type, write. However, the syntax is extensible,
+ and permits the eventual specification of locking for other access
+ types.
+
+
+
+
+ This section provides a concise model for how locking behaves.
+ Later sections will provide more detail on some of the concepts and
+ refer back to these model statements. Normative statements related to
+ LOCK and UNLOCK method handling can be found in the sections on those methods,
+ whereas normative statements that cover any method are gathered here.
+
+
+
+
+ A lock either directly or indirectly locks a resource.
+
+ A resource becomes directly locked when a LOCK request to
+ a URL of that resource creates a new lock.
+ The "lock-root" of the new lock is that URL. If at the time of
+ the request, the URL is not mapped to a resource, a new
+ empty resource is created and directly locked.
+
+ An exclusive lock conflicts
+ with any other kind of lock on the same resource,
+ whether either lock is direct or indirect. A server MUST NOT create
+ conflicting locks on a resource.
+
+ For a collection that is locked with a depth-infinity lock L, all member
+ resources are indirectly locked. Changes in membership of a such a collection
+ affect the set of indirectly locked resources:
+
+ If a member resource is added to the collection,
+ the new member resource MUST NOT already have a conflicting lock,
+ because the new resource MUST become indirectly locked by L.
+
+ So what happens if it has a conflicting lock?
+
+
+ Language?
+
+
+ If a member resource stops being a member of the collection,
+ then the resource MUST no longer be indirectly locked by L.
+
+
+
+ Each lock is identified by a single globally unique lock token.
+
+ An UNLOCK request deletes the lock with the specified lock token.
+ After a lock is deleted, no resource is locked by that lock.
+
+
+ A lock token is "submitted" in a request when it appears in an "If"
+ header (the Write Lock section discusses when
+ token submission is required for write locks).
+
+ If a request causes the lock-root of any lock to become an
+ unmapped URL, then the lock MUST also be deleted by that request.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The most basic form of lock is an exclusive lock. Exclusive locks avoid having to
+ deal with content change conflicts, without requiring any coordination other than
+ the methods described in this specification.
+
+
+ However, there are times when the goal of a lock is not to exclude
+ others from exercising an access right but rather to provide a
+ mechanism for principals to indicate that they intend to exercise
+ their access rights. Shared locks are provided for this case. A
+ shared lock allows multiple principals to receive a distinct lock. Hence any
+ principal that has both access privileges and a valid lock can use the locked resource.
+
+
+ With shared locks there are two trust sets that affect a resource.
+ The first trust set is created by access permissions. Principals
+ who are trusted, for example, may have permission to write to the
+ resource. Among those who have access permission to write to the
+ resource, the set of principals who have taken out a shared lock
+ also must trust each other, creating a (typically) smaller trust set
+ within the access permission write set.
+
+
+ Starting with every possible principal on the Internet, in most
+ situations the vast majority of these principals will not have write
+ access to a given resource. Of the small number who do have write
+ access, some principals may decide to guarantee their edits are free
+ from overwrite conflicts by using exclusive write locks. Others may
+ decide they trust their collaborators will not overwrite their work
+ (the potential set of collaborators being the set of principals who
+ have write permission) and use a shared lock, which informs their
+ collaborators that a principal may be working on the resource.
+
+
+ The WebDAV extensions to HTTP do not need to provide all of the
+ communications paths necessary for principals to coordinate their
+ activities. When using shared locks, principals may use any out of
+ band communication channel to coordinate their work (e.g., face-to-face
+ interaction, written notes, post-it notes on the screen,
+ telephone conversation, email, etc.) The intent of a shared lock is
+ to let collaborators know who else may be working on a resource.
+
+
+ Shared locks are included because experience from web distributed
+ authoring systems has indicated that exclusive locks are often too
+ rigid. An exclusive lock is used to enforce a particular editing
+ process: take out an exclusive lock, read the resource, perform
+ edits, write the resource, release the lock. This editing process
+ has the problem that locks are not always properly released, for
+ example when a program crashes, or when a lock creator leaves without
+ unlocking a resource. While both timeouts
+ and administrative action
+ can be used to remove an offending lock, neither mechanism may be
+ available when needed; the timeout may be long or the administrator
+ may not be available.
+
+
+ A successful request for a new shared lock MUST
+ result in the generation of a unique lock associated with the
+ requesting principal. Thus if five principals have taken out shared write
+ locks on the same resource there will be five locks and five lock tokens, one for
+ each principal.
+
+
+
+
+
+ A WebDAV compliant resource is not required to support locking in
+ any form. If the resource does support locking it may choose to
+ support any combination of exclusive and shared locks for any access
+ types.
+
+
+ The reason for this flexibility is that locking policy strikes to
+ the very heart of the resource management and versioning systems
+ employed by various storage repositories. These repositories
+ require control over what sort of locking will be made available.
+ For example, some repositories only support shared write locks while
+ others only provide support for exclusive write locks while yet
+ others use no locking at all. As each system is sufficiently
+ different to merit exclusion of certain locking features, this
+ specification leaves locking as the sole axis of negotiation within
+ WebDAV.
+
+
+
+
+ The creator of a lock has special privileges to use the lock to modify the resource.
+ When a locked resource is modified, a server MUST check that the
+ authenticated principal matches the lock creator (in addition to checking
+ for valid lock token submission).
+ The server MAY allow privileged users other than the lock creator to destroy a lock
+ (for example, the resource owner or an administrator). The 'unlock' privilege
+ in was defined to provide that permission.
+ There is no requirement for servers to accept LOCK requests from all users
+ or from anonymous users.
+
+ Note that having a lock does not confer full privilege to modify the locked resource.
+ Write access and other privileges MUST be enforced through normal
+ privilege or authentication mechanisms, not based on the possible
+ obscurity of lock token values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A lock token is a type of state token which
+ identifies a particular lock. Each lock has exactly one unique lock
+ token generated by the server.
+ Clients MUST NOT attempt to interpret lock tokens in any way.
+
+ Lock token URIs MUST be unique across all resources for all time.
+ This uniqueness constraint allows lock tokens to be submitted across
+ resources and servers without fear of confusion. Since lock tokens are unique, a client
+ MAY submit a lock token in an If header on a resource other
+ than the one that returned it.
+
+
+ When a LOCK operation creates a new lock, the new lock token is
+ returned in the Lock-Token response header defined in
+ ,
+ and also in the body of the response.
+
+
+
+ Servers MAY make lock tokens publicly readable (e.g. in the DAV:lockdiscovery
+ property). One use case for making lock tokens readable is so that a long-lived
+ lock can be removed by the resource owner (the client that obtained the lock might have
+ crashed or disconnected before cleaning up the lock). Except for the case of using UNLOCK
+ under user guidance, a client SHOULD NOT use a lock token created by another
+ client instance.
+
+
+ This specification encourages servers to create UUIDs for lock tokens,
+ and to use the URI form defined by "A Universally Unique
+ Identifier (UUID) URN Namespace" (). However
+ servers are free to use any URI (e.g. from another scheme) so long as it meets the
+ uniqueness requirements. For example, a valid lock token might be constructed
+ using the "opaquelocktoken" scheme defined in .
+
+ Example: "urn:uuid:f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6"
+
+
+
+
+ A lock MAY have a limited lifetime. The lifetime is suggested by the
+ client when creating or refreshing the lock, but the server
+ ultimately chooses the timeout value. Timeout is measured in seconds
+ remaining until lock expiration.
+
+
+ The timeout counter MUST be restarted if a refresh lock request is
+ successful (see ). The timeout counter
+ SHOULD NOT be restarted at any other time.
+
+
+ If the timeout expires then the lock SHOULD be removed. In this case the server
+ SHOULD act as if an UNLOCK method was executed by the server on the
+ resource using the lock token of the timed-out lock, performed with
+ its override authority.
+ For instance, if the server implements some sort of logging and
+ notification system for locking-related events, a lock timeout should
+ be treated similar to an UNLOCK request.
+
+
+
+ Servers are advised to pay close attention to the values submitted by
+ clients, as they will be indicative of the type of activity the
+ client intends to perform. For example, an applet running in a
+ browser may need to lock a resource, but because of the instability
+ of the environment within which the applet is running, the applet may
+ be turned off without warning. As a result, the applet is likely to
+ ask for a relatively small timeout value so that if the applet dies,
+ the lock can be quickly harvested. However, a document management
+ system is likely to ask for an extremely long timeout because its
+ user may be planning on going off-line.
+
+
+ A client MUST NOT assume that just because the time-out has expired
+ the lock has immediately been removed.
+
+
+ Likewise, a client MUST NOT assume that just
+ because the time-out has not expired, the lock still exists.
+ Clients MUST assume that locks can arbitrarily disappear at any
+ time, regardless of the value given in the Timeout header. The
+ Timeout header only indicates the behavior of the server if
+ extraordinary circumstances do not occur. For example, a
+ sufficiently privileged user may remove a lock at any time or the
+ system may crash in such a way that it loses the record of the
+ lock's existence.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Since server lock support is optional, a client trying to lock a
+ resource on a server can either try the lock and hope for the best,
+ or perform some form of discovery to determine what lock
+ capabilities the server supports. This is known as lock capability
+ discovery. A client can determine what lock types the server
+ supports by retrieving the DAV:supportedlock property.
+
+
+ Any DAV compliant resource that supports the LOCK method MUST
+ support the DAV:supportedlock property.
+
+
+
+
+
+ If another principal locks a resource that a principal wishes to
+ access, it is useful for the second principal to be able to find out
+ who the first principal is. For this purpose the DAV:lockdiscovery
+ property is provided. This property lists all outstanding locks,
+ describes their type, and MAY even provide the lock tokens.
+
+
+ Any DAV compliant resource that supports the LOCK method MUST
+ support the DAV:lockdiscovery property.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A resource may be made available through more than one URI. A lock MUST
+ cover the resource as well as the URI to which the LOCK request was addressed.
+ The lock MAY cover other URIs mapped to the same resource as well.
+
+ Section was removed in draft 15. Why?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This section describes the semantics specific to the write lock
+ type. The write lock is a specific instance of a lock type, and is
+ the only lock type described in this specification.
+
+
+ An exclusive write lock protects a resource: it prevents changes by
+ any principal other than the lock creator and in any case where the
+ lock token is not submitted (e.g. by a client process other than the one
+ holding the lock).
+
+ All of this is repeated in the next paragraph. Optimally remove
+ this one.
+
+
+
+ Clients MUST submit a lock-token they are authorized to use
+ in any request which modifies a write-locked resource. The list of
+ modifications covered by a write-lock include:
+
+
+
+ A change to any of the following aspects of any write-locked resource:
+
+ any variant,
+ any dead property,
+ any live property which is lockable (a live property is lockable
+ unless otherwise defined.)
+
+
+So there are live properties which are lockable and may change their values while they are locked, and there are live properties which respect locks and must not change their values while they are locked? Is this really intended or is this section historical and should be dropped?
+--Manfred Baedke
+
+ For collections, any modification of an internal member URI.
+ An internal member URI of a collection is considered to be modified
+ if it is added, removed, or identifies a different resource. More
+ discussion on write locks and collections is found in .
+
+
+ A modification of the mapping of the root
+ of the write lock, either to another resource or to no resource (e.g. DELETE).
+
+
+
+
+ Of the methods defined in HTTP and WebDAV, PUT, POST, PROPPATCH, LOCK, UNLOCK,
+ MOVE, COPY (for the destination resource), DELETE, and MKCOL are affected by
+ write locks. All other HTTP/WebDAV methods defined so far,
+ GET in particular, function independently of a write lock.
+
+
+
+ The next few sections describe in more specific terms how write
+ locks interact with various operations.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ While those without a write lock may not alter a property on a
+ resource it is still possible for the values of live properties to
+ change, even while locked, due to the requirements of their schemas.
+ Only dead properties and live properties defined as lockable
+ are guaranteed not to change while write locked.
+The whole paragraph doesn't seem to make sense anymore,
+because it seems to say the same thing as the previous section, but uses different terminology.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Although the write locks provide some help in
+ preventing lost updates, they cannot guarantee that updates will
+ never be lost. Consider the following scenario:
+
+
+ Two clients A and B are interested in editing the resource
+ 'index.html'. Client A is an HTTP client rather than a WebDAV
+ client, and so does not know how to perform locking.
+
+
+ Client A doesn't lock the document, but does a GET and begins
+ editing.
+
+
+ Client B does LOCK, performs a GET and begins editing.
+
+
+ Client B finishes editing, performs a PUT, then an UNLOCK.
+
+
+ Client A performs a PUT, overwriting and losing all of B's changes.
+
+
+ There are several reasons why the WebDAV protocol itself cannot
+ prevent this situation. First, it cannot force all clients to use
+ locking because it must be compatible with HTTP clients that do not
+ comprehend locking. Second, it cannot require servers to support
+ locking because of the variety of repository implementations, some
+ of which rely on reservations and merging rather than on locking.
+ Finally, being stateless, it cannot enforce a sequence of operations
+ like LOCK / GET / PUT / UNLOCK.
+
+
+ WebDAV servers that support locking can reduce the likelihood that
+ clients will accidentally overwrite each other's changes by
+ requiring clients to lock resources before modifying them. Such
+ servers would effectively prevent HTTP 1.0 and HTTP 1.1 clients from
+ modifying resources.
+
+
+ WebDAV clients can be good citizens by using a lock / retrieve /
+ write /unlock sequence of operations (at least by default) whenever
+ they interact with a WebDAV server that supports locking.
+
+
+ HTTP 1.1 clients can be good citizens, avoiding overwriting other
+ clients' changes, by using entity tags in If-Match headers with any
+ requests that would modify resources.
+
+
+ Information managers may attempt to prevent overwrites by
+ implementing client-side procedures requiring locking before
+ modifying WebDAV resources.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ WebDAV provides the ability to send a LOCK request to an unmapped URL in order to reserve the name for
+ use. This is a simple way to avoid the lost-update problem on the
+ creation of a new resource (another way is to use If-None-Match
+ header specified in Section 14.26 of ). It has the side benefit of locking
+ the new resource immediately for use of the creator.
+
+
+ Note that the lost-update problem is not an issue for collections because
+ MKCOL can only be used to create a collection, not to overwrite an
+ existing collection. When trying to lock a collection upon
+ creation, clients can attempt to increase the likelihood of getting the lock by
+ pipelining the MKCOL and LOCK requests together (but because this
+ doesn't convert two separate operations into one atomic operation
+ there's no guarantee this will work).
+
+
+ A successful lock request to an unmapped URL MUST result in the creation of a
+ locked (non-collection) resource with empty content. Subsequently, a successful PUT request
+ (with the correct lock token) provides the content for the resource. Note that
+ the LOCK request has no mechanism for the client to provide Content-Type or
+ Content-Language, thus the server will use defaults or empty values and rely
+ on the subsequent PUT request for correct values.
+
+
+
+
+ A resource created with a LOCK is empty but otherwise behaves in every way as a normal
+ resource. It behaves the same way as a resource created by a PUT
+ request with an empty body (and where a Content-Type and Content-Language
+ was not specified), followed by a LOCK request to the same resource.
+ Following from this model, a locked empty resource:
+
+
+
+ Can be read, deleted, moved, copied, and in all ways behave as a
+ regular non-collection resource.
+ Appears as a member of its parent collection.
+ SHOULD NOTWill not disappear when its lock goes away (clients must
+ therefore be responsible for cleaning up their own mess, as with
+ any other operation or any non-empty resource).
+ MAY NOTMay not have values for properties like DAV:getcontentlanguage which
+ haven't been specified yet by the client.
+ Can be updated (have content added) with a PUT request.
+ MUST NOTCan not be converted into a collection. The server MUSTwill fail a MKCOL request
+ (as it would with a MKCOL request to any existing non-collection resource).
+ MUSTWill have defined values for DAV:lockdiscovery and DAV:supportedlock
+ properties.
+ The response MUSTwill indicate that a resource was created, by use of
+ the "201 Created" response code (a LOCK request to an existing
+ resource instead will result in 200 OK). The body must still
+ include the DAV:lockdiscovery property, as with a LOCK request to an
+ existing resource.
+
+
+
+ The client is expected to update the locked empty resource shortly
+ after locking it, using PUT and possibly PROPPATCH.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Alternatively and for backwards compatibility to , servers
+ MAY implement Lock-Null Resources (LNRs) instead (see definition in
+ ). Clients can easily interoperate both with servers that
+ support the old model LNRs and the recommended model of "locked empty
+ resources" by only attempting PUT after a LOCK to an unmapped URL,
+ not MKCOL or GET, and by not relying on specific properties of LNRs.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ There are two kinds of collection write locks. A depth-0 write
+ lock on a collection protects the collection properties plus the internal
+ member URLs of that one collection, while not protecting the content or properties
+ of member resources (if the collection itself has any entity bodies, those
+ are also protected). A depth-infinity write lock on a collection
+ provides the same protection on that collection and also provides write lock
+ protection on every member resource.
+
+ Expressed otherwise, a write lock of either kind protects any request that would create a new
+ resource in a write locked collection, any request that would remove
+ an internal member URL of a write locked collection, and
+ any request that would change the segment name of any internal member.
+
+
+ Thus, a collection write lock protects all the following actions:
+
+
+ DELETE a collection's direct internal member,
+ MOVE an internal member out of the collection,
+ MOVE an internal member into the collection,
+ MOVE to rename an internal member within a collection,
+ COPY an internal member into a collection, and
+ PUT or MKCOL request which would create a new internal member.
+
+
+... (or simply drop the list, since it does not contain anything new).
+--Manfred Baedke
+
+
+ The collection's lock token is required in addition to the lock
+ token on the internal member itself, if it is locked separately.
+
+
+ In addition, a depth-infinity lock affects all write operations to
+ all members of the locked collection. With a depth-infinity
+ lock, the resource identified by the root of the lock is directly locked, and all its
+ members are indirectly locked.
+
+
+ Any new resource added as a descendent of a depth-infinity locked
+ collection becomes indirectly locked.
+ Any indirectly locked resource moved out of the locked collection
+ into an unlocked collection is thereafter unlocked.
+ Any indirectly locked resource moved out of a locked source
+ collection into a depth-infinity locked target collection remains
+ indirectly locked but is now protected by the lock on the
+ target collection (the target collection's lock token will
+ thereafter be required to make further changes).
+
+
+
+ If a depth-infinity write LOCK request is issued to a collection
+ containing member URLs identifying resources that are currently
+ locked in a manner which conflicts with the new lock (see
+ point 3), the request
+ MUST fail with a 423 (Locked) status code, and the response SHOULD
+ contain the 'no-conflicting-lock' precondition.
+
+
+ If a lock request causes the URL of a resource to be added as an
+ internal member URL of a depth-infinity locked collection then the
+ new resource MUST be automatically protected by the lock.
+ For example, if the collection /a/b/ is write locked and the
+ resource /c is moved to /a/b/c then resource /a/b/c will be added to
+ the write lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+ A user agent has to demonstrate knowledge of a lock when
+ requesting an operation on a locked resource. Otherwise, the following scenario
+ might occur. In the scenario, program A, run by User A, takes out a write lock on a
+ resource. Program B, also run by User A, has no knowledge of the
+ lock taken out by program A, yet performs a PUT to the locked
+ resource. In this scenario, the PUT succeeds because locks are
+ associated with a principal, not a program, and thus program B,
+ because it is acting with principal A's credential, is allowed to
+ perform the PUT. However, had program B known about the lock, it
+ would not have overwritten the resource, preferring instead to
+ present a dialog box describing the conflict to the user. Due to
+ this scenario, a mechanism is needed to prevent different programs
+ from accidentally ignoring locks taken out by other programs with
+ the same authorization.
+
+
+ In order to prevent these collisions a lock token MUST be submitted
+ by an authorized principal for all locked resources that a method
+ may change or the method MUST fail. A lock token is submitted when
+ it appears in an If header. For example, if a resource is to be
+ moved and both the source and destination are locked then two lock
+ tokens must be submitted in the If header, one for the source and
+ the other for the destination.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In this example, even though both the source and destination are
+ locked, only one lock token must be submitted, for the lock on the
+ destination. This is because the source resource is not modified by
+ a COPY, and hence unaffected by the write lock. In this example,
+ user agent authentication has previously occurred via a mechanism
+ outside the scope of the HTTP protocol, in the underlying transport
+ layer.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Consider a collection "/locked" with an exclusive, depth-infinity
+ write lock, and an attempt to delete an internal member "/locked/member":
+
+
+
+
+ Thus the client would need to submit the lock token with the request
+ to make it succeed. To do that, various forms of the If header (see
+ ) could be used.
+
+
+
+ "No-Tag-List" format:
+
+
+
+
+ "Tagged-List" format, for "http://example.com/locked/":
+
+
+
+ "Tagged-List" format, for "http://example.com/locked/member":
+
+
+
+ Note that for the purpose of submitting the lock token the actual
+ form doesn't matter; what's relevant is that the lock token appears
+ in the If header, and that the If header itself evaluates to true.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A COPY method invocation MUST NOT duplicate any write locks active
+ on the source. However, as previously noted, if the COPY copies the
+ resource into a collection that is locked with a depth-infinity lock,
+ then the resource will be added to the lock.
+
+
+ A successful MOVE request on a write locked resource MUST NOT move
+ the write lock with the resource. However, if there is an existing lock at the
+ destination, the server MUST add the moved resource to the destination lock scope.
+ For example, if the MOVE makes the resource a child
+ of a collection that has a depth-infinity lock, then the
+ resource will be added to that collection's lock. Additionally, if a
+ resource with a depth-infinity lock is moved to a destination
+ that is within the scope of the same lock (e.g., within the
+ URL namespace tree covered by the lock), the moved resource will again
+ be a added to the lock. In both these examples, as specified in
+ , an If header must be submitted containing a lock token
+ for both the source and destination.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A client MUST NOT submit the same write lock request twice. Note
+ that a client is always aware it is resubmitting the same lock
+ request because it must include the lock token in the If header in
+ order to make the request for a resource that is already locked.
+
+ IMHO all of this can go. This paragraph is just misleading;
+ repeating a LOCK request with an existing lock token in the If header
+ is going to fail for an exclusive lock anway.
+
+
+
+
+
+ However, a client may submit a LOCK request with an If header but
+ without a body. A server receiving a LOCK request with no body MUST
+ NOT create a new lock -- this form of the LOCK request is only to be used to "refresh" an
+ existing lock (meaning, at minimum, that any timers associated with the lock
+ MUST be re-set).
+
+ Just point to the paragraph in the LOCK definition here.
+
+
+
+
+ Clients may submit Timeout headers of arbitrary value with their
+ lock refresh requests. Servers, as always, may ignore Timeout headers
+ submitted by the client, and a server MAY refresh a lock with a timeout
+ period that is
+ different than the previous timeout period used for the lock, provided it
+ advertises the new value in the LOCK refresh response.
+
+
+
+
+ If an error is received in response to a refresh LOCK request the
+ client MUST NOT assume that the lock was refreshed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Servers MUST return authorization errors in preference to other errors.
+ This avoids leaking information about protected resources (e.g. a client
+ that finds that a hidden resource exists by seeing a 423 Locked response
+ to an anonymous request to the resource).
+
+
+
+
+
+ In HTTP/1.1, method parameter information was exclusively encoded in
+ HTTP headers. Unlike HTTP/1.1, WebDAV encodes method parameter
+ information either in an XML ()
+ request entity body, or in an HTTP header. The use of XML to encode
+ method parameters was motivated by the ability to add extra XML
+ elements to existing structures, providing extensibility; and by
+ XML's ability to encode information in ISO 10646 character sets,
+ providing internationalization support.
+
+
+ In addition to encoding method parameters, XML is used in WebDAV to
+ encode the responses from methods, providing the extensibility and
+ internationalization advantages of XML for method output, as well as
+ input.
+
+
+ When XML is used for a request or response body, the Content-Type type
+ SHOULD be application/xml. Implementations MUST accept both text/xml and
+ application/xml in request and response bodies. Use of text/xml is
+ deprecated.
+
+
+ All DAV compliant clients and resources MUST use
+ XML parsers that are compliant with
+ and . All
+ XML used in either requests or responses MUST be, at minimum, well
+ formed and use namespaces correctly. If a server receives XML that is not
+ well-formed then the server MUST reject the entire request with a
+ 400 (Bad Request). If a client receives XML that is not well-formed in a
+ response then the client MUST NOT assume anything about the outcome of the
+ executed method and SHOULD treat the server as malfunctioning.
+
+
+ Note that processing XML submitted by an untrusted source may cause risks
+ connected to privacy, security, and service quality (see ). Servers
+ MAY reject questionable requests (even though they consist of well-formed XML),
+ for instance with a 400 (Bad Request) status code and an optional response body
+ explaining the problem.
+
+
+
+
+
+ URLs appear in many places in requests and responses. Interoperability
+ experience with showed that many clients parsing
+ Multi-Status responses did not fully implement the full Reference Resolution
+ defined in Section 5 of . Thus, servers in particular
+ need to be careful in handling URLs in responses, to ensure that clients
+ have enough context to be able to interpret all the URLs. The rules in this
+ section apply not only to resource URLs in the 'href' element in Multi-Status responses,
+ but also to the Destination and If header resource URLs.
+
+
+ The sender has a choice between two approaches: using a relative reference,
+ which is resolved against the Request-URI, or a full URI. A
+ server MUST ensure that every 'href' value within a Multi-Status
+ response uses the same format.
+
+
+ WebDAV only uses one form of relative reference in its extensions,
+ the absolute path.
+
+
+
+ The absolute-URI, path-absolute and query productions are defined in
+ Section 4.3, 3.3 and 3.4 of .
+
+
+ Within Simple-ref productions, senders MUST NOT:
+
+ use dot-segments ("." or ".."), or
+ have prefixes that do not match the Request-URI (using the
+ comparison rules defined in Section 3.2.3 of ).
+
+
+
+ Identifiers for collections SHOULD end in a '/' character.
+
+
+
+ Consider the collection http://example.com/sample/ with the internal
+ member URL http://example.com/sample/a%20test and the PROPFIND
+ request below:
+
+ In this case, the server should return two 'href' elements containing either
+
+ 'http://example.com/sample/' and 'http://example.com/sample/a%20test', or
+ '/sample/' and '/sample/a%20test'
+
+
+
+ Note that even though the server may be storing the member resource
+ internally as 'a test', it has to be percent-encoded when used inside a
+ URI reference (see Section 2.1 of ). Also note that a legal
+ URI may still contain characters that need to be escaped within XML
+ character data, such as the ampersand character.
+
+
+
+
+ Some of these new methods do not define bodies. Servers MUST
+ examine all requests for a body, even when a body was not expected.
+ In cases where a request body is present but would be ignored by a
+ server, the server MUST reject the request with 415 (Unsupported
+ Media Type). This informs the client (which may have been
+ attempting to use an extension) that the body could not be processed
+ as the client intended.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ HTTP defines many headers that can be used in WebDAV requests and
+ responses. Not all of these are appropriate in all situations and
+ some interactions may be undefined.
+
+
+ Note that HTTP 1.1 requires the Date header in all responses if
+ possible (see Section 14.18, ).
+
+
+ The server MUST do authorization checks before checking any
+ HTTP conditional header.
+
+
+
+
+
+ HTTP 1.1 recommends the use of ETags rather than modification dates, for
+ cache-control, and there are even stronger reasons to prefer ETags
+ for authoring. Correct use of ETags is even more important in a
+ distributed authoring environment, because ETags are necessary along
+ with locks to avoid the lost-update problem. A client might fail to
+ renew a lock, for example when the lock times out and the client is
+ accidentally offline or in the middle of a long upload. When a
+ client fails to renew the lock, it's quite possible the resource can
+ still be relocked and the user can go on editing, as long as no
+ changes were made in the meantime. ETags are required for the client
+ to be able to distinguish this case. Otherwise, the client is forced
+ to ask the user whether to overwrite the resource on the server
+ without even being able to tell the user whether it has changed.
+ Timestamps do not solve this problem nearly as well as ETags.
+
+
+ Strong ETags are much more useful for authoring use cases than weak ETags (see Section 13.3.3 of ).
+ Semantic equivalence can be a useful concept but that depends on the
+ document type and the application type, and interoperability might require
+ some agreement or standard outside the scope of this specification and HTTP.
+ Note also that weak ETags have certain restrictions in HTTP, e.g. these
+ cannot be used in If-Match headers.
+
+
+ Note that the meaning of an ETag in a PUT response is not
+ clearly defined either in this document or in RFC2616 (i.e., whether
+ the ETag means that the resource is octet-for-octet equivalent to the
+ body of the PUT request, or whether the server could have made minor
+ changes in the formatting or content of the document upon storage).
+ This is an HTTP issue, not purely a WebDAV issue.
+
+
+
+ Because clients may be forced to prompt users or throw away changed
+ content if the ETag changes, a WebDAV server SHOULD NOT change the
+ ETag (or the Last-Modified time) for a resource that has an unchanged
+ body and location. The ETag represents the state of the body or contents
+ entity body of the
+ resource. There is no similar way to tell if properties have
+ changed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ HTTP and WebDAV did not use the bodies of most error responses for
+ machine-parsable information until the specification for Versioning
+ Extensions to WebDAV introduced a mechanism to
+ include more specific information in the body of an error response
+ (Section 1.6 of ). The error body mechanism is
+ appropriate to use with
+ any error response that may take a body but does not already have a
+ body defined. The mechanism is particularly appropriate when a
+ status code can mean many things (for example, 400 Bad Request can
+ mean required headers are missing, headers are incorrectly
+ formatted, or much more). This error body mechanism is covered in
+ .
+
+
+
+
+ Note that the HTTP response headers "Etag" and "Last-Modified" (see
+ , Sections 14.19 and 14.29) are defined per URL (not per
+ resource), and are used by clients for caching. Therefore servers
+ must ensure that executing any operation that affects the URL
+ namespace (such as COPY, MOVE, DELETE, PUT or MKCOL) does preserve
+ their semantics, in particular:
+
+
+
+ For any given URL, the "Last-Modified" value MUST increment every
+ time the representation returned upon GET changes (within the
+ limits of timestamp resolution).
+ For any given URL, an "ETag" value MUST NOT be re-used for
+ different representations returned by GET.
+
+
+
+ In practice this means that servers
+
+
+ might have to increment "Last-Modified" timestamps for every
+ resource inside the destination namespace of a namespace
+ operation unless it can do so more selectively, and
+ similarily, might have to re-assign "ETag" values for these
+ resources (unless the server allocates entity tags in a way so
+ that they are unique across the whole URL namespace managed by the
+ server).
+
+
+
+ Note that these considerations also apply to specific use cases, such
+ as using PUT to create a new resource at a URL that has been mapped
+ before, but has been deleted since then.
+
+ Finally, WebDAV properties (such as DAV:getetag and DAV:
+ getlastmodified) that inherit their semantics from HTTP headers must
+ behave accordingly.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The PROPFIND method retrieves properties defined on the resource
+ identified by the Request-URI, if the resource does not have any
+ internal members, or on the resource identified by the Request-URI
+ and potentially its member resources, if the resource is a
+ collection that has internal member URLs. All DAV compliant
+ resources MUST support the PROPFIND method and the propfind XML
+ element () along with all XML elements defined for use
+ with that element.
+
+
+ A client MUSTmay submit a Depth header with a value of "0", "1", or
+ "infinity" with a PROPFIND request. Servers MUST
+ support "0" and "1" depth requests on WebDAV-compliant
+ resources and SHOULD support "infinity" requests. In practice, support for infinite
+ depth requests MAY be disabled, due to the performance and security concerns
+ associated with this behavior.
+
+ Since clients weren't required to include the Depth header in ,
+ servers SHOULD treat such a request as if a "Depth: infinity" header was included.
+
+ By default, the PROPFIND method without a Depth header MUST act as if a "Depth: infinity" header was included.
+
+
+
+ A client may submit a 'propfind' XML element in the body of the
+ request method describing what information is being requested. It
+ is possible to:
+
+
+ Request particular property values, by naming the properties
+ desired within the 'prop' element (the ordering of properties in
+ here MAY be ignored by server),
+ Request property values for those properties defined in this
+ specification (at a minimum) plus dead properties, by using the 'allprop' element
+ (the 'include' element can be used with 'allprop' to instruct
+ the server to also include additional live properties that may
+ not have been returned otherwise),
+
+ Request a list of names of all the properties defined on the
+ resource, by using the 'propname' element.
+
+
+
+ The problem, however, is that there is no method to retrieve the
+contents of a collection. You have to use PROPFIND with which you
+can't request for an empty set of properties. You have to ask for
+something, which means you always request the collection contents
+together with information about its members.
+
+
+ Should we allow an empty <prop> element?
+
+
+
+ A client may choose not to submit a request body. An empty PROPFIND
+ request body MUST be treated as if it were an 'allprop' request.
+
+
+ Note that 'allprop' does not return values for all live properties.
+ WebDAV servers increasingly have expensively-calculated or lengthy
+ properties (see and
+ )
+ and do not return all properties already. Instead, WebDAV clients
+ can use propname requests to discover what live properties exist,
+ and request named properties when retrieving values. For a live property
+ defined elsewhere, that definition can specify whether
+ that live property would be returned in 'allprop' requests or not.
+
+
+ All servers MUST support returning a response of content type
+ text/xml or application/xml that contains a multistatus XML element
+ that describes the results of the attempts to retrieve the various
+ properties.
+
+
+ If there is an error retrieving a property then a proper error
+ result MUST be included in the response. A request to retrieve the
+ value of a property which does not exist is an error and MUST be
+ noted with a
+ 'response' XML element which contains a 404 (Not Found) status value.
+
+
+ Consequently, the 'multistatus' XML element for a collection resource
+ MUST include a 'response' XML element for each member
+ URL of the collection, to whatever depth was requested. It SHOULD NOT
+ include any 'response' elements for resources that are not WebDAV-compliant.
+ Each 'response' element MUST contain an 'href' element that contains the
+ URL of the resource on which the properties in the prop XML element
+ are defined. Results for a PROPFIND on a collection
+ resource are returned as a flat list whose
+ order of entries is not significant. Note that a resource may have only
+ one value for a property of a given name, so
+ the property may only show up once in PROPFIND responses.
+
+
+ Properties may be subject to access control. In the case of 'allprop'
+ and 'propname' requests, if a principal does not have the right to know whether
+ a particular property exists then the property MAY be silently
+ excluded from the response.
+
+
+ Some PROPFIND results MAY be cached, with care as there is no cache validation
+ mechanism for most properties. This method is both
+ safe and idempotent (see Section 9.1 of ).
+
+
+
+ This section, as with similar sections for other methods, provides some
+ guidance on error codes and preconditions or postconditions (defined
+ in ) that might be particularly useful with
+ PROPFIND.
+
+
+
+ 403 Forbidden (with the condition code 'propfind-finite-depth' defined in ) - A server MAY reject
+ PROPFIND requests on collections with depth header of "Infinity", in
+ which case it SHOULD use this error with the precondition code
+ 'propfind-finite-depth' inside the error body.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In PROPFIND responses, information about individual properties is
+ returned inside 'propstat' elements (see ), each
+ containing an individual 'status' element containing information
+ about the properties appearing in it. The list below summarizes the
+ most common status codes used inside 'propstat', however clients
+ should be prepared to handle other 2/3/4/5xx series status codes as
+ well.
+
+
+ 200 OK - A property exists and/or its value is successfully returned.
+
+ 401 Unauthorized - The property cannot be viewed without appropriate authorization.
+
+ 403 Forbidden - The property cannot be viewed regardless of authentication.
+
+ 404 Not Found - The property does not exist.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In this example, PROPFIND is executed on a non-collection resource
+ http://www.example.com/file. The propfind XML element specifies the
+ name of four properties whose values are being requested. In this
+ case only two properties were returned, since the principal issuing
+ the request did not have sufficient access rights to see the third
+ and fourth properties.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In this example, PROPFIND is invoked on the collection resource
+ http://www.example.com/container/, with a propfind XML element
+ containing the propname XML element, meaning the name of all
+ properties should be returned. Since no Depth header is present, it
+ assumes its default value of "infinity", meaning the name of the
+ properties on the collection and all its descendents should be
+ returned.
+
+
+ Consistent with the previous example, resource
+ http://www.example.com/container/ has six properties defined on it:
+ bigbox and author in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/"
+ namespace, and creationdate, displayname, resourcetype, and
+ supportedlock in the "DAV:" namespace.
+
+
+ The resource http://www.example.com/container/index.html, a member
+ of the "container" collection, has nine properties defined on it,
+ bigbox in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/" namespace and,
+ creationdate, displayname, getcontentlength, getcontenttype,
+ getetag, getlastmodified, resourcetype, and supportedlock in the
+ "DAV:" namespace.
+
+
+ This example also demonstrates the use of XML namespace scoping and
+ the default namespace. Since the "xmlns" attribute does not contain
+ a prefix, the namespace applies by default to all enclosed elements.
+ Hence, all elements which do not explicitly state the namespace to
+ which they belong are members of the "DAV:" namespace.
+
+
+
+
+ Note that 'allprop', despite its name which remains for backward-compatibility,
+ does not return every property, but only dead properties and the live properties
+ defined in this specification.
+
+
+
+
+ In this example, PROPFIND was invoked on the resource
+ http://www.example.com/container/ with a Depth header of 1, meaning the
+ request applies to the resource and its children, and a propfind XML
+ element containing the allprop XML element, meaning the request
+ should return the name and value of all the dead properties defined
+ on the resources, plus the name and value of all the properties defined
+ in this specification. This example illustrates the use of relative references
+ in the 'href' elements of the response.
+
+
+ The resource http://www.example.com/container/ has six properties defined
+ on it:
+ 'bigbox' and 'author in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/" namespace,
+ DAV:creationdate, DAV:displayname, DAV:resourcetype, and DAV:supportedlock.
+
+
+ The last four properties are WebDAV-specific, defined in .
+ Since GET is not supported on this resource, the get* properties
+ (e.g., DAV:getcontentlength) are not defined on this resource. The WebDAV-specific
+ properties assert that "container" was created on December
+ 1, 1997, at 5:42:21PM, in a time zone 8 hours west of GMT
+ (DAV:creationdate), has a name of "Example collection" (DAV:displayname), a
+ collection resource type (DAV:resourcetype), and supports exclusive write
+ and shared write locks (DAV:supportedlock).
+
+
+ The resource http://www.example.com/container/front.html has nine
+ properties defined on it:
+
+
+ 'bigbox' in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/" namespace (another instance of the "bigbox"
+ property type), DAV:creationdate, DAV:displayname,
+ DAV:getcontentlength, DAV:getcontenttype, DAV:getetag,
+ DAV:getlastmodified, DAV:resourcetype, and DAV:supportedlock.
+
+
+ The DAV-specific properties assert that "front.html" was created on
+ December 1, 1997, at 6:27:21PM, in a time zone 8 hours west of GMT
+ (DAV:creationdate), has a name of "Example HTML resource" (DAV:displayname),
+ a content length of 4525 bytes (DAV:getcontentlength), a MIME type of
+ "text/html" (DAV:getcontenttype), an entity tag of "zzyzx" (DAV:getetag), was
+ last modified on Monday, January 12, 1998, at 09:25:56 GMT
+ (DAV:getlastmodified), has an empty resource type, meaning that it is not
+ a collection (DAV:resourcetype), and supports both exclusive write and
+ shared write locks (DAV:supportedlock).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In this example, PROPFIND is executed on the resource
+ http://www.example.com/mycol/ and its internal member resources. The client requests the values of
+ all live properties defined in this specification, plus all dead properties, plus two
+ more live properties defined in . The response is not shown.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The PROPPATCH method processes instructions specified in the request
+ body to set and/or remove properties defined on the resource
+ identified by the Request-URI.
+
+
+ All DAV compliant resources MUST support the PROPPATCH method and
+ MUST process instructions that are specified using the
+ propertyupdate, set, and remove XML elements. Execution of the
+ directives in this method is, of course, subject to access control
+ constraints. DAV compliant resources SHOULD support the setting of
+ arbitrary dead properties.
+
+
+ The request message body of a PROPPATCH method MUST contain the
+ propertyupdate XML element.
+
+
+ I think I know what 'document order' means but it isn't actually defined.
+
+
+ Actually, the statement is bogus, because we're not talking about
+ "PROPPATCH" instructions but the child elements of DAV:propertyupdate
+ in the request body.
+
+
+ See also Erratum 1371.
+
+
+ Fixed.
+
+
+ Servers MUST process PROPPATCH instructions in
+ document orderthe child elements of the propertyupdate
+ XML element in the order they appear in the request body
+ (an exception to the normal rule that ordering is
+ irrelevant). Instructions MUST either all be executed or none
+ executed. Thus if any error occurs during processing all executed
+ instructions MUST be undone and a proper error result returned.
+ Instruction processing details can be found in the definition of the
+ set and remove instructions in and .
+
+
+
+
+ If a server attempts to make any of the property changes in a PROPPATCH request
+ (i.e. the request is not rejected for high-level errors before processing the body),
+ the response MUST be a Multi-Status response as described in .
+
+
+
+
+ The response to a PROPPATCH request can be in two different formats:
+ should the server reject the request altogether (because of missing
+ access rights, failed conditional headers, malformed request syntax, etc.),
+ the status SHOULD be non-2xx HTTP status. On the other hand, if the server
+ did attempt the property modification, the response status SHOULD
+ be 207 Multistatus, using the 'multistatus' response body format defined
+ below ().
+
+
+
+ This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
+ ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
+
+
+
+
+
+ In PROPPATCH responses, information about individual properties is
+ returned inside 'propstat' elements (see ), each
+ containing an individual 'status' element containing information
+ about the properties appearing in it. The list below summarizes the
+ most common status codes used inside 'propstat', however clients
+ should be prepared to handle other 2/3/4/5xx series status codes as
+ well.
+
+
+ 200 (OK) - The property set or change succeeded. Note that if this
+ appears for one property, it appears for every property in the response,
+ due to the atomicity of PROPPATCH.
+
+
+ 403 (Forbidden) - The client, for reasons the server chooses not to
+ specify, cannot alter one of the properties.
+
+
+
+ 403 (Forbidden): The client has attempted to set a protected
+ property, such as DAV:getetag. If returning this error, the server
+ SHOULD use the precondition code 'cannot-modify-protected-property' inside the response body.
+
+ 403 (Forbidden) (with the condition code 'cannot-modify-protected-property'
+ defined in ) - The client
+ has attempted to set a protected property, such as DAV:getetag.
+
+
+
+ 409 (Conflict) - The client has provided a value whose semantics are
+ not appropriate for the property.
+
+
+ 424 (Failed Dependency) - The property change could not be made because
+ of another property change that failed.
+
+
+ 507 (Insufficient Storage) - The server did not have sufficient
+ space to record the property.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In this example, the client requests the server to set the value of
+ the "Authors" property in the "http://ns.example.com/standards/z39.50/"
+ namespace, and to remove the property "Copyright-Owner" in the
+ same namespace. Since the
+ Copyright-Owner property could not be removed, no property
+ modifications occur. The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code for
+ the Authors property indicates this action would have succeeded if
+ it were not for the conflict with removing the Copyright-Owner
+ property.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MKCOL creates a new collection resource at the location specified by
+ the Request-URI. If the Request-URI is already mapped to a resource
+ then the MKCOL MUST fail. During MKCOL processing, a
+ server MUST make the Request-URI an internal member of its parent collection,
+ unless the Request-URI is "/". If no such ancestor exists, the
+ method MUST fail. When the MKCOL operation creates a new collection
+ resource, all ancestors MUST already exist, or the method MUST fail
+ with a 409 (Conflict) status code. For example, if a request to
+ create collection /a/b/c/d/ is made, and /a/b/c/ does not exist, the
+ request must fail.
+
+
+ When MKCOL is invoked without a request body, the newly created
+ collection SHOULD have no members.
+
+
+ A MKCOL request message may contain a message body. The precise behavior of
+ a MKCOL request when the body is present is undefined, but limited to creating
+ collections, members of a collection, bodies of members and
+ properties on the collections or members. If the server receives a
+ MKCOL request entity type it does not support or understand it MUST
+ respond with a 415 (Unsupported Media Type) status code. If the
+ server decides to reject the request based on the presence of an
+ entity or the type of an entity, it should use the 415 (Unsupported
+ Media Type) status code.
+
+
+ This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
+ ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
+
+
+
+ In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
+ status codes have specific applicability to MKCOL:
+
+
+
+ 201 (Created) - The collection was created.
+
+
+ 403 (Forbidden) - This indicates at least one of two conditions: 1)
+ the server does not allow the creation of collections at the given
+ location in its URL namespace, or 2) the parent collection of the
+ Request-URI exists but cannot accept members.
+Language? I think it can indicate lots of other things.
+
+ 405 (Method Not Allowed) - MKCOL can only be executed on an unmapped
+ URL.
+
+
+ 409 (Conflict) - A collection cannot be made at the Request-URI
+ until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
+ server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
+
+
+
+ 415 (Unsupported Media Type) - The server does not support the
+ request body type (although bodies are legal on MKCOL requests,
+ since this specification doesn't define any, the server is likely
+ not to support any given body type).
+
+
+
+ 507 (Insufficient Storage) - The resource does not have sufficient
+ space to record the state of the resource after the execution of
+ this method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This example creates a collection called /webdisc/xfiles/ on the
+ server www.example.com.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The semantics of GET are unchanged when applied to a collection,
+ since GET is defined as, "retrieve whatever information (in the form
+ of an entity) is identified by the Request-URI" . GET when
+ applied to a collection may return the contents of an "index.html"
+ resource, a human-readable view of the contents of the collection,
+ or something else altogether. Hence it is possible that the result
+ of a GET on a collection will bear no correlation to the membership
+ of the collection.
+
+
+ Similarly, since the definition of HEAD is a GET without a response
+ message body, the semantics of HEAD are unmodified when applied to
+ collection resources.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Since by definition the actual function performed by POST is
+ determined by the server and often depends on the particular
+ resource, the behavior of POST when applied to collections cannot be
+ meaningfully modified because it is largely undefined. Thus the
+ semantics of POST are unmodified when applied to a collection.
+The fact that it's undefined in RF2616 really wouldn't stop us to define it, I think.
+
+
+
+
+
+ DELETE is defined in , Section 9.7, to "delete the resource
+ identified by the Request-URI". However, WebDAV
+ changes some DELETE handling requirements.
+
+
+
+ A server processing a successful DELETE request:
+
+
+
+ MUST destroy locks rooted on the deleted resource
+ MUST destroy those locks where the lock root is the Request-URI.
+
+
+
+ MUST remove the mapping from the Request-URI to any resource.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MUST destroy locks rooted on the deleted resource
+ MUST destroy those locks where the lock root is the Request-URI.
+
+
+
+ MUST remove the mapping from the Request-URI to any resource.
+
+
+
+
+ Thus, after a successful DELETE operation
+ (and in the absence of other actions) a subsequent GET/HEAD/PROPFIND
+ request to the target Request-URI MUST return 404 (Not Found).
+
+
+
+
+ The DELETE method on a collection MUST act as if a "Depth: infinity"
+ header was used on it. A client MUST NOT submit a Depth header with
+ a DELETE on a collection with any value but infinity.
+
+
+ DELETE instructs that the collection specified in the Request-URI
+ and all resources identified by its internal member URLs are to be
+ deleted.
+
+
+ If any resource identified by a member URL cannot be deleted then
+ all of the member's ancestors MUST NOT be deleted, so as to maintain
+ URL namespace consistency.
+
+
+ Any headers included with DELETE MUST be applied in processing every
+ resource to be deleted.
+
+
+ When the DELETE method has completed processing it MUST result in a
+ consistent URL namespace.
+
+
+ If an error occurs deleting a member resource (a resource other
+ than the resource identified in the Request-URI) then the response
+ can be a 207 (Multi-Status). Multi-Status is used here to indicate
+ which internal resources could NOT be deleted, including an error
+ code which should help the client understand which resourceswhat caused
+ the failure. For example, the Multi-Status body could include a
+ response with status 423 (Locked) if an internal resource was
+ locked.
+
+
+ The server MAY return a 4xx status response, rather than a 207,
+ if the request failed completely.
+
+
+ 424 (Failed Dependency) status codes SHOULD NOT be in the 207 (Multi-Status)
+ response for DELETE. They can be safely left out because the client will know
+ that the ancestors of a resource could not be deleted when the
+ client receives an error for the ancestor's progeny. Additionally
+ 204 (No Content) errors SHOULD NOT be returned in the 207 (Multi-Status). The
+ reason for this prohibition is that 204 (No Content)
+ is the default success code.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In this example the attempt to delete
+ http://www.example.com/container/resource3 failed because it is
+ locked, and no lock token was submitted with the request.
+ Consequently, the attempt to delete
+ http://www.example.com/container/ also failed. Thus the client knows
+ that the attempt to delete http://www.example.com/container/ must
+ have also failed since the parent can not be deleted unless its
+ child has also been deleted. Even though a Depth header has not
+ been included, a depth of infinity is assumed because the method is
+ on a collection.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A PUT performed on an existing resource replaces the GET response
+ entity of the resource. Properties defined on the resource may be
+ recomputed during PUT processing but are not otherwise affected.
+ For example, if a server recognizes the content type of the request
+ body, it may be able to automatically extract information that could
+ be profitably exposed as properties.
+
+
+ A PUT that would result in the creation of a resource without an
+ appropriately scoped parent collection MUST fail with a 409
+ (Conflict).
+
+What does 'appropiately scoped' mean here. Since there is the defined term 'namespace consistency', it should be used here. --Manfred Baedke
+
+
+
+ A PUT request allows a client to indicate what media type an entity body has,
+ and whether it should change if overwritten. Thus, a client SHOULD provide a Content-Type for a new
+ resource if any is known. If the client does not provide a Content-Type for a new
+ resource, the server MAY create a resource with no Content-Type assigned,
+ or it MAY attempt to assign a Content-Type.
+
+
+ Note that although a recipient ought generally to treat metadata supplied with an
+ HTTP request as authoritative, in practice there's no guarantee that a
+ server will accept client-supplied metadata (e.g. any request header beginning
+ with "Content-"). Many servers
+ do not allow configuring the Content-Type on a per-resource basis in
+ the first place. Thus, clients can't always rely on
+ the ability to directly influence the content type by including a
+ Content-Type request header.
+
+ (1) We shouldn't say "ought generally", when the TAG says it's a SHOULD. (2)
+ I think extending this to heeaders other than Content-Type is just confusing here.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This specification does not define the behavior of the PUT method
+ for existing collections. A PUT request to an existing collection MAY
+ be treated as an error (405 Method Not Allowed).
+
+
+ The MKCOL method is defined to create collections.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The COPY method creates a duplicate of the source resource
+ identified by the Request-URI, in the destination resource
+ identified by the URI in the Destination header. The Destination
+ header MUST be present. The exact behavior of the COPY method
+ depends on the type of the source resource.
+
+
+ All WebDAV compliant resources MUST support the COPY method.
+ However, support for the COPY method does not guarantee the ability
+ to copy a resource. For example, separate programs may control
+ resources on the same server. As a result, it may not be possible
+ to copy a resource to a location that appears to be on the same
+ server.
+
+
+ This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
+ ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
+
+
+
+ When the source resource is not a collection the result of the COPY
+ method is the creation of a new resource at the destination whose
+ state and behavior match that of the source resource as closely as
+ possible. Since the environment at the destination may be different
+ than at the source due to factors outside the scope of control of
+ the server, such as the absence of resources required for correct
+ operation, it may not be possible to completely duplicate the
+ behavior of the resource at the destination. Subsequent alterations
+ to the destination resource will not modify the source resource.
+ Subsequent alterations to the source resource will not modify the
+ destination resource.
+
+
+
+
+
+ After a successful COPY invocation, all dead properties on the
+ source resource SHOULD be duplicated on the destination resource. Live properties described
+ in this document SHOULD be duplicated as identically behaving live
+ properties at the destination resource, but not necessarily with the
+ same values. Servers SHOULD NOT convert live properties into dead
+ properties on the destination resource, because clients may then draw
+ incorrect conclusions about the state or functionality of a resource.
+ Note that some live properties are defined such that the absence of the property
+ has a specific meaning (e.g. a flag with one meaning if present and the opposite if
+ absent), and in these cases, a successful COPY might result in the
+ property being reported as "Not Found" in subsequent requests.
+
+
+ When the destination is an unmapped URL, a COPY operation creates a new resource much like a PUT operation
+ does. Live properties which are related to resource creation (such
+ as DAV:creationdate) should have their values set accordingly.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The COPY method on a collection without a Depth header MUST act as
+ if a Depth header with value "infinity" was included. A client may
+ submit a Depth header on a COPY on a collection with a value of "0"
+ or "infinity". Servers MUST support the "0" and "infinity" Depth
+ header behaviors on WebDAV-compliant resources.
+
+
+ An infinite depth COPY instructs that the collection resource
+ identified by the Request-URI is to be copied to the location
+ identified by the URI in the Destination header, and all its
+ internal member resources are to be copied to a location relative to
+ it, recursively through all levels of the collection hierarchy. Note
+ that an infinite depth COPY of /A/ into /A/B/ could lead to infinite
+ recursion if not handled correctly.
+
+
+ A COPY of "Depth: 0" only instructs that the collection and its
+ properties but not resources identified by its internal member URLs,
+ are to be copied.
+
+
+ Any headers included with a COPY MUST be applied in processing every
+ resource to be copied with the exception of the Destination header.
+
+
+ The Destination header only specifies the destination URI for the
+ Request-URI. When applied to members of the collection identified by
+ the Request-URI the value of Destination is to be modified to
+ reflect the current location in the hierarchy. So, if the Request-URI
+ is /a/ with Host header value http://example.com/ and the
+ Destination is http://example.com/b/ then when
+ http://example.com/a/c/d is processed it must use a Destination of
+ http://example.com/b/c/d.
+
+
+ When the COPY method has completed processing it MUST have created a
+ consistent URL namespace at the destination
+ (see for the
+ definition of namespace consistency). However, if an error occurs
+ while copying an internal collection, the server MUST NOT copy any
+ resources identified by members of this collection (i.e., the server
+ must skip this subtree), as this would create an inconsistent
+ namespace. After detecting an error, the COPY operation SHOULD try
+ to finish as much of the original copy operation as possible (i.e.,
+ the server should still attempt to copy other subtrees and their
+ members, that are not descendents of an error-causing collection).
+
+
+ So, for example, if an infinite depth copy operation is performed on
+ collection /a/, which contains collections /a/b/ and /a/c/, and an
+ error occurs copying /a/b/, an attempt should still be made to copy
+ /a/c/. Similarly, after encountering an error copying a non-collection
+ resource as part of an infinite depth copy, the server
+ SHOULD try to finish as much of the original copy operation as
+ possible.
+
+
+ If an error in executing the COPY method occurs with a resource
+ other than the resource identified in the Request-URI then the
+ response MUST be a 207 (Multi-Status), and the URL of the resource
+ causing the failure MUST appear with the specific error.
+
+
+ The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code SHOULD NOT be returned in
+ the 207 (Multi-Status) response from a COPY method. These responses
+ can be safely omitted because the client will know that the progeny
+ of a resource could not be copied when the client receives an error
+ for the parent. Additionally 201 (Created)/204 (No Content) status
+ codes SHOULD NOT be returned as values in 207 (Multi-Status)
+ responses from COPY methods. They, too, can be safely omitted
+ because they are the default success codes.
+
+
+
+
+ If a COPY request has an Overwrite header with a value of "F",
+ and a resource exists at the Destination URL, the server MUST fail
+ the request.
+
+
+
+ When a server executes a COPY request and overwrites a destination
+ resource, the exact behavior MAY depend on many factors, including
+ WebDAV extension capabilities (see particularly ).
+ For example, when an ordinary resource is overwritten, the server could
+ delete the target resource before doing the copy, or could
+ do an in-place overwrite to preserve live properties.
+
+
+ When a collection is overwritten, the membership of the destination
+ collection after the successful COPY request MUST be the same membership
+ as the source collection immediately before the COPY. Thus, merging
+ the membership of the source and destination collections together in
+ the destination is not a compliant behavior.
+
+
+ In general, if clients require the state of the destination URL to be
+ wiped out prior to a COPY (e.g. to force live properties to be reset),
+ then the client could send a
+ DELETE to the destination before the COPY request to ensure this reset.
+
+
+
+
+
+ In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
+ status codes have specific applicability to COPY:
+
+
+
+ 201 (Created) - The source resource was successfully copied. The
+ COPY operation resulted in the creation of a new resource.
+
+
+ 204 (No Content) - The source resource was successfully copied to a
+ pre-existing destination resource.
+
+
+ 207 (Multi-Status) - Multiple resources were to be affected by the
+ COPY, but errors on some of them prevented the operation from taking
+ place. Specific error messages, together with the most appropriate
+ of the source and destination URLs, appear in the body of the multi-status
+ response. E.g. if a destination resource was locked and could
+ not be overwritten, then the destination resource URL appears with
+ the 423 (Locked) status.
+
+
+ 403 (Forbidden) - The operation is forbidden. A special case for COPY
+ could be that the source and destination resources are the same resource.
+
+
+ 409 (Conflict) - A resource cannot be created at the destination
+ until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
+ server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
+
+
+ 412 (Precondition Failed) - A precondition header check failed, e.g. the
+ Overwrite header is "F" and the destination URL is already mapped to a resource.
+
+
+ 423 (Locked) - The destination resource, or resource within the destination
+ collection, was locked. This response SHOULD
+ contain the 'lock-token-submitted' precondition element.
+
+
+ 502 (Bad Gateway) - This may occur when the destination is on
+ another server, repository or URL namespace. Either the source
+ namespace does not support copying to the destination namespace, or
+ the destination namespace refuses to accept the resource. The client
+ may wish to try GET/PUT and PROPFIND/PROPPATCH instead.
+
+
+ 507 (Insufficient Storage) - The destination resource does not have
+ sufficient space to record the state of the resource after the
+ execution of this method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This example shows resource
+ http://www.example.com/~fielding/index.html being copied to the
+ location http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html. The
+ 204 (No Content) status code indicates the existing resource at the
+ destination was overwritten.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The following example shows the same copy operation being performed,
+ but with the Overwrite header set to "F." A response of 412
+ (Precondition Failed) is returned because the destination URL is already mapped to a resource.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The Depth header is unnecessary as the default behavior of COPY on a
+ collection is to act as if a "Depth: infinity" header had been
+ submitted. In this example most of the resources, along with the
+ collection, were copied successfully. However the collection R2
+ failed because the destination R2 is locked. Because there was an
+ error copying R2, none of R2's members were copied. However no
+ errors were listed for those members due to the error minimization
+ rules.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The MOVE operation on a non-collection resource is the logical
+ equivalent of a copy (COPY), followed by consistency maintenance
+ processing, followed by a delete of the source, where all three
+ actions are performed in a single operation. The consistency maintenance step
+ allows the server to perform updates caused by the move, such as
+ updating all URLs other than the Request-URI which identify the
+ source resource, to point to the new destination resource.
+
+
+ The Destination header MUST be present on all MOVE
+ methods and MUST follow all COPY requirements for the COPY part of
+ the MOVE method. All WebDAV compliant resources MUST support the
+ MOVE method.
+
+
+ Support for the MOVE method does not
+ guarantee the ability to move a resource to a particular
+ destination.
+ For example, separate programs may actually control different sets
+ of resources on the same server. Therefore, it may not be possible
+ to move a resource within a namespace that appears to belong to the
+ same server.
+
+
+ If a resource exists at the destination, the destination resource
+ will be deleted as a side-effect of the MOVE operation, subject to
+ the restrictions of the Overwrite header.
+
+
+ This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
+ ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
+
+
+
+
+ Live properties described in this document SHOULD be moved along with
+ the resource, such that the resource has identically behaving live
+ properties at the destination resource, but not necessarily with the
+ same values.
+ Note that some live properties are defined such that the absence of the property
+ has a specific meaning (e.g. a flag with one meaning if present and the opposite if
+ absent), and in these cases, a successful MOVE might result in the
+ property being reported as "Not Found" in subsequent requests.
+ If the live properties will not work the same way at
+ the destination, the server MAY fail the request.
+
+
+ MOVE is frequently used by clients to rename a file without changing
+ its parent collection, so it's not appropriate to reset all live
+ properties which are set at resource creation. For example, the
+ DAV:creationdate property value SHOULD remain the same after a MOVE.
+
+
+ Dead properties MUSTSHOULD be moved along with the resource.
+
+
+
+
+
+ A MOVE with "Depth: infinity" instructs that the collection
+ identified by the Request-URI be moved to the address specified in
+ the Destination header, and all resources identified by its internal
+ member URLs are to be moved to locations relative to it, recursively
+ through all levels of the collection hierarchy.
+
+
+ The MOVE method on a collection MUST act as if a "Depth: infinity"
+ header was used on it. A client MUST NOT submit a Depth header on a
+ MOVE on a collection with any value but "infinity".
+
+
+ Any headers included with MOVE MUST be applied in processing every
+ resource to be moved with the exception of the Destination header.
+ The behavior of the Destination header is the same as given for COPY
+ on collections.
+
+
+ When the MOVE method has completed processing it MUST have created a
+ consistent URL namespace at both the source and destination (see section
+ 5.1 for the definition of namespace consistency). However, if an
+ error occurs while moving an internal collection, the server MUST
+ NOT move any resources identified by members of the failed
+ collection (i.e., the server must skip the error-causing subtree),
+ as this would create an inconsistent namespace. In this case, after
+ detecting the error, the move operation SHOULD try to finish as much
+ of the original move as possible (i.e., the server should still
+ attempt to move other subtrees and the resources identified by their
+ members, that are not descendents of an error-causing collection).
+ So, for example, if an infinite depth move is performed on
+ collection /a/, which contains collections /a/b/ and /a/c/, and an
+ error occurs moving /a/b/, an attempt should still be made to try
+ moving /a/c/. Similarly, after encountering an error moving a non-collection
+ resource as part of an infinite depth move, the server
+ SHOULD try to finish as much of the original move operation as
+ possible.
+
+
+ If an error occurs with a resource other than the resource
+ identified in the Request-URI then the response MUST be a 207
+ (Multi-Status), and the errored resource's URL MUST appear with the
+ specific error.
+
+
+ The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code SHOULD NOT be returned in
+ the 207 (Multi-Status) response from a MOVE method. These errors
+ can be safely omitted because the client will know that the progeny
+ of a resource could not be moved when the client receives an error
+ for the parent. Additionally 201 (Created)/204 (No Content)
+ responses SHOULD NOT be returned as values in 207 (Multi-Status)
+ responses from a MOVE. These responses can be safely omitted
+ because they are the default success codes.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ If a resource exists at the destination and the Overwrite header is
+ "T" then prior to performing the move the server MUST perform a
+ DELETE with "Depth: infinity" on the destination resource. If the
+ Overwrite header is set to "F" then the operation will fail.
+
+Though it is defined later, mentioning the default here might be clearer. --Manfred Baedke
+
+
+
+
+
+ In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
+ status codes have specific applicability to MOVE:
+
+
+ 201 (Created) - The source resource was successfully moved, and a
+ new URL mapping was created at the destination.
+
+
+ 204 (No Content) - The source resource was successfully moved to a URL
+ that was already mapped.
+
+
+ 207 (Multi-Status) - Multiple resources were to be affected by the
+ MOVE, but errors on some of them prevented the operation from taking
+ place. Specific error messages, together with the most appropriate
+ of the source and destination URLs, appear in the body of the multi-status
+ response. E.g. if a source resource was locked and could not
+ be moved, then the source resource URL appears with the 423 (Locked)
+ status.
+
+
+ 403 (Forbidden) - Among many possible reasons for forbidding a MOVE operation,
+ this status code is recommended for use when the source and destination
+ resources are the same.
+
+
+ 409 (Conflict) - A resource cannot be created at the destination
+ until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
+ server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
+ Or, the server was unable to
+ preserve the behavior of the live properties and still move the
+ resource to the destination (see 'preserved-live-properties' postcondition).
+
+
+ 412 (Precondition Failed) - A condition header failed. Specific to MOVE, this could
+ mean that the Overwrite
+ header is "F" and the destination URL is already mapped to a resource.
+
+
+ 423 (Locked) - The source or the destination resource, the source or destination
+ resource parent, or some resource
+ within the source or destination collection, was locked. This response SHOULD
+ contain the 'lock-token-submitted' precondition element.
+
+
+ 502 (Bad Gateway) - This may occur when the destination is on
+ another server and the destination server refuses to accept the
+ resource. This could also occur when the destination is on another
+ sub-section of the same server namespace.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This example shows resource
+ http://www.example.com/~fielding/index.html being moved to the
+ location http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html. The
+ contents of the destination resource would have been overwritten if
+ the destination URL was already mapped to a resource. In this case, since
+ there was nothing at the destination resource, the response code is
+ 201 (Created).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The following sections describe the LOCK method, which is used to
+ take out a lock of any access type and to refresh an existing lock.
+ These sections on the LOCK method describe only those semantics that
+ are specific to the LOCK method and are independent of the access
+ type of the lock being requested.
+
+
+ Any resource which supports the LOCK method MUST, at minimum,
+ support the XML request and response formats defined herein.
+
+
+ This method is neither idempotent nor safe (see Section 9.1 of
+ ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
+
+
+
+
+ A LOCK request to an existing resource will create a lock on the resource
+ identified by the Request-URI, provided the resource is not already
+ locked with a conflicting lock. The resource identified in the Request-URI
+ becomes the root of the lock.
+ Lock method requests to create a new
+ lock MUST have an XML request body. The server MUST preserve the
+ information provided by the client in the 'owner' field in the request body when the lock
+ information is requestedXML element.
+ The LOCK request MAY have a Timeout
+ header.
+
+
+ When a new lock is created, the LOCK response:
+
+ MUST contain a body with the value of the
+ DAV:lockdiscovery property in a prop XML element. This MUST
+ contain the full information about the lock just granted, while
+ information about other (shared) locks is OPTIONAL.
+ MUST include the Lock-Token response header with the
+ token associated with the new lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A lock is refreshed by sending a LOCK request to the URL of a resource within
+ the scope of the lock. This request MUST NOT have a body and it MUST specify which lock
+ to refresh by using the 'If' header with a single lock token (only one
+ lock may be refreshed at a time). The request MAY contain a Timeout header, which a
+ server MAY accept to change the duration remaining on the lock to the new value.
+ A server MUST ignore the Depth header on a LOCK refresh.
+
+
+ If the resource has other (shared) locks, those locks are unaffected
+ by a lock refresh. Additionally, those locks do not prevent the
+ named lock from being refreshed.
+
+
+ The Lock-Token header is not returned in the response for a
+ successful refresh LOCK request, but the LOCK response body MUST
+ contain the new value for the DAV:lockdiscovery property.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The Depth header may be used with the LOCK method. Values other
+ than 0 or infinity MUST NOT be used with the Depth header on a LOCK
+ method. All resources that support the LOCK method MUST support the
+ Depth header.
+
+
+ A Depth header of value 0 means to just lock the resource specified
+ by the Request-URI.
+
+
+ If the Depth header is set to infinity then the resource specified
+ in the Request-URI along with all its members, all the way
+ down the hierarchy, are to be locked. A successful result MUST
+ return a single lock token. Similarly, if an UNLOCK is successfully executed on this
+ token, all associated resources are unlocked.
+ Hence, partial success is not an option for LOCK or UNLOCK. Either the
+ entire hierarchy is locked or no resources are locked.
+
+ If the lock cannot be granted to all resources, the server MUST return
+ a Multi-Status response with a 'response' element for
+ at least one resource which prevented the lock from being granted,
+ along with a suitable status code for that failure (e.g. 403 (Forbidden) or
+ 423 (Locked)). Additionally, if the resource causing the failure was not the
+ resource requested, then the server SHOULD include a 'response' element
+ for the Request-URI as well, with a 'status' element containing 424 Failed Dependency.
+
+
+ If no Depth header is submitted on a LOCK request then the request
+ MUST act as if a "Depth:infinity" had been submitted.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A successful LOCK method MUST result in the creation of an empty
+ resource which is locked (and which is not a collection), when a
+ resource did not previously exist at that URL. Later on, the lock
+ may go away but the empty resource remains. Empty resources MUST
+ then appear in PROPFIND responses including that URL in the response
+ scope. A server MUST respond successfully to a GET request to an
+ empty resource, either by using a 204 No Content response, or by
+ using 200 OK with a Content-Length header indicating zero length
+
+ A successful LOCK request to an unmapped URL causes that URL to become
+ mapped, and the new resource being referred to being locked. See
+ for further details.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The table below describes the behavior that occurs when a lock
+ request is made on a resource.
+
+
+
+ Current StateShared Lock OKExclusive Lock OK
+ NoneTrueTrue
+ Shared LockTrueFalse
+ Exclusive LockFalseFalse*
+
+
+
+ Legend: True = lock may be granted. False = lock MUST NOT be
+ granted. *=It is illegal for a principal to request the same lock
+ twice.
+
+
+
+
+ The current lock state of a resource is given in the leftmost
+ column, and lock requests are listed in the first row. The
+ intersection of a row and column gives the result of a lock request.
+ For example, if a shared lock is held on a resource, and an
+ exclusive lock is requested, the table entry is "false", indicating
+ the lock must not be granted.
+
+
+
+
+ In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
+ status codes have specific applicability to LOCK:
+
+
+ 200 (OK) - The LOCK request succeeded and the value of the
+ DAV:lockdiscovery property is included in the response body.
+
+
+ 201 (Created) - The LOCK request was to an unmapped URL, the request
+ succeeded and resulted in the creation of a new resource, and the
+ value of the DAV:lockdiscovery property is included in the response body.
+
+
+
+ 409 (Conflict) - A resource cannot be created at the destination
+ until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
+ server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
+
+
+ 423 (Locked), potentially with 'no-conflicting-lock' precondition code - There
+ is already a lock on the resource which is not compatible with the requested
+ lock (see lock compatibility table above).
+
+
+
+ 412 (Precondition Failed), with 'lock-token-matches-request-uri' precondition code -
+ The LOCK request was made with a If header, indicating that the
+ client wishes to refresh the given lock. However, the Request-URI did not
+ fall within the scope of the lock identified by the token. The lock may have
+ a scope that does not include the Request-URI, or the lock could have disappeared,
+ or the token may be invalid.
+
+
+
+ 412 (Precondition Failed), with 'lock-token-submitted' precondition code -
+ The LOCK request was made with an If header, indicating that the
+ client wishes to refresh the given lock. However, the Request-URI did not
+ fall within the scope of the lock identified by the token. The lock may have
+ a scope that does not include the Request-URI, or the lock could have disappeared,
+ or the token may be invalid.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This example shows the successful creation of an exclusive write
+ lock on resource http://example.com/workspace/webdav/proposal.doc.
+ The resource http://example.org/~ejw/contact.html contains
+ contact information for the creator of the lock. The server has an
+ activity-based timeout policy in place on this resource, which
+ causes the lock to automatically be removed after 1 week (604800
+ seconds). Note that the nonce, response, and opaque fields have not
+ been calculated in the Authorization request header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This example shows a request for an exclusive write lock on a
+ collection and all its children. In this request, the client has
+ specified that it desires an infinite length lock, if available,
+ otherwise a timeout of 4.1 billion seconds, if available. The
+ request entity body contains the contact information for the
+ principal taking out the lock, in this case a web page URL.
+
+
+ The error is a 403 (Forbidden) response on the resource
+ http://example.com/webdav/secret. Because this resource could not
+ be locked, none of the resources were locked. Note also that the
+ a 'response' element for the Request-URI itself has been included as
+ required.
+
+
+ In this example, the nonce, response, and opaque fields have not
+ been calculated in the Authorization request header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The UNLOCK method removes the lock identified by the lock token in
+ the Lock-Token request header. The Request-URI MUST identify a
+ resource within the scope of the lock.
+
+ Note that use of Lock-Token header to
+ provide the lock token is not consistent with other state-changing methods
+ which all require an If header with the lock token. Thus, the If header
+ is not needed to provide the lock token. Naturally when the If header is
+ present it has its normal meaning as a conditional header.
+
+
+
+ For a successful response to this
+ method, the server MUST delete the lock entirely.
+
+ For a successful response to this
+ method, the server MUST remove the lock from the resource identified
+ by the Request-URI and from all other resources included in the lock.
+
+
+
+
+ If all resources which have been locked under the submitted lock
+ token can not be unlocked then the UNLOCK request MUST fail.
+
+
+ A successful response to an UNLOCK method does not mean that the
+ resource is necessarily unlocked. It means that the specific lock
+ corresponding to the specified token no longer exists.
+
+
+ Any DAV compliant resource which supports the LOCK method MUST
+ support the UNLOCK method.
+
+
+ This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
+ ). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
+
+
+
+
+ In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
+ status codes have specific applicability to UNLOCK:
+
+
+ 204 (No Content) - Normal success response (rather than 200 OK, since 200 OK
+ would imply a response body, and an UNLOCK success response does not
+ normally contain a body)
+
+
+ 400 (Bad Request) - No lock token was provided.
+
+
+ 403 (Forbidden) - The currently authenticated principal does not have permission
+ to remove the lock.
+
+
+ 409 (Conflict), with 'lock-token-matches-request-uri' precondition - The
+ resource was not locked, or the
+ request was made to a Request-URI that was not within the scope of the lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In this example, the lock identified by the lock token
+ "urn:uuid:a515cfa4-5da4-22e1-f5b5-00a0451e6bf7" is
+ successfully removed from the resource
+ http://example.com/workspace/webdav/info.doc. If this lock included
+ more than just one resource, the lock is removed from all resources
+ included in the lock.
+
+
+ In this example, the nonce, response, and opaque fields have not
+ been calculated in the Authorization request header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ All DAV headers follow the same basic formatting rules as HTTP
+ headers. This includes rules like line continuation and how to
+ combine (or separate) multiple instances of the same header using
+ commas.
+
+
+ WebDAV adds two new conditional headers to the set defined in HTTP:
+ the If and Overwrite headers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This general-header appearing in the response indicates that the resource
+ supports the DAV schema and protocol as specified. All DAV compliant
+ resources MUST return the DAV header with compliance-class "1" on all OPTIONS responses.
+ In cases where WebDAV is only supported
+ in part of the server namespace, an OPTIONS request to non-WebDAV resources
+ (including "/") SHOULD NOT advertise WebDAV support.
+
+
+ The value is a comma-separated list of all compliance class
+ identifiers that the resource supports. Class identifiers may be
+ Coded-URLs or tokens (as defined by ).
+ Identifiers can
+ appear in any order. Identifiers that are standardized through the
+ IETF RFC process are tokens, but other identifiers SHOULD be Coded-URLs
+ to encourage uniqueness.
+
+
+ A resource must show class 1 compliance if it shows class 2 or 3
+ compliance. In general, support for one compliance class does not
+ entail support for any other, and in particular, support for compliance class
+ 3 does not require support for compliance class 2. Please refer to for more
+ details on compliance classes defined in this specification.
+
+
+ Note that many WebDAV servers do not advertise WebDAV support in response
+ to "OPTIONS *".
+
+
+ As a request header, this header allows the client to advertise compliance with
+ named features when the server needs that information. Clients SHOULD NOT send this
+ header unless a standards track specification requires it. Any extension that
+ makes use of this as a request header will need to carefully consider caching
+ implications.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The Depth request header is used with methods executed on resources which
+ could potentially have internal members to indicate whether the
+ method is to be applied only to the resource ("Depth: 0"), to the
+ resource and its internal members only, ("Depth: 1"), or the resource
+ and all its members ("Depth: infinity").
+
+
+ The Depth header is only supported if a method's definition
+ explicitly provides for such support.
+
+
+ The following rules are the default behavior for any method that
+ supports the Depth header. A method may override these defaults by
+ defining different behavior in its definition.
+
+
+ Methods which support the Depth header may choose not to support all
+ of the header's values and may define, on a case by case basis, the
+ behavior of the method if a Depth header is not present. For
+ example, the MOVE method only supports "Depth: infinity" and if a
+ Depth header is not present will act as if a "Depth: infinity"
+ header had been applied.
+
+
+ Clients MUST NOT rely upon methods executing on members of their
+ hierarchies in any particular order or on the execution being atomic
+ unless the particular method explicitly provides such guarantees.
+
+
+ Upon execution, a method with a Depth header will perform as much of
+ its assigned task as possible and then return a response specifying
+ what it was able to accomplish and what it failed to do.
+
+
+ So, for example, an attempt to COPY a hierarchy may result in some
+ of the members being copied and some not.
+
+
+ By default, the Depth header does not interact with other headers.
+ That is, each header on a request with a Depth header MUST be applied only to the
+ Request-URI if it applies to any resource, unless specific Depth behavior
+ is defined for that header.
+
+
+ If a resource, source or destination, within the scope of the method
+ with a Depth header is locked in such a way as to prevent the
+ successful execution of the method, then the lock token for that
+ resource MUST be submitted with the request in the If request
+ header.
+
+
+ The Depth header only specifies the behavior of the method with
+ regards to internal members. If a resource does not have internal
+ members then the Depth header MUST be ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The Destination request header specifies the URI which identifies a
+ destination resource for methods such as COPY and MOVE, which take
+ two URIs as parameters.
+
+
+
+
+ If the Destination value is an absolute-URI (Section 4.3 of ), it may name a different
+ server (or different port or scheme). If the source server cannot
+ attempt a copy to the remote server, it MUST fail the requestYes. What else should the server do? :) --Manfred Baedke. Note that
+ copying and moving resources to remote servers is not fully defined in
+ this specification (e.g. specific error conditions).
+
+ If the Destination value is too long or otherwise unacceptable, the server
+ SHOULD return 400 (Bad Request), ideally with helpful information in an
+ error body.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The If request header is intended to have similar functionality to the
+ If-Match header defined in Section 14.24 of .
+ However the If header handles any state token as well as ETags. A typical
+ example of a state token is a lock token, and
+ lock tokens are the only state tokens defined in this specification.
+
+
+
+
+ The If header has two distinct purposes:
+
+
+
+ The first purpose is to make a request conditional by supplying a
+ series of state lists with conditions that match tokens and ETags to
+ specific resource. If this header is evaluated and all state lists fail,
+ then the request MUST fail with a 412 (Precondition Failed) status. On
+ the other hand, the request can succeed only if one of the described
+ state lists succeeds. The success criteria for state lists and
+ matching functions are defined in
+ and .
+
+ The first purpose is to make a request conditional by supplying a
+ series of state lists. If none of the state lists match the
+ state of the resource it applies to, the request MUST fail with a
+ 412 (Precondition Failed) status. Otherwise, the request may succeed.
+ The matching functions for ETags and state tokens are defined in
+ below.
+
+
+
+ Additionally, the mere fact that a state token appears in an If header
+ means that it has been "submitted" with the request. In general, this
+ is used to indicate that the client has knowledge of that state token.
+ The semantics for submitting a state token depend on its type (for
+ lock tokens, please refer to ).
+
+
+
+
+ Note that these two purposes need to be treated distinctly: a state token
+ counts as being submitted independently of whether the server actually
+ has evaluated the state list it appears in, and also independently of
+ whether the condition it expressed was found to be true or not.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The syntax distinguishes between untagged lists ("No-tag-list") and tagged
+ lists ("Tagged-list"). Untagged lists apply to the resource identified
+ by the Request-URI, while tagged lists apply to the resource identified
+ by the preceding Resource-Tag.
+
+
+ A Resource-Tag applies to all subsequent Lists, up to the next Resource-Tag.
+
+
+ Note that the two list types cannot be mixed within an If header. This is
+ not a functional restriction because the No-tag-list syntax is just a
+ shorthand notation for a Tagged-list production with a Resource-Tag
+ referring to the Request-URI.
+
+
+ Each List consists of one or more Conditions. Each Condition is defined
+ in terms of an entity-tag or state-token, potentially negated by the prefix
+ "Not".
+
+
+ Note that the If header syntax does not allow multiple instances of If
+ headers in a single request. However, the HTTP header syntax allows
+ extending single header values across multiple lines, by inserting a line
+ break followed by whitespace (see , Section 4.2).
+
+
+
+
+
+ A Condition that consists of a single entity-tag or state-token evaluates
+ to true if the resource matches the described state (where the individual
+ matching functions are defined below in ).
+ Prefixing it with "Not" reverses the result of the evaluation (thus, the "Not"
+ applies only to the subsequent entity-tag or state-token).
+
+
+ Each List production describes a series of conditions. The whole list
+ evaluates to true if and only if each condition evaluates to true (that is,
+ the list represents a logical conjunction of Conditions).
+
+
+ Each No-tag-list and Tagged-list production may contain one or more Lists. They
+ evaluate to true if and only if any of the contained lists evaluates to true (that is,
+ if there's more than one List, that List sequence represents a logical
+ disjunction of the Lists).
+
+
+ Finally, the whole If header evaluates to true if and only if at least one
+ of the No-tag-list or Tagged-list productions evaluates to true. If the header
+ evaluates to false, the server MUST reject the request with a 412 (Precondition
+ Failed) status. Otherwise, execution of the request can proceed as if the
+ header wasn't present.
+
+
+
+
+
+ When performing If header processing, the definition of a matching
+ state token or entity tag is as follows:
+
+
+ Identifying a resource: The resource is identified by the URI
+ along with the token, in tagged list production, or by the
+ Request-URI in untagged list production.
+
+
+ Matching entity tag: Where the entity tag matches an entity tag
+ associated with the identified resource. Servers MUST use either the
+ weak or the strong comparison function defined in Section 13.3.3 of
+ .
+
+
+ Matching state token: Where there is an exact match between the
+ state token in the If header and any state token on the identified resource.
+ A lock state token is considered to match if the resource is anywhere
+ in the scope of the lock.
+
+
+
+ Handling unmapped URLs: for both ETags and state tokens, treat as
+ if the URL identified a resource that
+ exists but does not have the specified state.
+
+ Note that for the purpose of matching entity tags and state tokens, the
+ URL being unmapped should be treated the same way as if the resource
+ existed, but did not have the specified state.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Non-DAV aware proxies will not honor the If header, since they will
+ not understand the If header, and HTTP requires non-understood
+ headers to be ignored. When communicating with HTTP/1.1 proxies,
+ the client MUST use the "Cache-Control: no-cache" request header so as to
+ prevent the proxy from improperly trying to service the request from
+ its cache. When dealing with HTTP/1.0 proxies the "Pragma: no-cache"
+ request header MUST be used for the same reason.
+
+
+ As in general clients may not be able to reliably detect non-DAV aware
+ intermediates, they are advised to always prevent caching using the request
+ directives mentioned above.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The previous header would require that the resource identified in
+ the Request-URI be locked with the specified lock token and be in the
+ state identified by the "I am an ETag" ETag or in the state
+ identified by the second ETag "I am another ETag".
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Missing whitespace on continuation line of If header.
+ See also Erratum 1068.
+
+
+ Added whitespace.
+
+
+
+
+ This If header requires that the resource must not be locked with a lock
+ having the lock token urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2 and
+ must be locked by a lock with the lock token
+ urn:uuid:58f202ac-22cf-11d1-b12d-002035b29092.
+
+
+
+
+
+ There may be cases where a client wishes to submit state tokens, but
+ doesn't want the request to fail just because the state token isn't
+ current anymore. One simple way to do this is to include a
+ Condition that is known to always evaluate to true, such as in:
+
+
+
+ "DAV:no-lock" is known to never represent a current lock token, as lock
+ tokens are assigned by the server, following the uniqueness requirements
+ described in , therefore in particular exclude
+ URIs in the "DAV:" scheme. Thus, by applying "Not" to a known not to be
+ current state token, the Condition always evaluates to true.
+ Consequently, the whole If header will always evaluate to true, and
+ the lock token urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2 will be
+ submitted in any case.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In this example http://www.example.com/resource1 is being copied to
+ http://www.example.com/resource2. When the method is first applied
+ to http://www.example.com/resource1, resource1 must be in the state
+ specified by "(<urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2> [W/"A weak ETag"])
+ (["strong ETag"])", that is, it either must be locked with a lock
+ token of "urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2" and have a weak entity tag
+ W/"A weak ETag" or it must have a strong entity tag "strong ETag".
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ For this example, the lock token must be compared to the
+ identified resource, which is the 'specs' collection identified by
+ the URL in the tagged list production. If the 'specs' collection
+ is not locked by a lock with the specified lock token, the request MUST
+ fail. Otherwise, this request could succeed, because the If header
+ evaluates to true, and because the lock token for the lock affecting the
+ affected resource has been submitted.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Consider a collection "/specs" that does not contain the member
+ "/specs/rfc2518.doc". In this case, the If header
+
+
+
+ will evaluate to false (the URI isn't mapped, thus the resource identified
+ by the URI doesn't have an entity matching the ETag "4217").
+
+
+ On the other hand, an If header of
+
+
+
+ will consequently evaluate to true.
+
+
+ Note that as defined above in ,
+ the same considerations apply to matching state tokens.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The Lock-Token request header is used with the UNLOCK method to
+ identify the lock to be removed. The lock token in the Lock-Token
+ request header MUST identify a lock that contains the resource
+ identified by Request-URI as a member.
+
+
+ The Lock-Token response header is used with the LOCK method to
+ indicate the lock token created as a result of a successful LOCK
+ request to create a new lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The Overwrite request header specifies whether the server should overwrite
+ a resource mapped to the destination URL during a COPY or MOVE.
+ A value of "F" states that the server must not perform the COPY or
+ MOVE operation if the destination URL does map to a resource.
+ If the overwrite header is not included in a COPY or MOVE request
+ then the resource MUST treat the request as if it has an overwrite
+ header of value "T". While the Overwrite header appears to duplicate
+ the functionality of using a "If-Match: *" header (see ), If-Match
+ applies only to the Request-URI, and not to the Destination of a
+ COPY or MOVE.
+
+
+ If a COPY or MOVE is not performed due to the value of the Overwrite
+ header, the method MUST fail with a 412 (Precondition Failed) status
+ code. The server MUST do authorization checks before checking this
+ or any conditional header.
+
+
+ All DAV compliant resources MUST support the Overwrite header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Clients MAY include Timeout request headers in their LOCK requests.
+ However, the server is not required to honor or even consider these
+ requests. Clients MUST NOT submit a Timeout request header with any
+ method other than a LOCK method.
+
+
+ The "Second" TimeType specifies the number of seconds that will
+ elapse between granting of the lock at the server, and the automatic
+ removal of the lock. The timeout value for TimeType "Second" MUST
+ NOT be greater than 2^32-1.
+
+
+ See for a description of lock timeout behavior.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The following status codes are added to those defined in HTTP/1.1
+ .
+
+
+
+
+ The 207 (Multi-Status) status code provides status for multiple
+ independent operations (see
+ for more information).
+
+
+
+
+
+ The 422 (Unprocessable Entity) status code means the server
+ understands the content type of the request entity (hence a
+ 415(Unsupported Media Type) status code is inappropriate), and the
+ syntax of the request entity is correct (thus a 400 (Bad Request)
+ status code is inappropriate) but was unable to process the
+ contained instructions. For example, this error condition may occur
+ if an XML request body contains well-formed (i.e., syntactically
+ correct), but semantically erroneous XML instructions.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The 423 (Locked) status code means the source or destination
+ resource of a method is locked. This response SHOULD
+ contain an appropriate precondition or postcondition code, such as
+ 'lock-token-submitted' or 'no-conflicting-lock".
+
+
+
+
+
+ The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code means that the method could
+ not be performed on the resource because the requested action
+ depended on another action and that action failed. For example, if
+ a command in a PROPPATCH method fails then, at minimum, the rest of
+ the commands will also fail with 424 (Failed Dependency).
+
+
+
+
+
+ The 507 (Insufficient Storage) status code means the method could
+ not be performed on the resource because the server is unable to
+ store the representation needed to successfully complete the
+ request. This condition is considered to be temporary. If the
+ request which received this status code was the result of a user
+ action, the request MUST NOT be repeated until it is requested by a
+ separate user action.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ These HTTP codes are not redefined, but their use is somewhat extended by
+ WebDAV methods and requirements. In general, many HTTP status codes can be
+ used in response to any request, not just in cases described in this document.
+
+ Note also that WebDAV servers are known
+ to use 300-level redirect responses (and early interoperability tests found clients
+ unprepared to see those responses). A 300-level response MUST NOT be used when the
+ server has created a new resource in response to the request.
+Don't we usually say "3xx class" instead of "300-level"?
+
+
+
+
+ Any request can contain a conditional header defined in HTTP
+ (If-Match, If-Modified-Since, etc.) or the "If" or "Overwrite" conditional headers
+ defined in this specification. If the server evaluates a conditional
+ header, and if that condition fails to hold, then this error code MUST
+ be returned. On the other hand,
+ if the client did not include a conditional header in the request,
+ then the server MUST NOT use this status code.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This status code is used in HTTP 1.1 only for Request-URIs, not URIs in other
+ locations.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A Multi-Status response conveys information about multiple resources
+ in situations where multiple status codes might be appropriate.
+ The default Multi-Status response body is a text/xml or
+ application/xml HTTP entity with a 'multistatus' root element.
+ Further elements contain 200, 300, 400, and 500 series status codes
+ generated during the method invocation. 100 series status codes
+ SHOULD NOT be recorded in a 'response' XML element.
+
+
+ Although '207' is used as the overall response status code, the recipient
+ needs to consult the contents of the multistatus response body for
+ further information about the success or failure of the method execution. The
+ response MAY be used in success, partial success and also in failure situations.
+
+
+
+ The 'multistatus' root element holds zero or more 'response' elements
+ in any order, each with information about an individual resource.
+ Each 'response' element MUST have an 'href' element to identify the
+ resource.
+
+
+ A Multi-Status response uses one
+ out of two distinct formats for representing the status:
+
+
+
+
+ A 'status' element as child of the 'response' element indicates
+ the status of the message execution for the identified resource
+ as a whole (for instance, see ). Some method
+ definitions provide information about specific status codes
+ clients should be prepared to see in a response. However,
+ clients MUST be able to handle other status codes, using the
+ generic rules defined in Section 10 of .
+
+
+ For PROPFIND and PROPPATCH, the format has been extended using
+ the 'propstat' element instead of 'status', providing information
+ about individual properties of a resource. This format is
+ specific to PROPFIND and PROPPATCH, and is described in detail in
+ and .
+
+
+
+
+
+ HTTP defines the Location header to indicate a preferred URL for the resource
+ that was addressed in the Request-URI (e.g. in response to successful PUT requests
+ or in redirect responses). However, use of this header creates ambiguity when
+ there are URLs in the body of the response, as with Multi-Status. Thus, use
+ of the Location header with the Multi-Status response is intentionally
+ undefined.
+
+
+
+
+ Redirect responses (300-303, 305 and 307) defined in HTTP 1.1 normally take
+ a Location header to indicate the new URI for the single resource redirected from the
+ Request-URI. Multi-Status responses contain many resource addresses,
+ but the original definition in did not have any place for the server
+ to provide the new URI for redirected resources. This specification does define
+ a 'location' element for this information (see ).
+ Servers MUST use this new element with redirect responses in Multi-Status.
+
+ Clients encountering redirected resources in Multi-Status MUST NOT rely on
+ the 'location' element being present with a new URI.
+ Inconsistency: if servers MUST include the location element, why can't clients
+ rely on it being present???
+ If the element is not present, the client
+ MAY reissue the request to the individual redirected resource, because the
+ response to that request can be redirected with a Location header containing
+ the new URI.
+ Language: clients MAY do whatever they want. This is nothing normative.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ , ,
+ , and
+ define various
+ status codes used in Multi-Status responses. This specification does not
+ define the meaning of other status codes that could appear in these
+ responses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In this section, the final line of each section gives the
+ element type declaration using the format defined in
+ . The
+ "Value" field, where present, specifies further restrictions on the
+ allowable contents of the XML element using BNF (i.e., to further
+ restrict the values of a PCDATA element). Note that all of the
+ elements defined here may be extended according to the rules defined in
+ . All elements defined here are in the "DAV:" namespace.
+
+
+
+
+ activelock
+ Describes a lock on a resource.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ allprop
+ Specifies that all names and values
+ of dead properties and the live properties defined by this
+ document existing on the resource are to be returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ collection
+ Identifies the associated resource as a collection. The
+ DAV:resourcetype property of a collection resource MUST contain
+ this element. It is normally empty but extensions may add
+ sub-elements.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ depth
+ Used for representing depth values in
+ XML content (e.g. in lock information).
+ "0" | "1" | "infinity"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ error
+ Error responses, particularly 403 Forbidden and 409 Conflict,
+ sometimes need more information to indicate what went wrong. In these cases,
+ servers MAY return an XML response body with a document element of 'error',
+ containing child elements identifying particular condition codes.
+ Contains at least one XML element, and MUST NOT
+ contain text or mixed content. Any element that is a child of the 'error'
+ element is considered to be a precondition or postcondition code.
+ Unrecognized elements MUST be ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ exclusive
+ Specifies an exclusive lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ href
+ MUST contain a URI or a
+ relative reference.
+ There may be limits on the value of 'href' depending on
+ the context of its use.
+ Refer to the specification text where 'href' is used to see what limitations
+ apply in each case.
+
+ Simple-ref (see )
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ include
+ Any child element represents the name of a property
+ to be included in the PROPFIND response. All elements inside an
+ 'include' XML element MUST define properties related to the
+ resource, although possible property names are in no way limited
+ to those property names defined in
+ this document or other standards. This element MUST NOT
+ contain text or mixed content.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ location
+ HTTP defines the "Location" header (see
+ , Section 14.30) for use with some status codes (such as
+ 201 and the 300 series codes). When these codes are used inside a 'multistatus'
+ element, the 'location' element can be used to provide the accompanying Location
+ header value.
+ Contains a single href element with the same value that
+ would be used in a Location header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ lockentry
+ Defines the types of locks that can be used with the
+ resource.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ lockinfo
+ The 'lockinfo' XML element is used with a LOCK method to
+ specify the type of lock the client wishes to have created.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ lockroot
+ Contains the root URL of the lock, which is the URL through
+ which the resource was addressed in the LOCK request.
+ The href element contains the root of the lock.
+ The server SHOULD include this in all
+ DAV:lockdiscovery property values and the response to LOCK
+ requests.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ lockscope
+ Specifies whether a lock is an exclusive lock, or a shared
+ lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ locktoken
+ The lock token associated with a lock.
+ The href contains a single lock token URI which refers
+ to the lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ locktype
+ Specifies the access type of a lock. At present, this
+ specification only defines one lock type, the write lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ multistatus
+ Contains multiple response messages.
+ The 'responsedescription' element at the top level is used to
+ provide a general message describing the overarching nature
+ of the response. If this value is available an application
+ may use it instead of presenting the individual response
+ descriptions contained within the responses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ owner
+ Provides information about the creator of a lock.
+ Holds client-supplied information about the principal on whose
+ behalf the lock was created.
+
+ Allows a client to provide information sufficient
+ for either directly contacting a principal (such as a
+ telephone number or Email URI), or for discovering the
+ principal (such as the URL of a homepage) who created a lock. The
+ value provided MUST be treated as a dead property in terms of XML Information Item
+ preservation. The server MUST NOT alter the value unless the owner value
+ provided by the client is empty. For a certain amount of interoperability between
+ different client implementations, if clients have URI-formatted contact
+ information for the lock creator suitable for user display,
+ then clients SHOULD put those URIs in
+ 'href' child elements of the 'owner' element.
+ MAY be extended with child elements, mixed content,
+ text content or attributes.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ prop
+ Contains properties related to a resource.
+ A generic container for
+ properties defined on resources. All elements inside a
+ 'prop' XML element MUST define properties related to the
+ resource, although possible property names are in no way limited
+ to those property names defined in
+ this document or other standards. This element MUST NOT
+ contain text or mixed content.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ propertyupdate
+ Contains a request to alter the properties on a resource.
+ This XML element is a container for the
+ information required to modify the properties on the resource.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ propfind
+ Specifies the properties to be returned from a PROPFIND
+ method. Four special elements are specified for use with
+ 'propfind': 'prop', 'allprop', 'include' and 'propname'. If 'prop'
+ is used inside 'propfind' it MUST NOT contain property
+ values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ propname
+ Specifies that only a list of
+ property names on the resource is to be returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ propstat
+ Groups together a prop and status element that is
+ associated with a particular 'href' element.
+ The propstat XML element MUST contain one prop
+ XML element and one status XML element. The contents of
+ the prop XML element MUST only list the names of properties
+ to which the result in the status element applies. The optional
+ precondition/postcondition element and 'responsedescription' text also
+ apply to the properties named in 'prop'.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ remove
+ Lists the properties to be removed from a resource.
+ Remove instructs that the properties specified
+ in prop should be removed. Specifying the removal of a
+ property that does not exist is not an error. All the XML
+ elements in a 'prop' XML element inside of a 'remove' XML
+ element MUST be empty, as only the names of properties to
+ be removed are required.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ response
+ Holds a single response describing the effect of a method
+ on resource and/or its properties.
+ The 'href' element contains a HTTP URL pointing to a WebDAV
+ resource when used in the 'response' container.
+ A particular 'href' value MUST NOT appear more than
+ once as the child of a 'response' XML element under a
+ 'multistatus' XML element. This requirement is necessary in
+ order to keep processing costs for a response to linear
+ time. Essentially, this prevents having to search in order
+ to group together all the responses by 'href'. There are,
+ however, no requirements regarding ordering based on 'href'
+ values. The optional precondition/postcondition element and 'responsedescription'
+ text can provide additional information about this
+ resource relative to the request or result.
+
+
+
+
+ Note: the usage of the 'error' element inside 'response' is an
+ incompatible change to , paragraph 2
+ (where 'error' appeared as a child element of 'responsedescription').
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ responsedescription
+ Contains information about a status response within a Multi-Status.
+ Provides information suitable to be
+ presented to a user.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ set
+ Lists the property values to be set for a resource.
+ The 'set' element MUST contain only a 'prop'
+ element. The elements contained by the 'prop' element
+ inside the 'set' element MUST specify the name and value
+ of properties that are set on the resource identified by
+ Request-URI. If a property already exists then its value
+ is replaced. Language tagging information appearing in the
+ scope of the 'prop' element (in the "xml:lang" attribute, if
+ present) MUST be persistently stored along with the
+ property, and MUST be subsequently retrievable using
+ PROPFIND.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ shared
+ Specifies a shared lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ status
+ Holds a single HTTP status-line.
+ status-line (defined in Section 6.1 of )
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ timeout
+ The number of seconds remaining before a lock expires.
+ TimeType (defined in ).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ write
+ Specifies a write lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ For DAV properties, the name of the property is also the same as the
+ name of the XML element that contains its value. In the section
+ below, the final line of each section gives the element type
+ declaration using the format defined in .
+ The "Value"
+ field, where present, specifies further restrictions on the
+ allowable contents of the XML element using BNF (i.e., to further
+ restrict the values of a PCDATA element).
+
+
+ A protected property is one which cannot be changed with a PROPPATCH
+ request. There may be other requests which would result in a change
+ to a protected property (as when a LOCK request affects the value of
+ DAV:lockdiscovery). Note that a given
+ property could be protected on one type of resource, but not protected
+ on another type of resource.
+
+
+
+ A computed property is one with a value defined in terms of a
+ computation (based on the content and other properties of that
+ resource, or even of some other resource). A computed property is
+ always a protected property.
+
+
+
+ COPY and MOVE behavior refers to local COPY and MOVE operations.
+
+
+ For properties defined based on HTTP GET response headers (DAV:get*),
+ the header value could include LWS as defined in , Section 4.2.
+ Server implementors SHOULDMUST strip LWS from these values before using as
+ WebDAV property values.
+
+
+
+ Note that all property elements can be extended according to the rules defined in
+ .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ creationdate
+ Records the time and date the resource was created.
+ date-time (defined in , see the ABNF in section
+ 5.6.)
+ MAY be protected. Some servers allow DAV:creationdate to be
+ changed to reflect the time the document was created if
+ that is more meaningful to the user (rather than the time
+ it was uploaded). Thus, clients SHOULD NOT use this
+ property in synchronization logic (use DAV:getetag instead).
+ This property value SHOULD be kept during a
+ MOVE operation, but is normally re-initialized when a
+ resource is created with a COPY. It should not be set in a
+ COPY.
+ The DAV:creationdate property SHOULD be defined on all DAV
+ compliant resources. If present, it contains a timestamp
+ of the moment when the resource was created. Servers that are incapable
+ of persistently recording the creation date SHOULD instead leave it undefined (i.e.
+ report "Not Found").
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ displayname
+ Provides a name for the resource that is suitable for
+ presentation to a user.
+ Any text.
+ SHOULD NOT be protected.
+ Note that servers implementing might have made this a
+ protected property as this is a new requirement.
+ This property value SHOULD be preserved in
+ COPY and MOVE operations.
+ Contains a
+ description of the resource that is suitable for
+ presentation to a user. This property is defined on the resource, and hence SHOULD have
+ the same value independent of the Request-URI used to retrieve it (thus
+ computing this property based on the Request-URI is deprecated).
+
+
+
+ While generic clients might display the property value to
+ end users, client UI designers
+ must understand that the method for identifying resources is still
+ the URL. Changes to DAV:displayname do not
+ issue moves or copies to the server, but simply change a piece of
+ meta-data on the individual resource. Two resources can have
+ the same DAV:displayname value even within the same collection.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ getcontentlanguage
+ Contains the Content-Language header value (from Section 14.12
+ of ) as it would be returned by a GET
+ without accept headers.
+ language-tag (language-tag is defined in Section 3.10 of
+ ).
+ SHOULD NOT be protected, so that clients can reset the
+ language. Note that servers implementing might have made this a
+ protected property as this is a new requirement.
+ This property value SHOULD be preserved in
+ COPY and MOVE operations.
+ The DAV:getcontentlanguage property MUST be defined on any
+ DAV compliant resource that returns the Content-Language
+ header on a GET.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ getcontentlength
+ Contains the Content-Length header returned by a GET
+ without accept headers.
+ See Section 14.13 of .
+ This property is computed, therefore protected.
+ The DAV:getcontentlength property MUSTSHOULD be defined on any
+ DAV compliant resource that returns the Content-Length
+ header in response to a GET.
+ This property value is dependent on the size of
+ the destination resource, not the value of the property on
+ the source resource.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ getcontenttype
+ Contains the Content-Type header value (from Section 14.17
+ of ) as it would be returned by a GET without
+ accept headers.
+ media-type (defined in Section 3.7 of )
+ Potentially protected if the server prefers to assign
+ content types on its own (see also discussion in ).
+ This property value SHOULD be preserved in
+ COPY and MOVE operations.
+ This property MUST be defined on
+ any DAV compliant resource that returns the Content-Type
+ header in response to a GET.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ getetag
+ Contains the ETag header value (from Section 14.19
+ of ) as it would be returned by a GET without accept
+ headers.
+ entity-tag (defined in Section 3.11 of )
+ MUST be protected because this value is created and
+ controlled by the server.
+ This property value is dependent on the final
+ state of the destination resource, not the value of the
+ property on the source resource. Also note the considerations
+ in .
+ The getetag property MUST be defined on any DAV
+ compliant resource that returns the Etag header. Refer to Section 3.11 of
+ RFC2616 for a complete definition of the semantics of an
+ ETag, and to for a discussion of ETags in WebDAV.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ getlastmodified
+ Contains the Last-Modified header value (from Section 14.29
+ of ) as it would be returned by a GET method
+ without accept headers.
+ rfc1123-date (defined in Section 3.3.1 of )
+ SHOULD be protected because some clients may rely on the
+ value for appropriate caching behavior, or on the value of
+ the Last-Modified header to which this property is linked.
+ This property value is dependent on the last
+ modified date of the destination resource, not the value of
+ the property on the source resource. Note that some server
+ implementations use the file system date modified value for
+ the DAV:getlastmodified value, and this can be preserved in a
+ MOVE even when the HTTP Last-Modified value SHOULD change.
+ Note that since requires clients to use ETags where
+ provided, a server implementing ETags can count on clients using a much better
+ mechanism than modification dates for offline synchronization or cache control.
+ Also note the considerations
+ in .
+ Note that the last-modified date on a resource SHOULD
+ only reflect changes in the body (the GET responses) of the
+ resource. A change in a property only SHOULD NOT cause the
+ last-modified date to change, because clients MAY rely on
+ the last-modified date to know when to overwrite the
+ existing body. The DAV:getlastmodified property MUST be defined
+ on any DAV compliant resource that returns the Last-Modified
+ header in response to a GET.
+Language: starts with a note (IMHO unneeded), but then makes a normative statement.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ lockdiscovery
+ Describes the active locks on a resource
+ MUST be protected. Clients change the list of locks
+ through LOCK and UNLOCK, not through PROPPATCH.
+ The value of this property depends on the lock
+ state of the destination, not on the locks of the source
+ resource. Recall that locks are not moved in a MOVE
+ operation.
+ Returns a listing of who has
+ a lock, what type of lock he has, the timeout type and the
+ time remaining on the timeout, and the associated lock
+ token.
+ Owner information MAY be omitted
+ if it is considered sensitive.The server is free to withhold any or all of this
+information if the requesting principal does not have sufficient access rights
+to see the requested data. If there are no locks, but the server supports
+ locks, the property will be present but contain zero
+ 'activelock' elements. If there is one or more lock, an
+ 'activelock' element appears for each lock on the resource. This
+ property is NOT lockable
+ with respect to write locks.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ resourcetype
+ Specifies the nature of the resource.
+ SHOULD be protected. Resource type is generally decided
+ through the operation creating the resource (MKCOL vs PUT),
+ not by PROPPATCH.
+Language confusing: why "generally"?
+
+ Generally a COPY/MOVE of a resource results in
+ the same type of resource at the destination.
+That's true for the collection type, but I doubt it's true in general (where
+types often depend on specific locations in the server namespace).
+
+ MUST be defined on all DAV compliant resources. Each
+ child element identifies a specific type the resource belongs to,
+ such as 'collection', which is the only resource type defined by
+ this specification (see ). If the element contains
+ the 'collection' child element plus additional unrecognized
+ elements, it should generally be treated as a collection. If the
+ element contains no recognized child elements, it should be
+ treated as a non-collection resource. The default value is empty. This element MUST NOT
+ contain text or mixed content.
+ Any custom child element is considered to be an identifier for a resource type.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ supportedlock
+ To provide a listing of the lock capabilities supported by
+ the resource.
+ MUST be protected. Servers determine what lock mechanisms
+ are supported, not clients.
+
+ This property value is dependent on the kind of
+ locks supported at the destination, not on the value of the
+ property at the source resource. Servers attempting to COPY
+ to a destination should not attempt to set this property at
+ the destination.
+That's generally true for any protected property, right?
+
+ Returns a
+ listing of the combinations of scope and access types which
+ may be specified in a lock request on the resource. Note
+ that the actual contents are themselves controlled by
+ access controls so a server is not required to provide
+ information the client is not authorized to see. This
+ property is NOT lockable
+ with respect to write locks.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ As introduced in , extra information
+ on error conditions can be included in the body of many status responses.
+ This section makes requirements on the use of the error body mechanism and
+ introduces a number of precondition and postcondition codes.
+
+ A "precondition" of a method describes the state of the server
+ that must be true for that method to be performed. A "postcondition" of a
+ method describes the state of the server that must be true after that method
+ has been completed.
+
+ Each precondition and postcondition has a unique XML element associated
+ with it. In a 207 Multi-Status response, the XML element MUST appear inside
+ an 'error' element in the appropriate 'propstat or 'response'
+ element depending on whether the condition applies to one or more properties
+ or to the resource as a whole. In all other error responses where this specification's
+ 'error' body is used, the precondition/postcondition XML element
+ MUST be returned as the child of a top-level
+ 'error' element in the response body, unless otherwise negotiated
+ by the request, along with an appropriate response status.
+ The most common response status codes are 403 (Forbidden) if the request should not
+ be repeated because it will always fail, and 409 (Conflict) if it is
+ expected that the user might be able to resolve the conflict and resubmit the request.
+ The 'error' element MAY contain child elements with specific error information
+ and MAY be extended with any custom child elements.
+
+
+ This mechanism does not take the place of using a correct numeric
+ status code as defined here or in HTTP, because the client MUSTmust
+ always be able to take a reasonable course of action based only on
+ the numeric code. However, it does remove the need to define new
+ numeric codes. The new machine-readable codes used for this
+ purpose are XML elements classified as preconditions and postconditions,
+ so naturally any group defining a new condition
+ code can use their own namespace. As always, the "DAV:" namespace is
+ reserved for use by IETF-chartered WebDAV working groups.
+
+
+
+ A server supporting this specification SHOULD use the XML error whenever a
+ precondition or postcondition defined in this document is violated.
+ For error conditions not specified in this document, the server MAY simply
+ choose an appropriate numeric status and leave the response body
+ blank. However, a server MAY instead use a custom condition code and other
+ supporting text, because
+ even when clients do not automatically recognize condition codes
+ they can be quite useful in interoperability testing and debugging.
+
+
+
+ Example - Response with precondition code
+
+
+
+ Some other useful preconditions and postconditions have been defined in other specifications
+ extending WebDAV, such as (see particularly Section 7.1.1),
+ , and .
+
+
+
+
+ All these elements are in the "DAV:" namespace. If not specified otherwise,
+ the content for each condition's XML element is defined to be empty.
+
+
+
+
+ lock-token-matches-request-uri
+
+ 409 Conflict
+
+ (precondition) --
+ A request may include a Lock-Token header to identify a lock for the UNLOCK
+ method. However, if the Request-URI does not
+ fall within the scope of the lock identified by the token, the server SHOULD use
+ this errorcondition. The lock may have
+ a scope that does not include the Request-URI, or the lock could have disappeared,
+ or the token may be invalid.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A request may include a Lock-Token header to identify a lock for the
+ purpose of UNLOCK. However, if the
+ Request-URI does not fall within the scope of the lock identified by the
+ token, the server SHOULD use this condition code.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ lock-token-submitted (precondition)
+
+ 423 Locked
+
+ The request could not succeed
+ because a lock token should have been submitted. This element, if
+ present, MUST contain at least one URL of a locked resource that prevented
+ the request. In
+ cases of MOVE, COPY and DELETE where collection locks are involved,
+ it can be difficult for the client to find out which locked resource
+ made the request fail -- but the server is only responsible for returning
+ one such locked resource. The server MAY return every locked resource
+ that prevented the request from succeeding if it knows them all.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ If a request would
+
+ modify the content for a locked resource, a dead
+ property of a locked resource, a live property that is defined to be
+ lockable for a locked resource,
+ an internal member URI of a locked collection, or
+ refresh a lock that locks that resource,
+
+ the request MUST fail unless the lock-token for that lock is
+ submitted in the request. An internal member URI of a collection is
+ considered to be modified if it is added, removed, or identifies a
+ different resource.
+
+
+
+ Servers SHOULD insert DAV:href elements for the URLs of each root of a
+ lock for which a lock token was needed, unless that URL identifies the
+ same resource to that the request was sent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ no-conflicting-lock (precondition)
+
+ Typically 423 Locked
+
+ A LOCK request
+ failed due the presence of an already existing conflicting lock.
+ Note that a lock can be in conflict although the resource to which
+ the request was directed is only indirectly locked. In this case,
+ the precondition code can be used to inform the client about the
+ resource which is the root of the conflicting lock, avoiding a
+ separate lookup of the "lockdiscovery" property.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This precondition code can be used to signal that a lock request failed
+ due the presence of an already existing conflicting lock. Note that
+ a lock can be in conflict although the resource to which the request
+ was directed is only indirectly locked. In this case, the
+ precondition code can be used to inform the client about the resource
+ which is the root of the conflicting lock, avoiding a separate lookup
+ of the "lockdiscovery" property. Make sure the document actually
+ defines "indirectly locked".
+
+
+
+ Servers SHOULD insert a DAV:href element for the URL of the root of the
+ conflicting lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ no-external-entities
+
+ 403 Forbidden
+
+ (precondition) -- If the server rejects a client
+ request because the request body contains an external entity, the
+ server SHOULD use this errorcondition code.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ If the request body is XML, and the server does not support external
+ entities, this condition code can be used to signal the problem (see
+ also ).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ preserved-live-properties
+
+ 409 Conflict
+
+ (postcondition) -- The server received an
+ otherwise-valid MOVE or COPY request, but cannot maintain the live
+ properties with the same behavior at the destination.
+ It may be that the server only supports some live properties
+ in some parts of the repository, or simply has an internal error.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Servers may reject MOVE requests, if they cannot maintain live properties
+ with the same behaviour at the destination URL. In this case, this
+ postcondition name may be used to signal the failure condition.
+ Does this really apply to COPY as well???
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ propfind-finite-depth
+
+ 403 Forbidden
+
+ (precondition) -- This server does not allow
+ infinite-depth PROPFIND requests on collections.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Used to signal that a request was rejected because the server did not
+ allow a value of "infinity" for the "Depth" request header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ cannot-modify-protected-property
+
+ 403 Forbidden
+
+ (precondition) -- The client attempted to set
+ a protected property in a PROPPATCH (such as DAV:getetag). See
+ also , Section 3.12.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ An attempt to modify a property that is defined by this document, as being
+ protected for that kind of resource, MUST fail (see ,
+ Section 3.12).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The XML namespace extension ()
+ is used in this specification in
+ order to allow for new XML elements to be added without fear of
+ colliding with other element names. Although WebDAV request and
+ response bodies can be extended by arbitrary XML elements, which can
+ be ignored by the message recipient, an XML element in the "DAV:"
+ namespace SHOULD NOT be used in the request or response body unless
+ that XML element is explicitly defined in an IETF RFC reviewed by a
+ WebDAV working group.
+
+
+ For WebDAV to be both extensibile and backwards-compatible, both clients
+ and servers need to know how to behave when unexpected or unrecognized command extensions
+ are received. For XML processing, this means that clients and servers
+ MUST process received XML documents as if unexpected elements and
+ attributes (and all children of unrecognized elements) were not there.
+ An unexpected element or attribute includes one which may be used
+ in another context but is not expected here. Ignoring such items for
+ purposes of processing can of course be consistent with logging
+ all information or presenting for debugging.
+
+
+ This restriction also applies to the processing, by clients, of DAV
+ property values where unexpected XML elements SHOULD be ignored unless
+ the property's schema declares otherwise.
+
+
+ This restriction does not apply to setting dead DAV properties on
+ the server where the server MUST record all XML elements.
+
+
+ Additionally, this restriction does not apply to the use of XML
+ where XML happens to be the content type of the entity body, for
+ example, when used as the body of a PUT.
+
+
+ Processing instructions in XML SHOULD be ignored by recipients.
+ Thus, specifications extending WebDAV SHOULD NOT use processing
+ instructions to define normative behavior.
+
+
+
+ XML DTD fragments are included for all the XML elements defined in this
+ specification. However, correct XML will not be valid according to any
+ DTD due to namespace usage and extension rules. In particular:
+
+
+
+ Elements (from this specification) are in the "DAV:" namespace,
+ Element ordering is irrelevant unless otherwise stated,
+ Extension attributes MAY be added,
+ For element type definitions of "ANY", the normative text definition
+ for that element defines what can be in it and what that means.
+ For element type definitions of "#PCDATA", extension elements MUST
+ NOT be added.
+ For other element type definitions, including "EMPTY",
+ extension elements MAY be added.
+
+ Note that this means that elements containing elements cannot be
+ extended to contain text, and vice versa.
+
+
+
+
+ Element names use the "DAV:" namespace,
+ Element ordering is irrelevant unless otherwise stated,
+ Extension attributes (attributes not already defined by this specification)
+ may be added, and MUST be ignored by recipients unless recognized),
+
+ Extension elements (elements not already defined by this specification)
+ may be added for element type definitions other than "ANY" or "#PCDATA",
+ and MUST be ignored by recipients unless recognized).
+
+
+
+
+ With DTD validation relaxed by the rules above, the constraints
+ described by the DTD fragments are normative (see for example
+ ).
+ A recipient of a WebDAV message with an XML body MUST NOT validate
+ the XML document according to any hard-coded or dynamically-declared DTD.
+
+
+ Note that this section describes backwards-compatible extensibility rules.
+ There might also be times when an extension is designed not to be
+ backwards-compatible, for example defining an extension that reuses an
+ XML element defined in this document but omitting one of the child
+ elements required by the DTDs in this specification.
+
+
+
+
+
+ A DAV compliant resource can advertise several classes of
+ compliance. A client can discover the compliance classes of a
+ resource by executing OPTIONS on the resource, and examining the
+ "DAV" header which is returned. Note particularly that resources
+ are spoken of as being compliant, rather than servers. That is
+ because theoretically some resources on a server could support
+ different feature sets. E.g. a server could have a sub-repository
+ where an advanced feature like versioning was supported, even if that
+ feature was not supported on all sub-repositories.
+
+
+ Since this document describes extensions to the HTTP/1.1 protocol,
+ minimally all DAV compliant resources, clients, and proxies MUST be
+ compliant with .
+
+
+ A resource that is class 2 or class 3 compliant must also be class 1 compliant.
+
+
+
+
+ A class 1 compliant resource MUST meet all "MUST" requirements in
+ all sections of this document.
+
+
+ Class 1 compliant resources MUST return, at minimum, the value "1"
+ in the DAV header on all responses to the OPTIONS method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ A class 2 compliant resource MUST meet all class 1 requirements and
+ support the LOCK method, the DAV:supportedlock property, the
+ DAV:lockdiscovery property, the Time-Out response header and the Lock-Token
+ request header. A class "2" compliant resource SHOULD also
+ support the Time-Out request header and the 'owner' XML element.
+
+
+ Class 2 compliant resources MUST return, at minimum, the values "1"
+ and "2" in the DAV header on all responses to the OPTIONS method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ A resource can explicitly advertise its support for the revisions to
+ made in this document. Class 1 MUST be
+ supported as well. Class 2 MAY be supported. Advertising class 3 support
+ in addition to class 1 and 2 means that the server supports all the
+ requirements in this specification. Advertising class 3 and class 1
+ support, but not class 2, means that the server supports all the requirements
+ in this specification except possibly those that involve locking support.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Treat references to UTF-8 and UTF-16 the same way (add RFC reference for
+ UTF-16). Make UTF-8 reference informative (the requirements are defined
+ in XML-REC, not this specification).
+
+
+ Done.
+
+
+
+ In the realm of internationalization, this specification complies
+ with the IETF Character Set Policy . In this specification,
+ human-readable fields can be found either in the value of a
+ property, or in an error message returned in a response entity body.
+ In both cases, the human-readable content is encoded using XML,
+ which has explicit provisions for character set tagging and
+ encoding, and requires that XML processors read XML elements
+ encoded, at minimum, using the UTF-8 and UTF-16
+ UTF-8 () and UTF-16 () encodings of
+ the ISO 10646 multilingual plane. XML examples in this
+ specification demonstrate use of the charset parameter of the
+ Content-Type header, as defined in , as well as the XML
+ declarations which provide charset identification information for
+ MIME and XML processors.
+
+
+ XML also provides a language tagging capability for specifying the
+ language of the contents of a particular XML element. The
+ "xml:lang" attribute appears on an XML element to identify the
+ language of its content and attributes. See for
+ definitions of values and scoping.
+
+
+ WebDAV applications MUST support the character set tagging,
+ character set encoding, and the language tagging functionality of
+ the XML specification. Implementors of WebDAV applications are
+ strongly encouraged to read "XML Media Types" for
+ instruction on which MIME media type to use for XML transport, and
+ on use of the charset parameter of the Content-Type header.
+
+
+ Names used within this specification fall into four categories:
+ names of protocol elements such as methods and headers, names of XML
+ elements, names of properties, and names of conditions. Naming of
+ protocol elements follows the precedent of HTTP, using English names
+ encoded in USASCII for methods and headers. Since these protocol
+ elements are not visible to users, and are simply long token
+ identifiers, they do not need to support multiple languages.
+ Similarly, the names of XML elements used in this specification are
+ not visible to the user and hence do not need to support multiple
+ languages.
+
+
+ WebDAV property names are qualified XML names (pairs of XML
+ namespace name and local name). Although some applications (e.g., a
+ generic property viewer) will display property names directly to
+ their users, it is expected that the typical application will use a
+ fixed set of properties, and will provide a mapping from the
+ property name and namespace to a human-readable field when
+ displaying the property name to a user. It is only in the case
+ where the set of properties is not known ahead of time that an
+ application need display a property name to a user. We recommend
+ that applications provide human-readable property names wherever
+ feasible.
+
+
+ For error reporting, we follow the convention of HTTP/1.1 status
+ codes, including with each status code a short, English description
+ of the code (e.g., 423 (Locked)). While the possibility exists that
+ a poorly crafted user agent would display this message to a user,
+ internationalized applications will ignore this message, and display
+ an appropriate message in the user's language and character set.
+
+
+
+ Since interoperation of clients and servers does not require locale
+ information, this specification does not specify any mechanism for
+ transmission of this information.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This section is provided to detail issues concerning security
+ implications of which WebDAV applications need to be aware.
+
+
+ All of the security considerations of HTTP/1.1 (discussed in
+ ) and XML (discussed in
+ ) also apply to WebDAV. In
+ addition, the security risks inherent in remote authoring require
+ stronger authentication technology, introduce several new privacy
+ concerns, and may increase the hazards from poor server design.
+ These issues are detailed below.
+
+
+
+ Due to their emphasis on authoring, WebDAV servers need to use
+ authentication technology to protect not just access to a network
+ resource, but the integrity of the resource as well. Furthermore,
+ the introduction of locking functionality requires support for
+ authentication.
+
+
+
+ A password sent in the clear over an insecure channel
+ is an inadequate means for protecting the accessibility
+ and integrity of a resource as the password may be
+ intercepted. Since Basic authentication for HTTP/1.1
+ performs essentially clear text transmission of a
+ password, Basic authentication MUST NOT be used to
+ authenticate a WebDAV client to a server unless the
+ connection is secure. Furthermore, a WebDAV server
+ MUST NOT send a Basic authentication challenge in
+ a WWW-Authenticate header unless the connection
+ is secure. An example of a secure connection
+ would be a Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection
+ employing a strong cipher suite and server authentication.
+
+
+
+ WebDAV applications MUST support the Digest authentication scheme
+ . Since Digest authentication verifies that both parties to
+ a communication know a shared secret, a password, without having to
+ send that secret in the clear, Digest authentication avoids the
+ security problems inherent in Basic authentication while providing a
+ level of authentication which is useful in a wide range of
+ scenarios.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Denial of service attacks are of special concern to WebDAV servers.
+ WebDAV plus HTTP enables denial of service attacks on every part of
+ a system's resources.
+
+
+
+ The underlying storage can be attacked by PUTting extremely large
+ files.
+
+
+ Asking for recursive operations on large collections can attack
+ processing time.
+
+
+ Making multiple pipelined requests on multiple connections can
+ attack network connections.
+
+
+
+ WebDAV servers need to be aware of the possibility of a denial of
+ service attack at all levels. The proper response to such an attack MAY be to simply
+ drop the connection, or if the server is able to make a response,
+ the server MAY use a 400-level status request such as 400 (Bad
+ Request) and indicate why the request was refused (a 500-level
+ status response would indicate that the problem is with the server,
+ whereas unintentional DOS attacks are something the client is capable of remedying).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ WebDAV provides, through the PROPFIND method, a mechanism for
+ listing the member resources of a collection. This greatly
+ diminishes the effectiveness of security or privacy techniques that
+ rely only on the difficulty of discovering the names of network
+ resources. Users of WebDAV servers are encouraged to use access
+ control techniques to prevent unwanted access to resources, rather
+ than depending on the relative obscurity of their resource names.
+
+
+
+
+
+ When submitting a lock request a user agent may also submit an 'owner'
+ XML field giving contact information for the person taking out the
+ lock (for those cases where a person, rather than a robot, is taking
+ out the lock). This contact information is stored in a DAV:lockdiscovery
+ property on the resource, and can be used by other collaborators to
+ begin negotiation over access to the resource. However, in many
+ cases this contact information can be very private, and should not
+ be widely disseminated. Servers SHOULD limit read access to the
+ DAV:lockdiscovery property as appropriate. Furthermore, user agents
+ SHOULD provide control over whether contact information is sent at
+ all, and if contact information is sent, control over exactly what
+ information is sent.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Since property values are typically used to hold information such as
+ the author of a document, there is the possibility that privacy
+ concerns could arise stemming from widespread access to a resource's
+ property data. To reduce the risk of inadvertent release of private
+ information via properties, servers are encouraged to develop access
+ control mechanisms that separate read access to the resource body
+ and read access to the resource's properties. This allows a user to
+ control the dissemination of their property data without overly
+ restricting access to the resource's contents.
+
+
+
+
+
+ XML supports a facility known as "external entities", defined in
+ Section 4.2.2 of , which instruct an XML processor to
+ retrieve and include additional XML. An external XML entity can be
+ used to append or modify the document type declaration (DTD)
+ associated with an XML document. An external XML entity can also be
+ used to include XML within the content of an XML document. For non-validating
+ XML, such as the XML used in this specification,
+ including an external XML entity is not required by XML. However,
+ XML does state that an XML processor may, at its
+ discretion, include the external XML entity.
+
+
+ External XML entities have no inherent trustworthiness and are
+ subject to all the attacks that are endemic to any HTTP GET request.
+ Furthermore, it is possible for an external XML entity to modify the
+ DTD, and hence affect the final form of an XML document, in the
+ worst case significantly modifying its semantics, or exposing the
+ XML processor to the security risks discussed in .
+ Therefore, implementers must be aware that external XML entities
+ should be treated as untrustworthy. If a server implementor chooses
+ not to handle external XML entities, it SHOULD respond to requests
+ containing external entities with the 'no-external-entities' condition code.
+ If a server rejects a request due to the presence of external entities, it
+ SHOULD include the 'no-external-entities' condition code in the response body.
+
+
+
+ There is also the scalability risk that would accompany a widely
+ deployed application which made use of external XML entities. In
+ this situation, it is possible that there would be significant
+ numbers of requests for one external XML entity, potentially
+ overloading any server which fields requests for the resource
+ containing the external XML entity.
+
+
+ Furthermore, there's also a risk based on the evaluation of "internal entities"
+ as defined in Section 4.2.2 of .
+ A small, carefully crafted request using nested internal entities
+ may require enormous amounts of memory and/or processing time to process. Server
+ implementors should be aware of this risk and configure their XML parsers so that
+ requests like these can be detected and rejected as early as possible.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This specification encourages the use of "A Universally
+ Unique Identifier (UUID) URN Namespace" () for
+ lock tokens, in order to guarantee
+ their uniqueness across space and time.
+ Version 1 UUIDs (defined in Section 4) MAY contain a "node" field that
+ "consists of an IEEE 802 MAC address, usually the host address. For systems
+ with multiple IEEE addresses, any available one can be used". Since a WebDAV
+ server will issue many locks over its lifetime, the implication is that it
+ may also be publicly exposing its IEEE 802 address.
+
+ There are several risks associated with exposure of IEEE 802 addresses. Using
+ the IEEE 802 address:
+
+
+ It is possible to track the movement of hardware from subnet to
+ subnet.
+
+ It may be possible to identify the manufacturer of the hardware
+ running a WebDAV server.
+
+ It may be possible to determine the number of each type of
+ computer running WebDAV.
+
+
+ This risk only applies to host address based UUID versions. Section
+ 4 of describes several other mechanisms for generating
+ UUIDs that do not involve the host address and therefore do not suffer
+ from this risk.
+
+
+
+
+
+ HTTP has the ability to host programs which are executed on client machines. These programs can take
+ many forms including web scripts, executables, plug in modules, and macros in documents. WebDAV
+ does not change any of the security concerns around these programs yet often WebDAV is used in
+ contexts where a wide range of users can publish documents on a server. The server might not have a
+ close trust relationship with the author that is publishing the document. Servers that allow clients to
+ publish arbitrary content can usefully implement precautions to check that content published to the
+ server is not harmful to other clients. Servers could do this by techniques such as restricting the types
+ of content that is allowed to be published and running virus and malware detection software on
+ published content. Servers can also mitigate the risk by having appropriate access restriction and
+ authentication of users that are allowed to publish content to the server.
+
+
+
+ One specific attack scenario deserves special mention here: with the
+ arrival of the "XMLHttpRequest" API (see ),
+ user agents have acquired the capability to submit arbitrary HTTP requests
+ against the server the content was obtained from. With the well-known
+ semantics of HTTP verbs such as PUT and DELETE, the following attack
+ becomes possible:
+
+ Alice prepares an HTML page with embedded Javascript code that will
+ submit a DELETE request against the URI http://www.example.com/users/bob/ (a
+ resource she has not write access to, but Bob has).
+ Alice stores this HTML page at http://www.example.com/users/alice/readme.html,
+ a resource she has write access to.
+ Alice emails Bob a link to http://www.example.com/users/alice/readme.html,
+ for which he has read access once authenticated.
+ Bob follows the link, authenticates, and the embedded script code
+ executes the DELETE request against http://www.example.com/users/bob/
+ while being authenticated as Bob.
+
+
+
+ This attack relies on the common risk of collaboratively authoring
+ resources on the same server, which requires a certain amount of trust
+ between the users. However, even an action usually considered as "safe",
+ such as opening an HTML page in a web browser, can cause arbitrary
+ HTTP methods to be invoked. Note that WebDAV isn't the root cause
+ for this vulnerability, it just makes it more visible.
+
+
+ Potential steps to reduce the risks associated with this attack include:
+
+ Separating server domains for authoring (read/write) and publicly serving
+ content.
+ Disallowing certain content (such as scripts in HTML pages) altogether,
+ as discussed above.
+ Using user agents that follow ,
+ in that they do not allow unsafe methods to be executed without making the
+ user aware of the consequences - unfortunately, none of today's browsers
+ is doing that.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This specification defines two URI schemes (see and ):
+
+
+ the "opaquelocktoken" scheme defined in , and
+
+ the "DAV" URI scheme, which historically was used in to disambiguate
+ WebDAV property and XML element names and which continues to be used for that
+ purpose in this specification and others extending WebDAV. Creation of
+ identifiers in the "DAV:" namespace is controlled by the IETF.
+
+
+
+ Note that defining new URI schemes for XML namespaces is now discouraged.
+ "DAV:" was defined before standard best practices emerged.
+
+
+
+
+
+ XML namespaces disambiguate WebDAV property names and XML elements. Any WebDAV user
+ or application can define a new namespace in order to create custom properties
+ or extend WebDAV XML syntax. IANA does not need to manage such namespaces, property
+ names or element names.
+
+
+
+
+ The message header fields below should be added toupdated in the permanent
+ registry (see for the registration process, and
+ for the initial registration being updated by this specification).
+
+
+
+ Note: the "Status-URI" header defined in
+ has been removed in this specification; its IANA registration should continue
+ to reference RFC2518.
+
+
+
+
+ Header field name: DAV
+ Applicable protocol: http
+ Status: standard
+ Author/Change controller: IETF
+ Specification document: this specification ()
+
+
+
+ Header field name: Depth
+ Applicable protocol: http
+ Status: standard
+ Author/Change controller: IETF
+ Specification document: this specification ()
+
+
+
+ Header field name: Destination
+ Applicable protocol: http
+ Status: standard
+ Author/Change controller: IETF
+ Specification document: this specification ()
+
+
+
+
+ Header field name: If
+ Applicable protocol: http
+ Status: standard
+ Author/Change controller: IETF
+ Specification document: this specification ()
+
+
+
+ Header field name: Lock-Token
+ Applicable protocol: http
+ Status: standard
+ Author/Change controller: IETF
+ Specification document: this specification ()
+
+
+
+ Header field name: Overwrite
+ Applicable protocol: http
+ Status: standard
+ Author/Change controller: IETF
+ Specification document: this specification ()
+
+
+
+ Header field name: Timeout
+ Applicable protocol: http
+ Status: standard
+ Author/Change controller: IETF
+ Specification document: this specification ()
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This specification defines the HTTP status codes
+
+ 207 Multi-Status (Section ),
+ 422 Unprocessable Entity (Section ),
+ 423 Locked (Section ),
+ 424 Failed Dependency (Section ) and
+ 507 Insufficient Storage (Section ),
+
+ to be updated in the registry at .
+
+
+ Note: the HTTP status code 102 (Processing) (defined in )
+ has been removed in this specification; its IANA registration should continue
+ to reference RFC2518.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+I think three sections of thanks is way too much, this probably should
+be collapsed into a single one.
+ A specification such as this thrives on piercing critical review and
+ withers from apathetic neglect. The authors gratefully acknowledge
+ the contributions of the following people, whose insights were so
+ valuable at every stage of our work.
+
+
+ Contributors to RFC2518
+
+
+ Terry Allen, Harald Alvestrand, Jim Amsden, Becky Anderson, Alan
+ Babich, Sanford Barr, Dylan Barrell, Bernard Chester, Tim Berners-Lee,
+ Dan Connolly, Jim Cunningham, Ron Daniel, Jr., Jim Davis, Keith
+ Dawson, Mark Day, Brian Deen, Martin Duerst, David Durand, Lee
+ Farrell, Chuck Fay, Wesley Felter, Roy Fielding, Mark Fisher, Alan
+ Freier, George Florentine, Jim Gettys, Phill Hallam-Baker, Dennis
+ Hamilton, Steve Henning, Mead Himelstein, Alex Hopmann, Andre van
+ der Hoek, Ben Laurie, Paul Leach, Ora Lassila, Karen MacArthur,
+ Steven Martin, Larry Masinter, Michael Mealling, Keith Moore, Thomas
+ Narten, Henrik Nielsen, Kenji Ota, Bob Parker, Glenn Peterson, Jon
+ Radoff, Saveen Reddy, Henry Sanders, Christopher Seiwald, Judith
+ Slein, Mike Spreitzer, Einar Stefferud, Greg Stein, Ralph Swick,
+ Kenji Takahashi, Richard N. Taylor, Robert Thau, John Turner, Sankar
+ Virdhagriswaran, Fabio Vitali, Gregory Woodhouse, and Lauren Wood.
+
+
+ Two from this list deserve special mention. The contributions by
+ Larry Masinter have been invaluable, both in helping the formation
+ of the working group and in patiently coaching the authors along the
+ way. In so many ways he has set high standards we have toiled to
+ meet. The contributions of Judith Slein in clarifying the
+ requirements, and in patiently reviewing draft after draft, both
+ improved this specification and expanded our minds on document
+ management.
+
+
+ We would also like to thank John Turner for developing the XML DTD.
+
+
+ The authors of RFC2518 were Yaron Goland, Jim Whitehead, A. Faizi,
+ Steve Carter and D. Jensen. Although their names had to be removed
+ due to IETF author count restrictions they can take credit for the
+ majority of the design of WebDAV.
+
+
+ Additional Acknowledgements for This Specification
+
+
+ Significant contributors of text for this specification are listed as
+ contributors in the section below. We must also gratefully
+ acknowledge Geoff Clemm, Joel Soderberg, and Dan Brotsky for
+ hashing out specific text on the list or in meetings. Joe Hildebrand and Cullen
+ Jennings helped close many issues. Barry Lind described an additional security
+ consideration and Cullen Jennings provided text for that consideration.
+ Jason Crawford tracked issue status for this document for a period of
+ years, followed by Elias Sinderson.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels
+
+Harvard University
+
+
+1350 Mass. Ave.
+Cambridge
+MA 02138
+- +1 617 495 3864
+sob@harvard.edu
+
+General
+keyword
+
+
+ In many standards track documents several words are used to signify
+ the requirements in the specification. These words are often
+ capitalized. This document defines these words as they should be
+ interpreted in IETF documents. Authors who follow these guidelines
+ should incorporate this phrase near the beginning of their document:
+
+
+
+ The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL
+ NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and
+ "OPTIONAL" in this document are to be interpreted as described in
+ RFC 2119.
+
+
+ Note that the force of these words is modified by the requirement
+ level of the document in which they are used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+IETF Policy on Character Sets and Languages
+
+UNINETT
+
+
+P.O.Box 6883 Elgeseter
+N-7002 TRONDHEIM
+NORWAY
++47 73 59 70 94
+Harald.T.Alvestrand@uninett.no
+
+Applications
+Internet Engineering Task Force
+character encoding
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1
+
+Department of Information and Computer Science
+
+
+University of California, Irvine
+Irvine
+CA
+92697-3425
++1(949)824-1715
+fielding@ics.uci.edu
+
+World Wide Web Consortium
+
+
+MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, NE43-356
+545 Technology Square
+Cambridge
+MA
+02139
++1(617)258-8682
+jg@w3.org
+
+Compaq Computer Corporation
+
+
+Western Research Laboratory
+250 University Avenue
+Palo Alto
+CA
+94305
+mogul@wrl.dec.com
+
+World Wide Web Consortium
+
+
+MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, NE43-356
+545 Technology Square
+Cambridge
+MA
+02139
++1(617)258-8682
+frystyk@w3.org
+
+Xerox Corporation
+
+
+MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, NE43-356
+3333 Coyote Hill Road
+Palo Alto
+CA
+94034
+masinter@parc.xerox.com
+
+Microsoft Corporation
+
+
+1 Microsoft Way
+Redmond
+WA
+98052
+paulle@microsoft.com
+
+World Wide Web Consortium
+
+
+MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, NE43-356
+545 Technology Square
+Cambridge
+MA
+02139
++1(617)258-8682
+timbl@w3.org
+
+
+
+ The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is an application-level
+ protocol for distributed, collaborative, hypermedia information
+ systems. It is a generic, stateless, protocol which can be used for
+ many tasks beyond its use for hypertext, such as name servers and
+ distributed object management systems, through extension of its
+ request methods, error codes and headers . A feature of HTTP is
+ the typing and negotiation of data representation, allowing systems
+ to be built independently of the data being transferred.
+
+
+ HTTP has been in use by the World-Wide Web global information
+ initiative since 1990. This specification defines the protocol
+ referred to as "HTTP/1.1", and is an update to RFC 2068 .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication
+
+Northwestern University, Department of Mathematics
+
+
+Northwestern University
+Evanston
+IL
+60208-2730
+USA
+john@math.nwu.edu
+
+Verisign Inc.
+
+
+301 Edgewater Place
+Suite 210
+Wakefield
+MA
+01880
+USA
+pbaker@verisign.com
+
+AbiSource, Inc.
+
+
+6 Dunlap Court
+Savoy
+IL
+61874
+USA
+jeff@AbiSource.com
+
+Agranat Systems, Inc.
+
+
+5 Clocktower Place
+Suite 400
+Maynard
+MA
+01754
+USA
+lawrence@agranat.com
+
+Microsoft Corporation
+
+
+1 Microsoft Way
+Redmond
+WA
+98052
+USA
+paulle@microsoft.com
+
+Netscape Communications Corporation
+
+
+501 East Middlefield Road
+Mountain View
+CA
+94043
+USA
+
+Open Market, Inc.
+
+
+215 First Street
+Cambridge
+MA
+02142
+USA
+stewart@OpenMarket.com
+
+
+
+ "HTTP/1.0", includes the specification for a Basic Access
+ Authentication scheme. This scheme is not considered to be a secure
+ method of user authentication (unless used in conjunction with some
+ external secure system such as SSL ), as the user name and
+ password are passed over the network as cleartext.
+
+
+ This document also provides the specification for HTTP's
+ authentication framework, the original Basic authentication scheme
+ and a scheme based on cryptographic hashes, referred to as "Digest
+ Access Authentication". It is therefore also intended to serve as a
+ replacement for RFC 2069 . Some optional elements specified by
+ RFC 2069 have been removed from this specification due to problems
+ found since its publication; other new elements have been added for
+ compatibility, those new elements have been made optional, but are
+ strongly recommended.
+
+
+ Like Basic, Digest access authentication verifies that both parties
+ to a communication know a shared secret (a password); unlike Basic,
+ this verification can be done without sending the password in the
+ clear, which is Basic's biggest weakness. As with most other
+ authentication protocols, the greatest sources of risks are usually
+ found not in the core protocol itself but in policies and procedures
+ surrounding its use.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Date and Time on the Internet: Timestamps
+
+Clearswift Corporation
+
+
+1310 Waterside
+Arlington Business Park
+Theale
+Reading
+RG7 4SA
+UK
++44 11 8903 8903
++44 11 8903 9000
+GK@ACM.ORG
+
+Sun Microsystems
+
+
+1050 Lakes Drive, Suite 250
+West Covina
+CA
+91790
+USA
+chris.newman@sun.com
+
+
+
+ This document defines a date and time format for use in Internet
+ protocols that is a profile of the ISO 8601 standard for
+ representation of dates and times using the Gregorian calendar.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO 10646
+
+ Alis Technologies
+ fyergeau@alis.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax
+
+World Wide Web Consortium
+
+
+Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+77 Massachusetts Avenue
+Cambridge
+MA
+02139
+USA
++1-617-253-5702
++1-617-258-5999
+timbl@w3.org
+http://www.w3.org/People/Berners-Lee/
+
+Day Software
+
+
+5251 California Ave., Suite 110
+Irvine
+CA
+92617
+USA
++1-949-679-2960
++1-949-679-2972
+fielding@gbiv.com
+http://roy.gbiv.com/
+
+Adobe Systems Incorporated
+
+
+345 Park Ave
+San Jose
+CA
+95110
+USA
++1-408-536-3024
+LMM@acm.org
+http://larry.masinter.net/
+
+Applications
+uniform resource identifier
+URI
+URL
+URN
+WWW
+resource
+
+
+A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) is a compact sequence of characters
+that identifies an abstract or physical resource. This specification
+defines the generic URI syntax and a process for resolving URI references
+that might be in relative form, along with guidelines and security
+considerations for the use of URIs on the Internet.
+The URI syntax defines a grammar that is a superset of all valid URIs,
+allowing an implementation to parse the common components of a URI
+reference without knowing the scheme-specific requirements of every
+possible identifier. This specification does not define a generative
+grammar for URIs; that task is performed by the individual
+specifications of each URI scheme.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+A Universally Unique IDentifier (UUID) URN Namespace
+
+Microsoft
+
+
+1 Microsoft Way
+Redmond
+WA
+98052
+US
++1 425-882-8080
+paulle@microsoft.com
+
+Refactored Networks, LLC
+
+
+1635 Old Hwy 41
+Suite 112, Box 138
+Kennesaw
+GA
+30152
+US
++1-678-581-9656
+michael@refactored-networks.com
+http://www.refactored-networks.com
+
+DataPower Technology, Inc.
+
+
+1 Alewife Center
+Cambridge
+MA
+02142
+US
++1 617-864-0455
+rsalz@datapower.com
+http://www.datapower.com
+
+URN, UUID
+
+This specification defines a Uniform Resource Name namespace for
+ UUIDs (Universally Unique IDentifier), also known as GUIDs (Globally
+ Unique IDentifier). A UUID is 128 bits long, and can
+ guarantee uniqueness across space and time. UUIDs were originally
+ used in the Apollo Network Computing System and later in the Open
+ Software Foundation's (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment (DCE),
+ and then in Microsoft Windows platforms.
+This specification is derived from the DCE specification with the
+ kind permission of the OSF (now known as The Open Group). Information from earlier versions of the DCE specification have been
+ incorporated into this document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Namespaces in XML
+
+ Textuality
+
+ tbray@textuality.com
+
+
+
+ Hewlett-Packard Company
+
+ dmh@corp.hp.com
+
+
+
+ Microsoft
+
+ andrewl@microsoft.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Namespaces in XML 1.0 (Second Edition)
+
+ Textuality
+
+ tbray@textuality.com
+
+
+
+ Contivo, Inc.
+
+ dmh@contivo.com
+
+
+
+ Microsoft
+
+ andrewl@microsoft.com
+
+
+
+ University of Edinburgh and Markup Technology Ltd
+
+ chard@cogsci.ed.ac.uk
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ XML Information Set (Second Edition)
+
+
+ jcowan@reutershealth.com
+
+
+
+ richard@cogsci.ed.ac.uk
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Third Edition)
+
+ Textuality and Netscape
+
+ tbray@textuality.com
+
+
+
+ Microsoft
+
+ jeanpa@microsoft.com
+
+
+
+ University of Illinois at Chicago and Text Encoding Initiative
+
+ cmsmcq@uic.edu
+
+
+
+ Sun Microsystems
+
+ eve.maler@east.sun.com
+
+
+
+
+
+ francois@yergeau.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Fourth Edition)
+
+ Textuality and Netscape
+
+ tbray@textuality.com
+
+
+
+ Microsoft
+
+ jeanpa@microsoft.com
+
+
+
+ University of Illinois at Chicago and Text Encoding Initiative
+
+ cmsmcq@uic.edu
+
+
+
+ Sun Microsystems
+
+ eve.maler@east.sun.com
+
+
+
+
+
+ francois@yergeau.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Requirements for a Distributed Authoring and Versioning Protocol for the World Wide Web
+
+Xerox Corporation
+
+
+800 Phillips Road 128-29E
+Webster
+NY
+14580
+slein@wrc.xerox.com
+
+Department of Computer Science, University of Bologna
+
+fabio@cs.unibo.it
+
+Dept. Of Information and Computer Science,
+ University of California, Irvine
+
+
+
+Irvine
+CA
+92697-3425
+714-824-4056
+ejw@ics.uci.edu
+
+Department of Computer Science,
+ Boston University
+
+
+
+Boston
+MA
+dgd@cs.bu.edu
+
+Applications
+
+
+ Current World Wide Web (WWW or Web) standards provide simple support
+ for applications which allow remote editing of typed data. In
+ practice, the existing capabilities of the WWW have proven inadequate
+ to support efficient, scalable remote editing free of overwriting
+ conflicts. This document presents a list of features in the form of
+ requirements for a Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning protocol
+ which, if implemented, would improve the efficiency of common remote
+ editing operations, provide a locking mechanism to prevent overwrite
+ conflicts, improve link management support between non-HTML data
+ types, provide a simple attribute-value metadata facility, provide
+ for the creation and reading of container data types, and integrate
+ versioning into the WWW.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+HTTP Extensions for Distributed Authoring -- WEBDAV
+
+Microsoft Corporation
+
+
+One Microsoft Way
+Redmond
+WA
+98052-6399
+yarong@microsoft.com
+
+Dept. Of Information and Computer Science,
+ University of California, Irvine
+
+
+
+Irvine
+CA
+92697-3425
+ejw@ics.uci.edu
+
+Netscape
+
+
+685 East Middlefield Road
+Mountain View
+CA
+94043
+asad@netscape.com
+
+Novell
+
+
+1555 N. Technology Way
+M/S ORM F111
+Orem
+UT
+84097-2399
+srcarter@novell.com
+
+Novell
+
+
+1555 N. Technology Way
+M/S ORM F111
+Orem
+UT
+84097-2399
+dcjensen@novell.com
+
+
+
+ This document specifies a set of methods, headers, and content-types
+ ancillary to HTTP/1.1 for the management of resource properties,
+ creation and management of resource collections, namespace
+ manipulation, and resource locking (collision avoidance).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ UTF-16, an encoding of ISO 10646
+
+ Internet Mail Consortium
+
+ phoffman@imc.org
+
+
+
+ Alis Technologies
+
+ fyergeau@alis.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+XML Media Types
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+This document standardizes five new media types -- text/xml, application/xml, text/xml-external-parsed-entity, application/xml- external-parsed-entity, and application/xml-dtd -- for use in exchanging network entities that are related to the Extensible Markup Language (XML). This document also standardizes a convention (using the suffix '+xml') for naming media types outside of these five types when those media types represent XML MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) entities. [STANDARDS TRACK]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Versioning Extensions to WebDAV (Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning)
+
+Rational Software
+
+
+20 Maguire Road
+Lexington
+MA
+02421
+US
+geoffrey.clemm@rational.com
+
+IBM
+
+
+3039 Cornwallis
+Research Triangle Park
+NC
+27709
+US
+jamsden@us.ibm.com
+
+IBM
+
+
+Hursley Park
+Winchester
+S021 2JN
+UK
+tim_ellison@uk.ibm.com
+
+Microsoft
+
+
+One Microsoft Way
+Redmond
+WA
+90852
+US
+ckaler@microsoft.com
+
+UC Santa Cruz, Dept. of Computer Science
+
+
+1156 High Street
+Santa Cruz
+CA
+95064
+US
+ejw@cse.ucsc.edu
+
+
+
+ This document specifies a set of methods, headers, and resource types
+ that define the WebDAV (Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning)
+ versioning extensions to the HTTP/1.1 protocol. WebDAV versioning
+ will minimize the complexity of clients that are capable of
+ interoperating with a variety of versioning repository managers, to
+ facilitate widespread deployment of applications capable of utilizing
+ the WebDAV Versioning services. WebDAV versioning includes automatic
+ versioning for versioning-unaware clients, version history
+ management, workspace management, baseline management, activity
+ management, and URL namespace versioning.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO 10646
+
+ Alis Technologies
+ fyergeau@alis.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) Ordered Collections Protocol
+
+UC Santa Cruz, Dept. of Computer Science
+
+
+1156 High Street
+Santa Cruz
+CA
+95064
+US
+ejw@cse.ucsc.edu
+
+greenbytes GmbH
+
+
+Salzmannstrasse 152
+Muenster
+NW
+48159
+Germany
++49 251 2807760
++49 251 2807761
+julian.reschke@greenbytes.de
+http://greenbytes.de/tech/webdav/
+
+WEBDAV Working Group
+WebDAV
+ordering
+ordered collections
+protocol
+ORDERPATCH method
+Position header
+Ordering-Type header
+
+
+ This specification extends the Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) Protocol
+ to support the server-side ordering of collection members. Of particular
+ interest are orderings that are not based on property values, and so
+ cannot be achieved using a search protocol's ordering option and cannot
+ be maintained automatically by the server. Protocol elements are
+ defined to let clients specify the position in the ordering of each
+ collection member, as well as the semantics governing the ordering.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) Access Control Protocol
+
+IBM
+
+
+20 Maguire Road
+Lexington
+MA
+02421
+geoffrey.clemm@us.ibm.com
+
+greenbytes GmbH
+
+
+Salzmannstrasse 152
+Muenster
+NW
+48159
+Germany
+julian.reschke@greenbytes.de
+
+Oracle Corporation
+
+
+500 Oracle Parkway
+Redwood Shores
+CA
+94065
+eric.sedlar@oracle.com
+
+U.C. Santa Cruz, Dept. of Computer Science
+
+
+1156 High Street
+Santa Cruz
+CA
+95064
+ejw@cse.ucsc.edu
+
+
+
+ This document specifies a set of methods, headers, message bodies,
+ properties, and reports that define Access Control extensions to the
+ WebDAV Distributed Authoring Protocol. This protocol permits a client to
+ read and modify access control lists that instruct a server whether to
+ allow or deny operations upon a resource (such as HyperText Transfer
+ Protocol (HTTP) method invocations) by a given principal. A lightweight
+ representation of principals as Web resources supports integration of a
+ wide range of user management repositories. Search operations allow
+ discovery and manipulation of principals using human names.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Registration Procedures for Message Header Fields
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+This specification defines registration procedures for the message header fields used by Internet mail, HTTP, Netnews and other applications. This document specifies an Internet Best Current Practices for the Internet Community, and requests discussion and suggestions for improvements.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ HTTP Header Field Registrations
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Guidelines and Registration Procedures for New URI Schemes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The XMLHttpRequest Object
+
+ Opera Software ASA
+
+ annevk@opera.com
+
+
+
+
+
+ Work in progress.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ XML supports two mechanisms for indicating that an XML element does
+ not have any content. The first is to declare an XML element of the
+ form <A></A>. The second is to declare an XML element of the form
+ <A/>. The two XML elements are semantically identical.
+
+
+
+
+ XML is a flexible data format that makes it easy to submit data that
+ appears legal but in fact is not. The philosophy of "Be flexible in
+ what you accept and strict in what you send" still applies, but it
+ must not be applied inappropriately. XML is extremely flexible in
+ dealing with issues of white space, element ordering, inserting new
+ elements, etc. This flexibility does not require extension,
+ especially not in the area of the meaning of elements.
+
+
+ There is no kindness in accepting illegal combinations of XML
+ elements. At best it will cause an unwanted result and at worst it
+ can cause real damage.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The following request body for a PROPFIND method is illegal.
+
+
+
+ The definition of the propfind element only allows for the allprop
+ or the propname element, not both. Thus the above is an error and
+ must be responded to with a 400 (Bad Request).
+
+
+ Imagine, however, that a server wanted to be "kind" and decided to
+ pick the allprop element as the true element and respond to it. A
+ client running over a bandwidth limited line who intended to execute
+ a propname would be in for a big surprise if the server treated the
+ command as an allprop.
+
+
+ Additionally, if a server were lenient and decided to reply to this
+ request, the results would vary randomly from server to server, with
+ some servers executing the allprop directive, and others executing
+ the propname directive. This reduces interoperability rather than
+ increasing it.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The previous example was illegal because it contained two elements
+ that were explicitly banned from appearing together in the propfind
+ element. However, XML is an extensible language, so one can imagine
+ new elements being defined for use with propfind. Below is the
+ request body of a PROPFIND and, like the previous example, must be
+ rejected with a 400 (Bad Request) by a server that does not
+ understand the expired-props element.
+
+
+
+ To understand why a 400 (Bad Request) is returned let us look at the
+ request body as the server unfamiliar with expired-props sees it.
+
+
+
+ As the server does not understand the 'expired-props' element,
+ according to the WebDAV-specific XML processing rules specified in
+ , it must process the request as if the
+ element were not there. Thus the server sees an empty propfind, which
+ by the definition of the propfind element is illegal.
+
+
+ Please note that had the extension been additive it would not
+ necessarily have resulted in a 400 (Bad Request). For example,
+ imagine the following request body for a PROPFIND:
+
+
+
+ The previous example contains the fictitious element leave-out. Its
+ purpose is to prevent the return of any property whose name matches
+ the submitted pattern. If the previous example were submitted to a
+ server unfamiliar with 'leave-out', the only result would be that the
+ 'leave-out' element would be ignored and a propname would be executed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ WebDAV was designed to be, and has been found to be, backward-compatible
+ with HTTP 1.1. The PUT and DELETE methods are defined in HTTP and thus
+ may be used by HTTP clients as well as WebDAV-aware clients,
+ but the responses to PUT and DELETE have been extended in this
+ specification in ways that only a WebDAV client would be entirely prepared
+ for. Some theoretical concerns were raised about whether those
+ responses would cause interoperability problems with HTTP-only clients,
+ and this section addresses those concerns.
+
+
+ Since any HTTP client ought to handle unrecognized 400-level and 500-level
+ status codes as errors, the following
+ new status codes should not present any issues: 422, 423 and 507 (424 is also
+ a new status code but it appears only in the body of a Multistatus response.)
+ So, for example, if a HTTP client attempted to PUT or DELETE a locked resource,
+ the 423 Locked response ought to result in a generic error presented to the user.
+
+ The 207 Multistatus response is interesting because a HTTP client issuing a
+ DELETE request to a collection might interpret a 207 response as a success,
+ even though it does not realize the resource is a collection and cannot understand
+ that the DELETE operation might have been a complete or partial failure.
+ That interpretation isn't entirely justified, because a 200-level response indicates
+ that the server "received, understood and accepted" the request, not that the
+ request resulted in complete success.
+
+
+ One option is that a server could treat a DELETE of a collection as an atomic operation,
+ and use either 204 No Content in case of success, or some appropriate error
+ response (400 or 500 level) for an error. This approach would indeed
+ maximize backward compatibility. However, since interoperability tests and
+ working group discussions have not turned up any instances of HTTP clients
+ issuing a DELETE request against a WebDAV collection, this concern is more
+ theoretical than practical. Thus, servers are likely to be completely successful
+ at interoperating with HTTP clients even if they treat any collection DELETE
+ request as a WebDAV request and send a 207 Multistatus response.
+
+
+ In general server implementations are encouraged to use the detailed responses
+ and other mechanisms defined in this document rather than make changes for theoretical
+ interoperability concerns.
+
+
+
+
+ The 'opaquelocktoken' URI scheme was defined in (and registered
+ by IANA) in order
+ to create syntactically correct and easy-to-generate URIs out of UUIDs,
+ intended to be used as lock tokens and to be unique across all
+ resources for all time.
+
+ An opaquelocktoken URI is constructed by concatenating the 'opaquelocktoken'
+ scheme with a UUID, along with an optional extension.
+ Servers can create new UUIDs for each new lock token. If a server wishes to
+ reuse UUIDs the server MUST add an extension and
+ the algorithm generating the extension MUST guarantee that the same
+ extension will never be used twice with the associated UUID.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The original WebDAV model for locking unmapped URLs created "lock-null resources".
+ This model was over-complicated and some interoperability and implementation problems
+ were discovered. The new WebDAV model for locking unmapped URLs (see
+ ) creates "locked empty resources".
+ Lock-null resources are deprecated. This section discusses the original model briefly
+ because clients MUST be able to handle either model.
+
+ In the original "lock-null resource" model, which is no longer recommended for implementation:
+
+
+
+ A lock-null resource sometimes appeared as "Not Found". The server responds
+ with a 404 or 405 to any method except for PUT, MKCOL, OPTIONS, PROPFIND,
+ LOCK, UNLOCK.
+ A lock-null resource does however show up as a member of its parent collection.
+ The server removes the lock-null resource entirely (its URI becomes unmapped)
+ if its lock goes away before it is converted to a regular resource. Recall that locks
+ go away not only when they expire or are unlcoked, but are also removed if a
+ resource is renamed or moved, or if any parent collection is renamed or moved.
+ The server converts the lock-null resource into a regular resource if a PUT
+ request to the URL is successful.
+ The server converts the lock-null resource into a collection if a MKCOL request
+ to the URL is successful (though interoperability experience showed that not
+ all servers followed this requirement).
+ Property values were defined for DAV:lockdiscovery and DAV:supportedlock
+ properties but not necessarily for other properties like DAV:getcontenttype.
+
+
+
+ Clients can easily interoperate both with servers that support the
+ old model "lock-null resources" and the recommended model of
+ "locked empty resources" by only attempting PUT after a LOCK to an
+ unmapped URL, not MKCOL or GET.
+
+
+
+ This specification deprecates the "Lock-Null Resources" (LNRs) defined in Section
+ 7.4 of , and replaces them with empty locked regular
+ resources (see ). However, it's still
+ legal for servers to implement the deprecated model.
+
+
+ A LNR differs from an empty locked resource in the following aspects:
+
+
+ It MUST respond with a 404 (Not Found) or 405 (Method Not Allowed) to any
+ methods except for PUT, MKCOL, OPTIONS, PROPFIND, LOCK, and UNLOCK.
+
+
+ Most of its live properties, such as all the get* properties, will have
+ no value as a lock-null resource does not support the GET method. It MUST
+ have defined values for lockdiscovery and supportedlock properties.
+
+
+ Until a method such as PUT or MKCOL is successfully executed on the
+ lock-null resource the resource MUST stay in the lock-null state. However,
+ once a PUT or MKCOL is successfully executed on a lock-null resource the
+ resource ceases to be in the lock-null state. (Note that an LNR thus
+ can be used to create a collection, which is not possible with the
+ simplified empty locked resource model anymore.)
+
+
+ If it is unlocked, for any reason, without a PUT, MKCOL, or
+ similar method having been successfully executed upon it then the resource
+ MUST return to the null state. (Note that with an empty locked resource,
+ an empty regular resource would remain in place.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A WebDAV client implemented to this specification might find servers
+ that create lock-null resources (implemented before this
+ specification using [RFC2518]) as well as servers that create locked
+ empty resources. The response to the LOCK request will not indicate
+ what kind of resource was created. There are a few techniques which
+ help the client deal with either type.
+
+
+
+ If the client wishes to avoid accidentally creating either lock-
+ null or empty locked resources, an "If-Match: *" header can be
+ included with LOCK requests to prevent the server from creating a
+ new resource.
+
+
+ If a LOCK request creates a resource and the client subsequently
+ wants to overwrite that resource using a COPY or MOVE request, the
+ client should include an "Overwrite: T" header.
+
+
+ If a LOCK request creates a resource and the client then decides
+ to get rid of that resource, a DELETE request is supposed to fail
+ on a lock-null resource and UNLOCK should be used instead. But
+ with a locked empty resource, UNLOCK doesn't make the resource
+ disappear. Therefore, the client might have to try both requests
+ and ignore an error in one of the two requests.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Many WebDAV clients already implemented have account settings (similar to the way
+ email clients store IMAP account settings). Thus, the WebDAV client would be able
+ to authenticate with its first couple requests to the server, provided it had a way to
+ get the authentication challenge from the server with realm name, nonce and other
+ challenge information. Note that the results of some requests might vary according
+ to whether the client is authenticated or not -- a PROPFIND might return more visible
+ resources if the client is authenticated, yet not fail if the client is anonymous.
+
+ There are a number of ways the client might be able to trigger the server do provide
+ an authentication challenge. This appendix describes a couple approaches that seem
+ particularly likely to work.
+
+ The first approach is to perform a request that ought to require authentication.
+ However, it's possible that a server
+ might handle any request even without authentication, so to be entirely safe
+ the client could add a conditional header to ensure that even if the request passes
+ permissions checks it's not actually handled by the server. An example of following
+ this approach would be to use a PUT request with an "If-Match" header with a made-up
+ ETag value. This approach might fail to result in an authentication challenge if the
+ server does not test authorization before testing conditionals as is required (see
+ ),
+ or if the server does not need to test authorization.
+
+ Example - forcing auth challenge with write request
+
+
+
+ The second approach is to use an Authorization header (defined in
+ ) which is likely to be
+ rejected by the server but which will then prompt a proper authentication challenge.
+ For example, the client could start with a PROPFIND request containing an
+ Authorization header containing a made-up Basic userid:password string or with
+ actual plausible credentials. This
+ approach relies on the server responding with a "401 Unauthorized" along with
+ a challenge if it receives an Authorization header with an unrecognized username,
+ invalid password, or if it doesn't even handle Basic authentication. This seems likely
+ to work because of the requirements of RFC2617:
+
+ "If the origin server does not wish to accept the credentials sent
+ with a request, it SHOULD return a 401 (Unauthorized) response. The
+ response MUST include a WWW-Authenticate header field containing at
+ least one (possibly new) challenge applicable to the requested
+ resource."
+
+ There's a slight problem with implementing that recommendation in some cases,
+ because some servers do not even have challenge information for certain resources.
+ Thus, when there's no way to authenticate to a resource or the resource is
+ entirely publicly available over all accepted methods, the server MAY ignore
+ the Authorization header, and the client presumably try again later.
+
+
+
+ Example - forcing auth challenge with Authorization header
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This section lists major changes between this document and RFC2518, starting
+ with those that are likely to result in implementation changes. Servers will
+ advertise support for all changes in this specification by returning
+ the compliance class "3" in the DAV response header (see Sections
+ and
+ ).
+
+
+
+ Collections and Namespace Operations
+
+
+ The semantics of PROPFIND 'allprop' () have been
+ relaxed so that servers return results including, at a minimum,
+ the live properties defined in this specification, but not
+ necessarily return other live properties. The 'allprop' directive
+ therefore means something more like "return all properties that
+ are supposed to be returned when 'allprop' is requested" -- a set
+ of properties which may include custom properties and properties
+ defined in other specifications if those other specifications so
+ require. Related to this, 'allprop' requests can now be extended
+ with the 'include' syntax to include specific named properties,
+ thereby avoiding additional requests due to changed 'allprop'
+ semantics.
+
+
+ Servers are now allowed to reject PROPFIND requests with Depth:Infinity.
+ Clients that used this will need to be able to do a series of Depth:1
+ requests instead.
+
+
+ Multistatus response bodies now can transport the value of HTTP's
+ Location response header in the new 'location' element. Clients may
+ use this to avoid additional roundtrips to the server when there is
+ a 'response' element with a 3xx status (see ).
+
+
+
+ The definition of COPY has been relaxed so that it doesn't require
+ servers to first delete the target resources anymore (this was a known
+ incompatibility with ). See .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Headers and Marshalling
+
+
+ The requirement to support UTF-16 stems from XML-REC and thus is not new.
+ The fact only UTF-8 was mentioned in RFC2518bis simply was a oversight.
+
+
+ Done.
+
+
+
+
+ The Destination and If request headers now allow absolute paths in
+ addition to full URIs (see ). This may
+ be useful for clients operating through a reverse proxy that does
+ rewrite the Host request header, but not WebDAV-specific headers.
+
+
+ This specification adopts the error marshalling extensions and the
+ "precondition/postcondition" terminology defined
+ in (see ). Related
+ to that, it adds the "error" XML element inside multistatus response
+ bodies (see , however note that it uses a format
+ different from the one recommended in RFC3253).
+
+
+
+ Senders and recipients are now required to support the UTF-16
+ character encoding in XML message bodies (see ).
+
+
+
+ Clients are now required to send the Depth header on PROPFIND requests,
+ although servers are still encouraged to support clients that don't.
+
+
+
+
+ Locking
+
+
+
+ RFC2518's concept of "lock-null resources" (LNRs) has been replaced by a
+ simplified approach, the "locked empty resources" (see
+ ). There are some aspects of lock-null
+ resources clients can not rely on anymore, namely the ability to use
+ them to create a locked collection or the fact that they disappear
+ upon UNLOCK when no PUT or MKCOL request was issued. Note that servers
+ are still allowed to implement LNRs as per RFC2518.
+
+
+
+ There is no implicit refresh of locks anymore. Locks are only refreshed
+ upon explicit request (see ).
+
+
+
+ Clarified that the DAV:owner value supplied in the LOCK request
+ must be preserved by the server just like a dead property (). Also added the DAV:lockroot
+ element () which allows clients
+ to discover the root of lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Collections and Namespace Operations
+
+
+ Due to interoperability problems, allowable formats for contents of
+ 'href' elements in multistatus responses have been limited (see
+ ).
+
+
+
+ Due to lack of implementation, support for the 'propertybehaviour' request body for
+ COPY and MOVE has been removed. Instead, requirements for property
+ preservation have been clarified (see Sections
+ and ).
+
+
+
+
+
+ Properties
+
+
+ Strengthened server requirements for storage of property values, in
+ particular persistence of language information (xml:lang), whitespace,
+ and XML namespace information (see ).
+
+
+
+ Clarified requirements on which properties should be writeable by
+ the client; in particular, setting "DAV:displayname" should be
+ supported by servers (see ).
+
+
+
+ Only 'rfc1123-date' productions are legal as values for DAV:getlastmodified
+ (see ).
+
+
+
+
+ Headers and Marshalling
+
+
+
+ Servers are now required to do authorization checks before processing
+ conditional headers (see ).
+
+
+
+
+ Locking
+
+
+ Strengthened requirement to check identity of lock creator when
+ accessing locked resources (see ).
+ Clients should be aware that lock tokens returned to other
+ principals can only be used to break a lock, if at all.
+
+
+
+ Section 8.10.4 of incorrectly required servers
+ to return a 409 status where a 207 status was really appropriate. This
+ has been corrected ().
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The definition of collection state has been fixed so it doesn't vary
+ anymore depending on the Request-URI (see ).
+
+
+ The DAV:source property introduced in Section 4.6 of
+ was removed due to lack of implementation experience.
+
+
+ The DAV header now allows non-IETF extensions through URIs in addition
+ to compliance class tokens. It also can now be used in requests, although
+ this specification does not define any associated semantics for the compliance
+ classes defined in here (see ).
+
+
+
+ In RFC2518, the definition of the Depth header (Section 9.2) required
+ that by default request headers would be applied to each resource in
+ scope. Based on implementation experience, the default has now been
+ reversed (see ).
+
+
+ The definitions of HTTP status code 102 (, Section 10.1)
+ and the Status-URI response header (Section 9.7) have been removed due
+ to lack of implementation.
+
+
+
+
+ The TimeType format used in the Timeout request header and the "timeout"
+ XML element used to be extensible. Now, only the two formats defined
+ by this specification are allowed (see ).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Specified that a successful LOCK request to an unmapped URL creates a
+ new, empty locked resource.
+
+ Resolved UNLOCK_NEEDS_IF_HEADER by clarifying that only Lock-Token
+ header is needed on UNLOCK.
+ Added on preconditions and postconditions
+ and defined a number of preconditions and postconditions. The 'lock-token-submitted'
+ precondition resolves the REPORT_OTHER_RESOURCE_LOCKED issue.
+ Added example of matching lock token to URI in the case of a collection
+ lock in the If header section.
+ Removed ability for Destination header to take "abs_path" in order
+ to keep consistent with other places where client provides URLs
+ (If header, href element in request body)
+ Clarified the href element - that it generally contains HTTP URIs but not
+ always.
+ Attempted to fix the BNF describing the If header to allow commas
+ Clarified presence of Depth header on LOCK refresh requests.
+
+
+
+ Added text to "COPY and the Overwrite Header" section to resolve
+ issue OVERWRITE_DELETE_ALL_TOO_STRONG.
+
+ Added text to "HTTP URL Namespace Model" section to provide more clarification
+ and examples on what consistency means and what is not required, to resolve
+ issue CONSISTENCY.
+ Resolve DEFINE_PRINCIPAL by importing definition of principal from RFC3744.
+ Resolve INTEROP_DELETE_AND_MULTISTATUS by adding appendix 3 discussing
+ backward-compatibility concerns.
+ Resolve DATE_FORMAT_GETLASTMODIFIED by allowing only rfc1123-date, not HTTP-date
+ for getlastmodified.
+ Resolve COPY_INTO_YOURSELF_CLARIFY by adding sentence to first para. of COPY
+ section.
+ Confirm that WHEN_TO_MULTISTATUS_FOR_DELETE_1 and WHEN_TO_MULTISTATUS_FOR_DELETE_2
+ are resolved and tweak language in DELETE section slightly to be clearly consistent.
+ More text clarifications to deal with several of the issues in LOCK_ISSUES.
+ This may not completely resolve that set but we need feedback from the originator
+ of the issues at this point.
+ Resolved COPY_INTO_YOURSELF_CLARIFY with new sentence in Copy For Collections
+ section.
+ Double checked that LEVEL_OR_CLASS is resolved by using class, not level.
+ Further work to resolve IF_AND_AUTH and LOCK_SEMANTICS, clarifying text
+ on using locks and being authenticated.
+ Added notes on use of 503 status response to resolve issue PROPFIND_INFINITY
+ Removed section on other uses of Metadata (and associated references)
+ Added reference to RFC4122 for lock tokens and removed section on generating
+ UUIDs
+ Explained that even with language variation, a property has only one value
+ (Section 4.5).
+ Added section on lock owner (7.1) and what to do if lock requested by
+ unauthenticated user
+ Removed Section 4.2 -- justification on why to have metadata, not needed now
+ Removed paragraph in Section 5.2 about collections with resource type
+ "DAV:collection" but which are non-WebDAV compliant -- not implemented.
+
+
+
+
+ Added security considerations section on scripts and cookie sessions,
+ suggested by Barry Lind
+ Clarified which error codes are defined and undefined in MultiStatus
+ Moved opaquelocktoken definition to an appendix and refer to RFC4122 for use of
+ 'urn:uuid:' URI scheme; fix all lock token examples to use this.
+ Multi-status responses contain URLs which MUST either be absolute (and begin
+ with the Request-URI or MUST be relative with new limitations. (bug 12)
+ Moved status code sections before example sections within PROPFIND section
+ for section ordering consistency.
+ Clarified use of Location header with Multi-Status
+ Bugzilla issue resolutions: bugs 9, 12, 14, 19, 20, 29, 30, 34, 36, 102 and 172.
+
+
+
+ Bugzilla editorial issues: bugs 30, 57, 63, 68, 88, 89, 168, 180, 182, 185, 187.
+ More clarity between URL namespaces and XML namespaces, particularly at the beginning
+ of paragraphs using the word namespace
+ More consistency in referring to properties with the namespace, as in "DAV:lockdiscovery",
+ and referring to XML element names in single quotes, e.g. 'allprop' element.
+ Figure (example) formatting fixes
+ Bugzilla issues: bugs 24, 37, 39, 43, 45, 27, 25
+ Replaced references to "non-null state" of resources with more clear language about
+ URLs that are mapped to resources, bug 25. Also added definition of URL/URI mapping. Bug 40.
+ Bugzilla issues: bug 7, 8, 9, 41, 47, 51, 62, 93, 171, 172. Bugs 28 and 94 were iterated on.
+ Bugzilla issues: 56, 59, 79, 99, 103, 175, 178. Part of bug 23. Iteration on bug 10.
+ Iteration on bugs 10, 46 and 47. Bug 11.
+ Remove "102 Processing" response
+ Fix bug 46, 105, 107, 120, 140 and 201.
+ Another stab at bug 12 - relative v. absolute URLs in Multi-Status response hrefs
+ Fix bug 6, 11, 15, 16, 28, 32, 42, 51, 52, 53, 58, 60, 62, 186, 189, 191, 199, 200
+ Fix bug 96
+
+
+
+ Clarify lock intro text on when a client might use another client's lock token - suggestion
+ by Geoff, Nov 15
+ Removed Force-Authenticate header and instead added an appendix explaining how existing
+ mechanisms might resolve the need of clients to get an authentication challenge (bug 18).
+ Bug 62, 113, 125, 131, 143, 144, 171, 193
+ Bug 176, 177, 179, 181, 184, 206, 207, 208
+
+
+
+ Bug 10, 50, 92, 213, 214, 215
+ not recommend use of 414 for over-long Destination URI, bug 179
+ Changes for bug 10, 31, 42, 44, 46, 47, 80, 86, 99, 124, 132, 143, 147, 152,
+ 166, 177, 188, 216, 218
+ Various changes discussed in conference call, including bug 10, 42, 44, 80, 97, 152.
+ Bugs 55, 85, 86
+
+
+
+ Incorporated GULP (Lock model) into document, making a fair number of changes to rationalize the
+ new order of explaining things, keeping text that explains a lock model concept in more
+ detail but removing text that is redundant or inconsistent.
+ Various bugs including 46, 48, 53, 97, 152, 179, 184, 188, 200, 210, 211, and 225.
+ Moved URL Handling from Multi-Status section to general request and response handling
+ section as it now applies to Destination and If as well as 'href' in Multi-Status. Moved
+ GR&RH section up one level to be the new Section 8.
+ Bug 53, 184, 210, 213, 217, 221
+ Further rewriting of URL Handling section. Changes resulting from discussion of
+ empty locked resources and how servers should handle Content-Type in that situation.
+ Bug 48, 179.
+ Bug 227, 228
+
+
+
+ Moved the timeout model text and clarified it (bug 229).
+ Fixed the definition of collection state (bug 227).
+ Made the depth header required on PROPFIND requests (bug 213).
+ Fixed inconsistencies in Destination header definition (bug 211).
+ Improved appendix on HTTP client compatibility (bug 100).
+ Fixed external references with unwieldy pointers (bug 72).
+
+
+
+ Changes section rewritten, if section rewritten
+ Collection definition and membership requirements changed (bug 227)
+ Bug 100 and 229 iterations, smallish editorial changes
+
+
+
+ Moved lock-null resource explanation to an appendix.
+ Reverted to RFC2518 behavior of refreshing lock with "If" header.
+ Removed section on locks and multiple bindings.
+ Removed requirement for clients to upate a property only once in a PROPPATCH.
+ Updated displayname property description.
+ Copy-edit level changes e.g. "read-only" to "protected", and
+ defining what it means to protect a resource with a lock.
+
+
+
+ Fixed factual errors in Security Considerations authentication section.
+ Fixed example of refreshing a lock -- didn't use "If" header as required in the text.
+ Fixed example of using so-called 'all-prop' with the 'include' directivenotifi, so that it
+ would actually be a useful example, by including live properties that wouldn't already
+ be covered by 'all-prop'.
+ Clarified requirement in section 7.7 paragraph 2 -- a clear requirement for the server to meet, rather than
+ passive voice "this request MUST only be used".
+ Made explicit requirement for successful response format for PROPPATCH (bug 238)
+ Some fixes for bugs 213, 241, 246, 248, 249, 250 -- all editorial changes.
+ Tighten requirements in Security Considerations section for authentication over secure channels.
+
+
+
+ Change reference for PROPFIND MultiStatus response format from section 15 to section 9.2.1
+ Add another "except" clause to statement requiring pre/postcondition codes to appear in 'error'
+ Remove requirement to use TLS -- back to requiring channel to be secure.
+
+
+
+ Text clarifications and typo fixes in response to IETF Last Call comments
+ Removed suggestive/confusing text about lock notifications
+ Add section with guidance for clients dealing with both lock-null
+ resources and locked empty resources.
+ Allow servers to omit owner information in lockdiscovery property.
+ Clarify what 'allprop' means, mostly fixing misleading text in change
+ summary
+
+
+
+
+
+ In , clarify extensibility, and what exactly
+ the DTD fragments mean. In and ,
+ refer to extensibility rules, remove "Extensibility" lines. Clarify content for
+ .
+ See issue 48.
+
+
+ Fix inconsistencies after backout of lock refresh changes.
+ See issue 143.
+
+
+ Update PUT () accordingly. Also fix language
+ in (should be a separate ticket).
+ See issue 152.
+
+
+ Minor fixes applied to changes made by L. D.
+ See issue 161.
+
+
+ Remove misleading statement about Date header in
+ (it tries to repeat normative language from Section 14.18 of , but
+ fails; for instance, the Date header is not required for 1xx responses).
+ See issue 169.
+
+
+ Cleanup description of status codes inside multistatus in
+ , and clarify individual Sections
+ and as well.
+ See issue 177.
+
+
+ Fix incorrect terminology and typos, mainly in . Add
+ forward references.
+ See issue 181.
+
+
+ Remove most of the unnecessary stuff from the definition of
+ empty locked resources, and remove the part about LNRs completely,
+ just adding a forward reference to a new appendix ().
+ See issue 202.
+
+
+ Fix intro in plus text in .
+ See issue 213.
+
+
+ Various proposed fixes to Sections ,
+ and .
+ See issue 217.
+
+
+ Remove "use with" statements from .
+ See issue 220.
+
+
+ Fix typos; add requirement to consistently use the same segment in
+ PROPFIND responses, re-add subsection titles for examples.
+ See issue 227.
+
+
+ Re-organize some of the Timeout discussion in .
+ Remove unneeded statement about what timetype values are allowed
+ in responses (), and integrate those
+ parts that are about Timeout semantics into . Update Changes section.
+ See issue 229.
+
+
+ Relaxed requirements for COPY () and MOVE
+ () of dead properties to "SHOULD".
+ See issue 235.
+
+
+ Describe the problem and potential solutions in .
+ See issue 237.
+
+
+ Add definition of PROPPATCH response format in .
+ See issue 238.
+
+
+ Relax requirements for DAV:getcontentlength in .
+ See issue 239.
+
+
+ Update references for REC-XML and REC-XML-NAMES.
+ See issue 240.
+
+
+ Fix inconsistency between and .
+ See issue 241.
+
+
+ Remove statement in .
+ See issue 242.
+
+
+ Remove unneeded subsection from .
+ See issue 243.
+
+
+ Fix description of DAV:owner in .
+ See issue 244.
+
+
+ Remove incomprehensible statement from .
+ See issue 245.
+
+
+ Get rid of confusing statement about COPY/MOVE behaviour in .
+ See issue 247.
+
+
+ Fix statement about LWS handling in .
+ See issue 248.
+
+
+ Remove misleading statement about status 415 from .
+ See issue 250.
+
+
+ Rephrase introduction to .
+ See issue 251.
+
+
+ Rewrite to become consistent with
+ whatever says.
+ See issue 252.
+
+
+ Rephrase statement about shared locks in .
+ See issue 254.
+
+
+ Remove redundant language from .
+ See issue 255.
+
+
+ Update front matter to say "Updates: 3253" (no change tracking).
+ Note the nature of the change in .
+ See issue 258.
+
+
+ Rephrase sentence about unlock notifications ()
+ so that it becomes clear that those are not specified by WebDAV.
+ See issue 259.
+
+
+ Restore missing text from (see ).
+ See issue 260.
+
+
+ Add registration procedure and registry references; add information
+ about Status-URI to , add
+ HTTP status code registration ().
+ See issue 264.
+
+
+ Clarify the requirement about the ordering of instructions inside the
+ PROPPATCH request in .
+
+
+ Add reference for UTF-16 in .
+ Make the UTF-8 reference informative (the normative reference is already
+ made through XML-REC).
+
+
+ Remove incorrect claim from that the UTF-16 requirement
+ is new (it was always required to support UTF-16 because of the
+ requirements inherited from XML-REC).
+
+
+ Add missing whitespace in If header example.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+